environmental impact assessment environmental...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN for

GOND MAJOR IRRIGATION PROJECT (CCA 28,000 ha) MADHYA PRADESH, (Sector 1(c); Cat “A”)

March 2019

Prepared for:

WATER RESOURCES DIVISION NO. 2 SINGRAULI GOVERNMENT OF MADHYA PRADESH

Prepared by:

R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. (NABET Accredited Company)

402, Bestech Chambers Commercial Plaza,

B-Block, Sushant Lok-I, Gurgaon Phone: +91-124-4295383: www.rstechnologies.co.in

http://www.rstechnologies.co.in/

QCI Certificate No. : NABET/EIA/1619/SA 075

Laboratory : APEX TESTING AND RESEARCH LABORATORY ISO/IEC 17025:2005 (NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory)

Baseline Data : Winter/ Lean (December 2017) Monitoring Period Pre-Monsoon (May 2018) Monsoon (August 2018)

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 74, March 07, 2019 Page 1

List ‘1’ – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (ACOs) - as on March 07, 2019#

S. No. Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of MoEFCC Notification dated September 14, 2006 and subsequent Amendments

Sector Number

Name of Sector Category

1

Aadhi Boomi Mining and Enviro Tech Private Limited (formerly known as Suriya Mining Services) Address:3/216, K.S.V.Nagar, Narasothipatti, Salem-636004 Email:[email protected] Tel.:09842729655, 09443290855 Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals – opencast only

A 1 (a) (i)

3 River Valley Projects A 1 (c )

7 Mineral beneficiation A 2 (b)

9 Cement Plants A 3 (b)

34 Highways B 7 (f)

38

Building and construction projects

B 8(a)

2

Aakhivi Consultants Address:57 C, Block E5, Shatabdi Vihar, Sector 52, Noida, UP - 201 308

1 Mining of minerals - opencast only

A** 1 (a) (i)

4 Thermal power plants

A** 1 (d)

mailto:[email protected]

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 74, March 07, 2019 Page 129

S. No. Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of MoEFCC Notification dated September 14, 2006 and subsequent Amendments

Sector Number

Name of Sector Category

Tel.: 03262350801, 09431777483 Conditions apply

sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically sensitive Areas including LNG terminal

28

Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals (As per threshold planning quality indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000)

B 6 (b)

29 Air ports A 7 (a)

125

R. S. Envirolinks Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Address: 402, Radisson Suites Commercial Plaza, B Block, Sushant Lok 1, Gurgaon – 122009 e. mail: [email protected] Tel.: 0124 – 4295383 09810136853 Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals- opencast only

A 1 (a) (i)

3 River Valley projects A 1 (c )

27

Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks/ sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically sensitive Areas including LNG terminal

A 6 (a)

33 Jetties only B 7 (e)

34 Highways A 7 (f)

40 (i) Automobile and Auto Components

- -

RSET

Highlight

Water Resources Division No. 2 Singrauli EIA/EMP Study for Gond Major Irrigation Project

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1619/SA075, 15th November 2018

S.No. Functional

Areas Complete name of the Functional Areas

1 AP Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

2 WP Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts

3 SHW Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management

4 SE Socio-Economics

5 EB Ecology and Biodiversity

6 SC Soil Conservation

7 AQ Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction

8 NV Noise/ Vibration

9 HG Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation

10 LU Land Use

11 RH Risk Assessment & Hazard Management

CONTENTS

SECTION-I: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Page No.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1.1

1.2 PROJECT INDENTIFICATION AND PROPONENT 1.1

1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT 1.1

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.1

1.5 POLICY, LEGAL & ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 1.2

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE (EC) PROCESS 1.3

1.7 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT 1.4

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION 2.1

2.2 LOCATION AND CONNECTIVITY 2.4

2.3 LAND REQUIREMENT 2.4

2.4 CATCHMENT AREA OF PROJECT 2.6

2.5 COMMAND AREA OF PROJECT 2.6

2.6 HYDROLOGY 2.6

2.7 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF MAIN COMPONENTS OF PROJECT 2.8

2.8 IRRIGATION PLANNING AND CROPPING PATTERN 2.11

2.8.1 Existing Cropping Pattern in Command Area 2.11

2.8.2 Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area 2.11

2.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 2.12

2.10 PROTECTED AREAS (PA) IN VICINITY 2.14

2.11 PROJECT BENEFITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 2.14

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 GENERAL 3.1

3.2 STUDY AREA 3.1

3.3 DATA COLLECTION 3.5

3.3.1 Data Collected during Field Surveys 3.5

3.3.2 Secondary Data 3.5

3.4 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 3.6

3.4.1 Meteorology 3.6

3.4.1.1 Temperature 3.6

3.4.1.2 Rainfall 3.7

3.4.1.3 Relative Humidity 3.7

3.4.1.4 Wind Speed 3.8

3.4.2 Geomorphology 3.8

3.4.3 Soil 3.9

3.4.3.1 Soil Taxonomic Classification 3.9

3.4.3.2 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil 3.11

3.4.3.3 Conclusion 3.15

3.4.4 Ground Water 3.15

3.4.5 Air Environment 3.17

3.4.5.1 Results of AAQ monitoring 3.17

3.4.6 Noise & Traffic Monitoring 3.19

3.4.6.1 Sound Levels 3.19

3.4.6.2 Traffic Density 3.20


3.4.7 Water Environment 3.21

3.4.7.1 Surface Water Quality 3.21

3.4.7.2 Ground Water Quality 3.32


3.4.8 Land use/Land cover 3.38

3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 3.41

3.5.1 Forest Types in the Study Area 3.41

3.5.2 Floristics 3.41

3.5.2.1 Methodology 3.41

3.5.2.2 Vegetation Profile of the Study Area 3.43

3.5.2.3 Species Composition 3.43

3.5.2.4 Rare Threatened and Endangered Species 3.43

3.5.2.5 Economically Important Plant Species 3.44

3.5.2.6 Community Structure 3.45

3.5.2.7 Dominance 3.61

3.5.2.8 Shannon Weiner Diversity Index (H’) 3.61

3.5.3 Faunal Elements 3.62

3.5.3.1 Mammals 3.62

3.5.3.2 Birds 3.63

3.5.3.3 Herpetofauna 3.64

3.5.3.4 Conservation Status of Fauna 3.65

3.5.4 Protected Area 3.65

3.5.5 Fish Fauna 3.68

3.5.6 Conclusions 3.68

CHAPTER 4: DESCRIPTION OF THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT


4.2 STUDY AREA 4.1

4.2.1 Description of District 4.5

4.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 4.6

4.3.1 Demographic Profile 4.6

4.3.2 Literacy Profile 4.6

4.3.3 Occupation Pattern 4.6

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC Survey 4.7

4.4.1 Socio Economic Profile of the Project Affected Villages 4.7

4.4.2 Socio Economic Profile of the Project Benefited Villages 4.11

4.4.3 Villagers Perception Regarding Proposed Project 4.17

4.4.4 Main Findings of the Survey 4.17

CHAPTER 5: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

5.1 GENERAL 5.1

5.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 5.1

5.2.1 Construction Phase Impacts 5.1

5.2.1.1 Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment 5.3

5.2.1.2 Emissions from various construction sites 5.3

5.2.1.3 Fugitive Emissions from material handling and 5.3

transportation

5.2.2 Operation Phase Impacts 5.2

5.2.3 Mitigation Measures for Air Emissions 5.2

5.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 5.3



5.3.3 Mitigation Measures for Noise 5.3

5.4 WATER RESOURCES 5.4


5.4.1.1 Runoff from construction sites 5.4

5.4.1.2 Mitigation Measures 5.4


5.4.2.1 Changes in flow regime in downstream 5.4

5.4.2.2 Positive Impact on ground water 5.5

5.4.2.3 Impacts on waterlogging and soil salinity 5.5

5.4.2.4 Changes in water quality due to increased use of

Fertilizers 5.5

5.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 5.5

5.5.1 Impact Due to Muck Generation 5.5

5.5.2 Impact due to Waste Generation 5.6

5.5.3 Impact due to Land Requirement and change in land-use 5.7

5.6 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY 5.8

5.6.1 Construction and Operation Phase Impacts 5.8

5.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 5.9

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India 1.2

Table 2.1: Salient Features 2.1

Table 2.2: Details of Land Requirement 2.4

Table 2.3: Details of Forest Land Requirement 2.4

Table 2.4: Command Area 2.6

Table 2.5: Details of Main Duct Barrel from Dam to Balancing Reservoir 2.8

Table 2.6: Abstract of Rising Main 2.9

Table 2.7: Power Design (Rising Main) 2.9

Table 2.8: Power Design (By Boosting) 2.10

Table 2.9: Power Design (By Gravity) 2.10

Table 2.10: Existing Cropping Pattern in the Command Area 2.11

Table 2.11: Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area 2.12

Table 3.1: Area under different Slope Categories in the Study Area 3.5

Table 3.2: Soil Taxonomic Classes Found in the Study Area with their Description 3.9

Table 3.3: Soil Sampling Locations 3.11

Table 3.4: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil (Winter) 3.13

Table 3.5: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil (Pre-monsoon) 3.13

Table 3.6: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil (Monsoon) 3.14

Table 3.7: Sites for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in the Study Area 3.17

Table 3.8: Ambient Air Quality in the study area 3.19

Table 3.9: Equivalent Noise Levels in Study Area 3.20

Table 3.10: Average Daily Traffic in the Study Area 3.21

Table 3.11: Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations 3.23

Table 3.12: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Surface Water 3.24

Table 3.13: Class of Water as per CPCB Designated Best Use 3.31

Table 3.14: Ground water sampling locations 3.32

Table 3.15: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Ground Water 3.32

Table 3.16: Area Under Different Landuse/ Landcover Classes in the Study Area 3.39

Table 3.17: Forest types found in the Study Area 3.41

Table 3.18: Sampling Locations for Vegetation Mapping 3.42

Table 3.19: List of Commonly Used Plant Species 3.44

Table 3.20: Community Structure –Trees (V1) 3.45

Table 3.21: Community Structure –Shrubs (V1) 3.46

Table 3.22: Community Structure – Herbs (V1) 3.46







Table 3.29: Community structure –Trees (V4) 3.49

Table 3.30: Community structure –Shrubs (V4) 3.49

Table 3.31 Community structure – Herbs (V4) 3.50

Table 3.32: Community structure –Trees (V5) 3.50

Table 3.33: Community structure –Shrubs (V5) 3.51

Table 3.34: Community structure – Herbs (V5) 3.51

Table 3.35: Community structure –Site: V6 (Shrubs) 3.52

Table 3.36: Community structure –Site: V6 (Herbs) 3.52



















Table 3.55: Shannon Wiener Species Diversity Index (H’) 3.62

Table 3.56: List of Mammalian Species Reported in the Study Area 3.62

Table 3.57: List of birds reported from the study area with their conservation status

in the study area 3.63

Table 3.58: List of Herpetofauna Reported from the Study Area 3.65

Table 3.59: List of Fish Species Reported from the Study Area 3.68

Table 4.1: List of Villages in Study Area 4.1

Table 4.2: Demographic Profile 4.6

Table 4.3: Literacy Profile 4.6

Table 4.4: Occupational Pattern 4.7

Table 4.5: Demographic Profile of the Project Affected Villages 4.7

Table 4.6: Literacy Profile of the Project Affected Villages 4.8

Table 4.7: Education Facility in Project Affected Villages 4.8

Table 4.8: Medical and Other Facilities in Project Affected Villages 4.8

Table 4.9: Water Sources and Agricultural Crops in Project Affected villages 4.9

Table 4.10: Other Available Amenities/Facilities and Characteristics of Surveyed

Project Affected Villages 4.10

Table 4.11: Demographic Profile of the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages 4.11

Table 4.12: Literacy Profile of the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages 4.12

Table 4.13: Education Facility in the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages 4.13

Table 4.14: Medical and Other Facilities in the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages 4.13

Table 4.15: Water Sources and Agricultural Crops in the Surveyed Project

Benefited Villages 4.14

Table 4.16: Other Available Amenities/Facilities and Characteristics of the

Surveyed Project Benefited Villages 4.16

Table 5.1: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA 5.3


LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1: Location Map of Gond Major Irrigation Project 2.5

Figure 2.2: Catchment Area Map of Gopad River 2.7

Figure 2.3: Project Layout Map of Gond Major Irrigation Project 2.13

Figure 2.4: Map Showing Protected Area in the Vicinity of Gond Major 2.15

Irrigation Project

Figure 3.1: Map Showing Study Area 3.2

Figure 3.2: Digital Elevation Map of the Study Area 3.3

Figure 3.3: Relief Map of the Study Area 3.4

Figure 3.4: Slope Map of the Study Area 3.4

Figure 3.5: Average Mean Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperature for

the Years 2009-2017 3.7

Figure 3.6: Mean Monthly Average Rainfall and Number of Rainy Days 3.7

Figure 3.7: Monthly Variation in Average Relative Humidity (2009-2017) 3.8

Figure 3.8: Monthly Variations in Wind Speed (2009-2017) Distt. Singrauli

and Sidhi 3.8

Figure 3.9: Soil Map of the Study Area 3.11

Figure 3.10: Map of Study Area Showing Location of Soil and Vegetation

Sampling Sites 3.12

Figure 3.11: Depth to Ground Water Level – pre and post monsoon

(Singrauli District) 3.16

Figure 3.12: Depth to Ground Water Level – pre and post monsoon

(Sidhi District) 3.16

Figure 3.13: Map Showing Locations of Air, Noise and Traffic Monitoring Sites 3.18

Figure 3.14: Map Showing Locations of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Sites 3.22

Figure 3.15: FCC generated from Satellite imagery of the Study Area 3.39

Figure 3.16: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the study Area 3.40

Figure 3.17: Protected Areas near the Gond Major Irrigation Project 3.66

Figure 3.18: Map of Sidhi Corridor 3.67

Figure 3.19: Fish Species Captured during the Field Survey in Study Area 3.68

Figure 4.1: Map showing villages in the Study Area 4.4

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure I: Approved Scoping and TOR by MOEF&CC, GOI vide its letter No.J-

12011/33/2017-IA-I(R)

Annexure II: Compliance to TOR

Annexure III: Distance of Sanjay Tiger Reserve from Proposed Project

Annexure IV: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details

Annexure V: List of Angiosperms Species recorded from the Study Area

SECTION-II: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER 1: CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN

1.1 NEED FOR CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT 1.1

1.2 RIVER SYSTEM 1.1

1.3 CATCHMENT AREA 1.2

1.4 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY 1.2

1.4.1 Defining Study Area 1.2

1.4.2 Defining Data Requirement 1.5

1.4.3 Data Acquisition and Preparation 1.5

1.4.3.1 Rainfall Erosivity (R) Factor 1.5

1.4.3.2 Soil Erodibility (K) Factor 1.7

1.4.3.3 Topographic (LS) Factor 1.10

1.4.3.4 Crop Management (C) Factor 1.12

1.4.3.5 Conservation Support Practice (P) Factor 1.14

1.4.4 Output Presentation 1.16

1.5 PRIORTIZATION OF SUB-WATERSHEDS USING SILT YIELD INDEX (SYI)

METHOD 1.18

1.5.1 Erosion Intensity Mapping Unit 1.18

1.5.2 Weightage Value 1.18

1.5.3 Delivery Ratio 1.18

1.5.4 Silt Yield Index 1.19

1.5.5 Prioritization of Sub-Watersheds 1.24

1.6 TREATMENT PLAN 1.25

1.6.1 Area to be taken up for Treatment 1.25

1.6.2 Treatment Measures 1.27

1.6.2.1 Biological Measures 1.27

1.6.2.2 Engineering Measures 1.29

1.6.2.3 Summary of Treatment Measures 1.30

1.7 OTHER COMPONENTS OF CAT PLAN 1.31

1.7.1 Administrative Charges 1.31

1.7.2 Provision for Micro Planning 1.32

1.7.3 Monitoring & Evaluation 1.32

1.74 Contingencies 1.32

1.8 COST ESTIMATE 1.32

CHAPTER 2: COMMAND AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN

2.1 GENERAL 2.1

2.2 COMMAND AREA 2.1

2.2.1 Climate of the Command Area 2.1

2.2.2 Irrigation Facilities in the Command Area 2.2

2.2.3 Soil of the Command Area 2.2

2.3 EXISTING CROPPING PATTERN IN COMMAND AREA 2.2

2.4 PROPOSED CROPPING PATTERN IN COMMAND AREA 2.2

2.5 PROPOSED WORKS STIPULATED UNDER CAD 2.3

2.5.1 Topographic Survey in Command Area 2.3

2.5.2 On Farm Development Works 2.3

2.5.3 Reclamation of Water Logged Areas 2.4

2.5.4 Ayacut Roads and Communication Networks 2.4

2.5.5 Water Management through WUA 2.5

2.5.6 Farmers Training, Monitoring and Evaluation 2.6

2.6 PROPOSED BUDGET FOR CAD 2.6

CHAPTER 3: BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT AND WILDLIFE

CONSERVATION PLAN

3.1 BACKGROUND 3.1

3.2 PROJECT ACTIVITIES AND LIKELY IMPACTS 3.1

3.3 BIODIVERSITY IMPORTANCE OF THE AREA 3.1

3.4 CONCERNS OF LOCAL INHABITANTS 3.2

3.5 PLAN OF ACTION 3.2

3.5.1 Development of Grasslands 3.2

3.5.2 Infrastructure Development & Strengthening of Patrolling 3.2

3.5.3 Conservation Measures for RET species 3.3

3.5.4 Awareness Programme/ Establishment of Nature Park 3.3

3.5.5 Conservation and Protection Measures for Elephant

Migration Corridor 3.4

3.5.6 Good Practices 3.4

3.6 SETTING UP OF BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE 3.5

3.7 BUDGETARY ESTIMATES 3.5

CHAPTER 4: FISHERIES CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT PLAN


4.2 FISH COMPOSITION & STATUS 4.1

4.3 MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1

4.3.1 Fishery Development 4.2

4.3.2 Environmental flow/releases 4.2

4.4 COST ESTIMATES 4.2

CHAPTER 5: REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN


5.2 LAND REQUIREMENT 5.1

5.3 PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES AND FAMILIES 5.2

5.4 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION ACT AND POLICY 5.3

5.5 R&R PACKAGE FOR PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES 5.7

5.5.1 Compensation for Land Owners 5.7

5.5.2 Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement 5.7

5.5.3 Resettlement of Displaced Families 5.10

5.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR R & R IMPLEMENTATION 5.11

5.7 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN 5.12

5.7.1 Local Area Development Committee 5.12

5.7.1.1 Aims & Objectives 5.13

5.7.1.2 Institutional Arrangement for Administration of Fund 5.13

5.7.1.3 Functions and Responsibilities of LADC 5.13

5.7.1.4 Execution and Monitoring 5.13

5.7.1.5 Management of Fund and Utilization of Interest Amount 5.14

5.7.2 Preparation of Shelf of Schemes 5.14

5.7.3 Cost Under Human Resource and Local Area Development Plan 5.17

5.7.4 Corporate Social Responsibility 5.17

5.8 MONITORING & EVALUATION 5.17

5.8.1 Monitoring and Evaluation Guidelines 5.18

5.8.2 Post-Project Monitoring 5.18

5.8.3 Participation of PAFs 5.19

5.9 FINANCIAL PACKAGE 5.19

CHAPTER 6: LANDSCAPING, RESTORATION & GREEN BELT

DEVELOPMENT PLAN


6.2 LANDSCAPING AND RESTORATION OF CONSTRUCTION AREAS 6.1

6.2.1 Restoration/ Landscaping of Disturbed Areas/Sites 6.1

6.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 6.2

6.4 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION 6.4


CHAPTER 7: RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT


7.2 RESERVOIR AREA 7.1

7.3 NEED FOR RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT 7.2

7.4 TREATMENT MEASURES 7.3

7.4.1 Stabilization of slopes 7.3


CHAPTER 8: MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN


8.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK TO BE GENERATED 8.1

8.3 DISPOSAL OF MUCK 8.1

CHAPTER 9: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN


9.2 INFLUX OF MIGRANT POPULATION 9.1

9.3 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE 9.3

9.3.1 Reuse/Recycling 9.3

9.3.2 Storage and Segregation 9.3

9.3.3 Collection and Transportation 9.3

9.3.4 Disposal 9.4

9.3.4.1 Degradable component 9.4

9.3.4.2 Non-Degradable component 9.5

9.3.5 Bio-medical Wastes 9.5

9.4 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT 9.5

CHAPTER 10: PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM

10.1 EXISTING MEDICAL FACILITIES 10.1

10.2 THREATS TO PUBLIC HEALTH 10.1

10.3 MEDICAL FACILITIES 10.2

10.4 HEALTH EXTENSION ACTIVITIES 10.2


CHAPTER 11: ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES


11.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES 11.1


CHAPTER 12: GROUND WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN


12.2 GROUNDWATER SCENARIO IN PROJECT AREA 12.1

12.3 DEPENDENCY OF PROJECT ON GROUNDWATER 12.1

12.4 GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN 12.2

CHAPTER 13: ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION

13.1 CONSTRUCTION RELATED IMPACTS AND CONSEQUENT SAFEGUARDS 13.1

13.2 AIR POLLUTION 13.1

13.2.1 Impacts of Air Pollution 13.2

13.2.2 Control of Air Pollution 13.2

13.3 NOISE POLLUTION 13.2

13.3.1 Impacts of Noise Pollution 13.2

13.3.2 Control of Noise Pollution 13.3

13.4 WATER POLLUTION 13.3

13.4.1 Impacts of Water Pollution 13.3

13.4.2 Control of Water Pollution 13.4

13.5 WORKERS SAFETY 13.4

13.6 ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY AUDIT 13.5


CHAPTER 14: DAM BREAK MODELING & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

14.1 DAM BREAK PHENOMENON 14.1

14.2 NEED FOR DAM BREAK MODELING 14.1

14.3 PRESENT DAM BREAK MODELING STUDY 14.2

14.4 INTRODUCTION TO DAM BREAK MODELING 14.2

14.5 HYDRODYNAMIC MODELING 14.2

14.6 SELECTION OF MODEL 14.3

14.7 MIKE 11 MODEL 14.3

14.7.1 Solution Technique 14.4

14.7.2 Topographical requirement and discretization 14.5

14.8 MIKE 11 MODEL SET-UP 14.5

14.8.1 River channel set-up 14.5

14.8.2 Description of reservoir and appurtenant structures 14.6

14.8.3 Boundary conditions for dam break modeling 14.7

14.9 SPECIFICATIONS OF DAM BREAK STRUCTURES 14.7

14.9.1 Breach development 14.7

14.9.2 Failure modes 14.8

14.10 INITIAL CONDITIONS 14.9

14.11 DAM BREAK SIMULATIONS 14.9

14.12 INPUT DATA REQUIREMENT 14.9

14.12.1 River cross sections 14.9

14.12.2 Reservoir and dam 14.10

14.12.3 Spillway 14.10

14.12.4 Downstream boundary 14.10

14.13 SELECTION OF DAM BREACH PARAMETERS 14.11

14.14 CRITICAL CONDITIONS FOR DAM BREAK STUDY 14.12

14.15 DAM BREAK SIMULATION (BREACH WIDTH 44 M, BREACH DEPTH 22 M,

BREACH DEVELOPMENT TIME ONE HOUR) 14.12

14.16 MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL IN THE VIRGIN CONDITION OF THE RIVER DUE

TO OCCURRENCE OF DESIGN FLOOD 14.15

14.17 COMPARISON OF MAXIMUM DISCHARGE AND WATER LEVEL 14.18

14.18 PREPARATION OF INUNDATION MAP 14.21

14.19 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 14.23

14.19.1 Vulnerability Assessment of project 14.23

14.19.1.1 Surveillance & Monitoring 14.23

14.19.2 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for Project 14.25

14.19.2.1 Disaster Response Plan 14.25

14.19.2.2 Contingency Plan 14.25

14.19.2.3 Awareness and Emergency Preparedness 14.25

14.19.2.4 Emergency Action Plan (EAP) 14.26

14.19.2.5 Emergency Response Cell (ERC) 14.26

14.19.2.6 Functions & Responsibilities of PEC & EMG 14.26

14.19.2.7 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) 14.27

14.19.2.8 Communication System 14.27

14.19.2.9 Emergency Alert System 14.28

14.19.2.10 Emergency Warning and Control System 14.29

14.19.2.11 Health & Medical Response System 14.29

14.19.2.12 Training 14.29

14.19.2.13 Mock Drills& Exercises 14.30

14.19.2.14 Public Information System 14.30

14.19.2.15 Information Dissemination and Safety Procedures & Plan 14.31

14.19.2.16 Safety Procedures & Plan 14.31

14.19.2.17 Evacuation Plans 14.32

14.19.2.18 Notifications 14.32

14.19.3 Financial Outlay for Installation of VSAT Communication System 14.33

14.20 COST ESTIMATES FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT 14.33

CHAPTER 15: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN


15.2 WATER QUALITY 15.1

15.3 AIR QUALITY 15.2

15.4 NOISE 15.3

15.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING 15.3

15.6 MINIMUM ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW 15.3

15.7 MUCK DUMPING 15.3

15.8 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT 15.3

CHAPTER 16: COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PLAN


16.2 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME 16.1

16.3 NET PRESENT VALUE (NPV) 16.2

16.4 ABSTRACT OF COST 16.3

CHAPTER 17: COST ESTIMATES 17.1

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: Names and Codes of Sub-Watersheds Delineated for the Catchment

Area 1.3

Table 1.2: Description of Soil Units in the Catchment Area 1.7

Table 1.3: Soil Erodibility Factor for different soil types in the Catchment Area 1.9

Table 1.4: Area falling under different land use/ land cover classes in Catchment

Area 1.14

Table 1.5: Crop Management Factor used for the Catchment Area 1.14

Table 1.6: Soil Loss Range and Erosion Intensity Categories 1.16

Table 1.7: Area falling under different Erosion Intensity Categories in Catchment

Area 1.16

Table 1.8: Calculation of SYI in Sub-Watersheds in Catchment Area 1.19

Table 1.9: Priority Number as per SYI Classification in Catchment Area 1.24

Table 1.10: Sub-watershed wise treatable area under different Landuse/

Landcover classes in Catchment Area 1.26

Table 1.11: Basis for selection of catchment area treatment measures 1.27

Table 1.12: Sub-Watershed wise Summary of treatment measures 1.30

Table 1.13: Summary of treatment measures and their cost for CAT Plan 1.31

Table 1.14: Estimated Cost of CAT Plan Implementation 1.32

Table 1.15: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation in Madhya Pradesh 1.33

Table 1.16: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation in Chhattisgarh 1.34

Table 2.1: Command Area 2.1

Table 2.2: Existing Cropping Pattern in the Command Area 2.2

Table 2.3: Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area 2.3

Table 2.4: Budget for Additional Activities under CAD 2.6

Table 3.1: Break-up of the Biodiversity Management and Wildlife Conservation

Plan 3.5

Table 4.1: Estimated cost of setting of hatchery 4.2



Table 5.3: Village & Component wise Non-Forest Land Requirement 5.2

Table 5.4: Village Wise List of Project Affected Families 5.3

Table 5.5: Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for affected families 5.10

Table 5.6: Infrastructural Facilities for Resettlement Area 5.11

Table 5.7: Summary of Budgetary Estimates 5.19

Table 6.1: Cost estimates for bio-engineering measures for construction areas 6.2

Table 6.2: Plant species suggested for landscaping and restoration works and

other plantations For Residential Colonies & Office Complex 6.3

Table 6.3: Cost estimates for Green Belt Development 6.3

Table 6.4: Total budget for landscaping of project components 6.4

Table 7.1: Estimated cost of proposed treatment measure 7.3

Table 8.1: Plant Species Suggested for Plantation to Rehabilitate Muck Dumping

Site 8.3

Table 8.2: Financial requirements for implementation of Muck Disposal Plan 8.3

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migratory Population 9.2

Table 9.2: Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan 9.5

Table 10.1: Budgetary estimates for developing health care facilities 10.3

Table 11.1: Financial Provision for Energy Conservation Measures 11.2

Table 13.1: List of relevant BIS Standards 13.4

Table 13.2: Estimated Cost for Implementation of Mitigation and Safety measures 13.6

Table 14.1: Stage-discharge relationship - downstream boundary of 14.10

Table 14.2: Breach Parameters 14.12

Table 14.3: Maximum discharge due to dam breach flood (breach initial width 44

m and breach depth 23 m) 14.12

Table 14.4: Maximum water level due to dam breach flood breach initial width

44 m 14.14

Table 14.5: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of DESIGN FLOOD in virgin

river condition 14.15

Table 14.6: Maximum water level due to occurrence of DESIGN FLOOD in virgin

river condition 14.16

Table 14.7: Comparison of maximum discharge obtained in different cases 14.18

Table 14.8: Comparison of maximum water level obtained in different cases 14.19

Table 14.9: Estimated cost of setting up of satellite communication system and

disaster management plan 14.33

Table 15.1: Water Quality Monitoring Schedule 15.2

Table 15.2: Air Quality Monitoring Schedule 15.2

Table 15.3: Cost Estimates for Environmental Monitoring Programme 15.4

Table 15.4: Matrix of Environmental Monitoring Plan 15.5



Table 16.3: Details of Acquired Revenue Land 16.2

Table 16.4: Cost estimates of Compensatory Afforestation Plan 16.2

Table 16.5: Cost estimates of NPV 16.3

Table 16.6: Total Cost 16.3

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: Sub-Watershed Map of Catchment Area 1.4

Figure 1.2: Average Annual Rainfall map of the Catchment Area as per TRMM 1.6

Figure 1.3: R Factor Values map of the Catchment Area 1.7

Figure 1.4: Soil Map of Catchment Area 1.9

Figure 1.5: K Factor Value Map of the Catchment Area 1.10

Figure 1.6: Slope Map of Catchment Area 1.11

Figure 1.7: LS Factor Map of Catchment Area 1.12

Figure 1.8: Land use/ Land cover map of the Catchment Area 1.13

Figure 1.9: C Factor value map of the Catchment Area 1.15

Figure 1.10: Erosion Intensity Map of Catchment Area 1.17

Figure 1.11: Sub-watersheds Priority Classification Map of Catchment Area 1.25

Figure 14.1: Layout of channel section with computational net 14.4

Figure 14.2 & 14.3: River set up with dam and spillway 14.6

Figure 14.4: Breach parameters for linear mode 14.8

Figure 14.5: Inundation Map 14.22

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure I: Cost Estimates for CAT Plan

SECTION-III: PUBLIC HEARING ISSUES AND RESPONSE 1-16

SECTION – I

ENVIRONMETAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Water Resources Division No. 2 Singrauli EIA Study for Gond Major Irrigation Project

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 1.1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making

process and to ensure that the project options under consideration are environmentally

sound and sustainable. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study has been

conducted to identify possible environmental impacts and to suggest ways for mitigating or

minimizing them. The EIA also identifies the possible benefits and adverse impacts on the

environment as a result of construction and operation of the project. The Environment

Management Plan (EMP) provides a plan which, upon implementation, will reduce impacts of

the project and minimize environmental degradation. This minimization may be a result of

implementation of a project alternative or project modifications or environmental protection

measures which simply reduces the severity or magnitude of impacts.

1.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND PROPONENT The role of Water Resources Department, Madhya Pradesh is the creation and maintenance

of irrigation potential through construction of water resources projects. It also looks after the

construction, maintenance and regulation of Major, Medium & Minor irrigation projects,

Flood Control and Drainage works.

1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT Water Resources Department, Government of Madhya Pradesh proposes to construct an

earthen dam across Gopad River at Jalpani village in Baidhan Block of Tehsil Sarai in District

Singrauli in the state of Madhya Pradesh. Gopad river is a right bank tributary of Son river,

which ultimately joins river Ganga. Catchment area up to the proposed Dam site is 2095 sq

km.

The project proposes construction of a 37.31 m high earthen dam across Gopad River near

Jalpani village to irrigate a total designed area of 28,000 ha of Culturable Command Area

(CCA) and benefiting 147 villages. The creation of reservoir due to construction of dam will

lead to submergence of 1263.401 ha of land, of which, 216.249 ha is unirrigated private land,

347.97 ha is forest land and 699.182 ha is government land. Total 9 villages are coming under

submergence due to proposed scheme. The project is envisaged to have a gross storage

capacity of 100.35 MCM and the live storage capacity of 96.49 MCM.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY The general scope of this EIA study is as follows:

Assessment of the existing condition of physico-chemical, ecological and socio

economic aspects of environment;

Identification of potential impacts on various environmental components due to

activities envisaged during construction and operational phases of the proposed

hydro-electric project.

Prediction of significant impacts on major environmental components;

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION



Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining measures to

minimize adverse impacts during construction and operational phases of the

proposed project. This includes components like Catchment Area Treatment Plan

(CAT), Green Belt Development Plan, Fisheries development,

conservation/management plan, Muck Disposal Plan, Dam Break Analysis etc;

Formulation of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan as per ‘The Right to Fair

Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR)’;

Formulation of environmental monitoring plan for construction and operation

phases;

Estimation of Cost for implementation of Environmental Management Plan,

Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan, Catchment Area Treatment Plan and

Environmental Monitoring Programme.

1.5 POLICY, LEGAL & ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK In the emerging scenario of rapid economic growth, sustainability of existing resources for the

present and future generations requires an integrated approach so that, the existing

resources are optimally utilized without causing undue damage to the environment. To

achieve this objective, the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC),

Government of India has enacted Acts, Legislations, Guidelines and Standards to ensure

sustainable development and conserve the environment. These are required to be compiled

by the Project proponents while executing the development of Project. The Project proponent

thus prepares the EIA report, incorporating management plans to mitigate the adverse

impacts (if any) for perusal of the MoEF&CC. The MoEF&CC in turn evaluates the proposal and

suggests stipulations for mitigation of adverse impacts while granting the clearance for

execution of the Project. The important Environmental legislations laid down for conservation

of environment are presented in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India

Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/

Key Players

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Amendment 1988

To provide for the prevention and control of water pollution and enhancing the quality of water

Controls sewage and industrial effluent discharges

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981 Amendment 1987

To provide for the prevention and control of air pollution

Controls emissions of air pollutants

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Forest (Conservation) Act,1980 Amendment 1988

To consolidate acquisition of common property such as forests; halt India’s rapid deforestation and resulting Environmental degradation

Regulates access to natural resources, state has a monopoly right over land; Restriction on de-reservation and using forest for non-forest purpose

State Government and Central Government

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, Amendment 1993

To protect wildlife

Creates protected areas (National parks/ sanctuaries) categories of wildlife

Wildlife Advisory Boards; Central Zoo Authorities



Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/

Key Players which are protected

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

To provide for the protection and improvement of Environment

An umbrella legislation; supplements pollution laws

Central Government nodal agency MoEF, can delegate powers to state departments of Environments

The Right to Fair Compensation & Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013

Resettlement and Rehabilitation of Project affected people and Social Impact Assessment

Social issues Central Government

EIA Notification 2006 with subsequent amendment

Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Protection

Project Developer, State and Central government

(Source: Government of India Publications)

Like many other developmental activities, the proposed Project could also lead to a variety of

adverse environmental impacts. However, by proper planning at the inception stage and by

incorporating appropriate mitigation measures in the planning, design, construction and

operation phases, the adverse impacts can be minimized to a large extent, whereas the

beneficial impacts could be maximized. The main objective of the EIA study is to assess the

positive and negative impacts likely to accrue as a result of the construction and operation of

the proposed Project and to suggest suitable Environmental Management Plans (EMP) to

ameliorate the adverse impacts, if any. A well-designed environmental monitoring

programme covering various critical parameters to be covered in the Project construction and

operation phase would also be required. The present EIA for Gond Major Irrigation Project has

been prepared based on the analysis of baseline data and accordingly Environment

Management Plan has been prepared for seeking Environment Clearance.

The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment,

Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies and

accords environmental and Forest clearance for the projects. The State Pollution Control

Board (SPCB) conducts Public hearing and accords Consent to Establish and Consent to

Operate for the project.

The project would need the following clearances before starting construction:

Prior Environmental Clearance from the MoEF&CC/SEIAA

Forest Clearance from MoEF&CC;

Consent to Establish from the Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board;

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE (EC) PROCESS EC process is laid down in EIA notification of 14th September 2006 and subsequent

amendments; issued by Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change in exercise of

the powers conferred by Environment Protection Act. As per the notification, environment

clearance is a three stage process viz. Scoping, Public Consultation and Appraisal. Project

Categories are defined by culturable command area in an irrigation project or the

generation capacity for hydro-electric projects in EIA notification.



As per Schedule enclosed with the EIA notification of Sept 2006 and subsequent

amendments, irrigation projects are listed at item 1(c); major projects greater than or equal

to 50,000 ha CCA are category A projects, major projects greater than or equal to 10,000 ha

and less than 50,000 ha CCA are category B1 projects and medium projects greater than

2,000 ha and less than 10,000 ha CCA are category B2 projects (as per amendment to EIA

Notification dated August 14, 2018).

Scoping: This would require submission of an application to SEIAA (for Category B

Projects)/MOEF&CC (for Category A Projects) for issuance of Terms of Reference (TOR) to

undertake EIA study. The application consists of Project Report and duly filled in Form 1

with proposed TOR. On completion and submission of application for approval of TOR to

SEIAA/ MOEF&CC, a technical presentation before the State Expert Appraisal Committee

(SEAC) or EAC of MoEF&CC for Scoping Clearance is made; as the case may be.

This case was submitted for Scoping Clearance to MoEF&CC prior to August 14, 2018

amendment i.e. when CCA of 10,000 ha and greater was considered as Category A project.

The matter was discussed in 9th meeting of EAC held on 24/10/2017 for TOR and Scoping

clearance was accorded by MoEF&CC on November 29, 2017. Scoping Clearance giving

Terms of Reference (TOR) and Compliance to TOR, giving details of coverage of TOR in EIA

study are enclosed as Annexure I & II respectively.

Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study of Gond Major Irrigation Project has been

carried out with a view to assess the impacts of project on the surrounding area so as to

suggest mitigation and management measures to minimize such impacts. EIA study for such

projects is mandatory as per EIA Notification of September 2006, which describes the

environment clearance procedure.

Public Consultation: On completion of draft EIA/EMP reports and its executive summary,

public consultation is conducted through public consultation process coordinated by State

Pollution Control Board, as stipulated in EIA notification. Project proponent takes lead in

submitting requisite fee and application to State Pollution Control Board.

On successful completion of Public Consultation Process, EIA/EMP reports are updated if

required, incorporating any suggestions/observation made during Public Consultation

process and revised reports are submitted by project proponent to SEIAA/ MOEF&CC for

Appraisal. Video and text of Public Consultation is submitted by State Pollution Control

Board to SEIAA/ MOEF&CC directly.

Appraisal: A detailed presentation is made before SEAC/EAC during final appraisal and

after successful completion; SEAC/EAC recommends the case to SEIAA/ MOEF&CC and EC

letter is issued by SEIAA/ MOEF&CC.

1.7 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT The document for the EIA study for the proposed Project has been presented in this

document. The contents of the document are organized as follows:



SECTION – I: Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

Chapter-1: Introduction: The Chapter gives brief of the project. The Environmental

Clearance procedure and the related policies, legal and administrative framework for the

same have been summarized in this chapter. The objectives and need for EIA study too

have been covered.

Chapter-2: Project Description: It gives the salient features of the project and also the brief

of major components of the project. In addition, the detail of land requirement for

different components of the project has been covered.

Chapter-3: Description of Environment: It gives the description of the environment

covering study area, study period, methodology, environmental baseline status which is a

compilation of primary and secondary data for various physico-chemical and biological

environmental parameters in the project study area.

Chapter-4: Description of Social Environment: It summarizes socio-economics aspects of

the project study area and project affected as well as benefitted villages.

Chapter-5: Assessment of Impacts: It describes the anticipated positive and negative

impacts as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed Gond major

irrigation project. It is essentially a process to forecast the future environmental conditions

of the project area that might be expected to occur as a result of the construction and

operation of the proposed project. An attempt was made to forecast future environmental

conditions quantitatively to the extent possible. But for certain parameters, which cannot

be quantified, the general approach has been to discuss such intangible impacts in

qualitative terms so that planners and decision makers are aware of their existence as well

as their possible implications.

SECTION – II: Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The Section-II of the report deals with different Environmental Management Plans

prepared to mitigate the adverse environmental impacts. The contents of the Part-II are

organized as follows:

Chapter-1: Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan: CAT plan methodology suggested by

SLUSI has been used and Silt Yield Index (SYI) method has been used for categorization of

sub-watersheds into priority classes. Treatment measures for very severe and severe

categories of sub-watersheds have been formulated. Cost required for implementation of

CAT Plan too has been estimated.

Chapter-2: Command Area Development (CAD) Plan: It gives the details of

implementation schedule with a sample CAD plan.

Chapter-3: Biodiversity Conservation & Management Plan: It delineates the plan for

mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts likely to accrue as a result of the proposed

project on the biodiversity of the area. The approach for formulation of Biodiversity

Conservation Plan is to maximize the positive environmental impacts and minimize the



negative ones. After suggesting environmental mitigation measures, the cost required for

implementation of various measures is also estimated.

Chapter-4: Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan: It describes the various measures

to be undertaken for the Conservation & Management of the fish fauna.

Chapter-5: Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan: covers the R&R and local area

development Plan for Project Affected Families. R&R plan formulated as a part of this

chapter is based upon the socio-economic status assessed through the surveys conducted.

Chapter-6: Landscaping & Restoration of Quarry & Working Areas: This chapter covers

adverse impact of construction activities on the landscape and suggests measures for

restoration of the disturbed area back to their similar or near-similar pre-construction

conditions and land use. It also includes green belt to be created along reservoir periphery

and around the colony areas.

Chapter-7: Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan: This Chapter describes the possibility of slope

failures, land slips, etc. due to fluctuation in water level along the reservoir periphery. In

order to mitigate the same, Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan and measures for treatment of

existing landslides/ slips, and prevention of further slides by undertaking engineering as

well as biological measures have been suggested. The cost estimation for various activities

involved has also been made.

Chapter-8: Muck Management Plan: It deals with the rehabilitation of muck that is likely to

be generated during the construction of various project components and also suggests

measures for both engineering and biological measures for restoration of muck disposal

sites in environmentally sustainable manner.

Chapter-9: Solid Waste Management Plan: This chapter describes issues related to solid

waste disposal that are likely to accrue during the construction period and also the

formulation of management plan for the same. It also includes labour management plan

for their health and safety.

Chapter-10: Public Health Delivery System: This chapter deals with the basic health care

facilities available in the area and setting up of new infrastructure as well as improvement

of existing infrastructure along with the cost estimates.

Chapter-11: Energy Conservation Measures: It deals with the provisions being made for

the reduction of pressure on the adjoining forest of the project area during the

construction period energy conservation measures like subsidy for fuel wood, etc. along

with the cost of these measures.

Chapter-12: Ground Water Management Plan: This chapter deals with implementation of

plan to provide adequate water in command for irrigation and reduce pressure on ground

water extraction for irrigation.



Chapter-13: Environmental Safeguards during Construction: This chapter deals with

environmental safeguards during construction activities including road construction.

Chapter-14: Dam Break Modeling & Disaster Management plan: Dam Break Modeling

using MIKE11 model has been conducted. The results of the modeling exercise are outlined

in this Chapter. Disaster Management Plan (DMP) too has been outlined for

implementation in case of Dam Break.

Chapter-15: Environmental Monitoring Plan: This chapter deals with the issues of

implementation of various mitigation measures and environmental management plans

during project construction and operation phases. The environmental monitoring plan has

been suggested to assess the adequacy of various environmental safeguards and to

compare the predicted and actual scenario during construction and operation phases. This

will help the project proponents to formulate remedial measures not foreseen during the

planning stage but arising during these phases and to generate data for further use.

Chapter-16: Compensatory Afforestation Programme: This Chapter discusses various

aspects of Compensatory Afforestation Programme to be implemented by the State Forest

Department.

Chapter-17: Cost Estimates: It summarizes the cost to be incurred for implementation of

the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and the Environmental Monitoring

Programme.

Chapter-18: This chapter summarizes proceedings of public hearing conducted by M P

Pollution Control Board at Village Jalpani, Tehsil Sarai, District Singrauli and Primary School,

Village Amradandi, Tehsil Kusmi, District Sidhi.

Water Resources Division No. 2 Singrauli EIA Study of Gond Major Irrigation Project


2.1 INTRODUCTION Gond Major Irrigation project has been conceived by Water Resources Department, Madhya

Pradesh. The Project is proposed on Gopad river near Village Jalpani, Block Baidhan, Tehsil

Sarai of District Singrauli. Earlier two separate projects viz. Jalpani, Nigri and Majhuli were

planned; Gond is planned as a new scheme where these two projects are combined into

single project.

The project consists of construction of side channel spillway earthen dam of 1660 m long

and 37.31 m high (from deepest foundation level) across meandering Gopad river.

Construction of dam will submerge about 1263.401 ha. The proposed channel for diverting

the flood and housing the gate and power house is about 220m wide and 1725m long. The

bed level of channel is proposed at RL-405 m at U/s and 398.00 at D/s end. A diversion

sluice 3.5x3.5 m is provided to facilitate diversion of non-monsoon flow during construction.

Radial gates at (18 x 15 m) will be kept open from June to September end and will be closed

post monsoon, say by middle of October to flush out silt and maintain reservoir capacity.

The catchment area at dam site is 2095 sq.km and yield is 578.39 MCM, which is

substantially higher than live storage of reservoir (96.485 MCM); with this arrangement

neither silt is deposited nor there is any deficiency in capacity of reservoir. The total crop

water requirement is only 118.88 MCM, which can be met with storage even during the

driest period.

The water is delivered to a balancing reservoir at a distance of about 16 km on the bank of

Gopad river. Balancing reservoir has a capacity of 5 MCM (live storage capacity) which also

acts as sedimentary tank for silt. Offtakes from reservoir are planned to provide piped

irrigation network for 28,000 ha CCA. A 4 MW powerhouse is planned near intake structure

to meet the power requirement for irrigation water distribution and lighting, making the

project self-sufficient in terms of power requirement.

Salient features of the project are given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Salient Features

1 GENERAL

(a) Name of the Project : Gond Major Project

(b) Type of the Project : Irrigation

(c) Location : Near Village Jalpani

(d) Latitude : 23°53’21”

(e) Longitude : 82°14’35”

(f) River Basin : Ganga

(g) Located on River : Gopad River

(h) Sub Basin : Gopad River Sub Basin

(i) Tehsil : Sarai

Chapter 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION



(j) District : Singrauli

(k) State : Madhya Pradesh

2 HYDROLOGY

(a) Catchment Area : 2095.00 sq km

(b) Intercepted Catchment Area : 71.57 sq km

(c) Net Catchment Area : 2023.43 sq km

(d) Rain Gauge Stations : Devsar, Kusmi, Bharatpur,

Manendragar and Sonhat

(e) Period of Data Availability : 29 Years, (1984-2012-13)

(f) Gauge & Discharge Site : Bhari (Jhoko) in Sidhi Distt.:- 5815 Sq

km

(g) Period of Data Availability : 23 years (1984-85 to -2006-07)

(h) Rainfall Runoff Equations Developed

(X is Rainfall & Y is Runoff in cm) : -

(i) Available Annual Yield at Dam Site 75% Dependable 578.39 MCM

(j) Number of existing & proposed U/s Project : 7

(k) Planned Utilization by the U/s project : 5.76 MCM

(l) Hydro-meteorology Station : -

3 HYDROLOGY

(a) Record of Observed Floods : Nil

(b) Type of Dam : Intermediate

(c) Design Flood : Probable Maximum Flood

(d) Design Storm Depth : 1 Day PMF of 503.40 mm

(e) Estimated SPF : 17937.72 cumec

(f) Flood Lift : 0.00 m

4 SEDIMENT ESTIMATION

(a) Sediment Rate : (0.75 Ac ft/sq mile/Yr)

(b) Net Catchment Area : 2095 sq km

(c) Sediment Inflow in Reservoir :

25 Years : 258.49 ha-m

50 Years : 516.99 ha-m

75 Years : 775.48 ha-m

100 Years : 1033.98 ha-m

(d) New Zero Elevation (With FRL 423.00 m)

100 yr Sediment : 416.40 m (used to fix Sill Level)

5 PRINCIPAL LEVELS

(a) Lowest Sill Level (LSL) : 408.00 m

(b) Minimum Draw Down Level (MDDL) : 408.00 m

(c) Full Reservoir Level (FRL) : 423.00 m

(d) Maximum Water Level (MWL) : 423.00 m

(e) Top Bund Level (TBL) : 427.00 m

(f) Dead Storage : 3.87 MCM

(g) Gross Storage : 100.35 MCM

(h) Live Storage : 96.49 MCM

(k) Submergence at FRL : 1263.401 ha

6 IRRIGATION

(a) Gross Command Area : 49,000 ha

(b) Culturable Command Area : 28,000 ha

(c) Annual Irrigation Proposed : 28,000 ha

Rabi : 28,000 ha

(d) Intensity of Irrigation : 100.00%

7 DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY



(a) Type of Demand : 5.50 MCM

8 DAM DATA

(a) Type of Dam : Side channel Spillway with Earthen

Dam

(b) Total Length of Dam : 1660.00 m

(c) Barrage

(i) Length of Spill Channel : 1725.00 m

(ii) No. of Gates (including standby) : 09

(iii) Deepest foundation Level : 399.00 m

(iv) Crest Level : 408.00 m

(v) Maximum Height above foundation : 28.00 m

(vi) Peak flood Discharge : 17937.72 cumec

(d) Overflow Dam :

(ii) Length : 40.00 m

(iv) Maximum height above foundation : 28.00 m

(e) Earth Dam

(i) Length of Dam : 1660.00 m

(ii) Maximum height : 37.31 m

9 PENSTOCK PROVISION/HEAD REGULATOR FOR POWER

GENERATION

Size of barrel : (3.00 x 3.00) m

Location : Right Flank

10 CANAL

(a) Main Canal Length (Barrel Duct) : 16.00 km

Total no. of Minors on LBC : Minors

(b) Total GCA : 49,000 ha

(c) Total CCA : 28,000 ha

(d) Head discharge Required : 11.76 cumec

(e) Head discharge Designed : 11.76 cumec

(f) No. of villages benefited : 147

(g) Pipe System : Main, Minor, Sub Minor, Field

Channel and Water Course

11 SUBMERGENCE DETAILS

(a) Private Land :

(i) Irrigated Land : 0.00 ha

(ii) Unirrigated Land : 216.249 ha

(b) Govt. Land : 699.182 ha

(c) Forest area : 347.97 ha

(d) Total submergence area : 1263.401 ha

(e) Total CCA : 28,000 ha

12 ESTIMATE

(a) Land : Rs 18364.639 Lakh

(b) Unit-1 : Rs. 59813.24 Lakh

Unit-2 : Rs. 49954.12 Lakh

Total Cost : Rs. 109767.36 Lakh

(c) Cost Per ha : 3.92

(d) B.C. Ratio : 1.76 @ 10%

13 Name of village coming under submergence :

Jalpani, Amradandi, Langhadol, Kyoti,

Kyurchu, Pura, Bhadeli, Singrawal,

Buchro



2.2 LOCATION AND CONNECTIVITIY The project is located in the Ganga Sub Basin in Sarai Tehsil of Singrauli district. The

proposed reservoir near Village Jalpani is located at Latitude 23°53’21” and Longitude

82°14’35” and geographically covered under SOI toposheet no. 64I/1. Geographically the

command area is covered under SOI toposheet no. 63H/12, 63H/16, 63L/4, 63L/8, 64I/1 and

64I/5. The dam site is approachable from Sarai at 47 km. The location of the project is

shown in Figure 2.1.

2.3 LAND REQUIREMENT The total land requirement for proposed project is 1442.148 ha; out of which 833.259 ha

is government land, 225.019 ha is private land and 383.87 ha is forest land. Total

1263.401 ha of area will be submerged, out of which 699.182 ha is government land,

216.249 ha is private land and 347.97 ha is forest land. In addition to this 175 ha. of land

will be required on temporary basis for laying of pipeline for distribution of water. The

details are given in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Details of Land Requirement

S.

No. Land Use Details

Land Required for Different Components (ha)

Total Area

(ha) Dam

Site

(ha)

Waste

Weir

(ha)

Submergence

(ha)

Power

Generation

(ha)

Canal

(ha)

1 Government Land 40.741 32.35 699.182 60.986 0.00 833.259

2 Private Land

(unirrigated) 0.00 8.77 216.249 0.00 0.00 225.019

3 Forest Land 9.00 10.10 347.97 0.00 16.80 383.87

Total Area (ha) 49.741 51.22 1263.401 60.986 16.80 1442.148

As per the proposal for Stage-I clearance for diversion of forest land submitted to MoEF&CC

vide Proposal No. FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016 dated 23/10/2017, the total forest proposed

to be diverted is 383.87 ha. Out of which, 154.12 ha of forest land under the jurisdiction of

Singrauli Forest Division falls in Singrauli district while the rest 229.748 ha of forest land

under the jurisdiction of Sanjay Tiger Reserve falls in Sidhi district. The details are given in

Table 2.3.

Table 2.3: Details of Forest Land Requirement

S.

No. District Division

Forest Land

(ha) Legal Status

1 Singrauli Singrauli

43.60 Reserved Forest

2 110.52 Protected Forest

3 Sidhi Sanjay Tiger Reserve



TOTAL 383.868

Source: http://forestsclearance.nic.in/viewreport.aspx?pid=FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/viewreport.aspx?pid=FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016



Figure 2.1: Location Map of Gond Major Irrigation Project



2.4 CATCHMENT AREA OF PROJECT Gopad River, one of the right bank tributaries of the Son River, emerges from the hills on

the north of Sonhat plateau in Sarguja district of Chattishgarh. It receives water from Goini

and Neur rivers. After that it flows towards north and west in stages and meets with other

rivers such as the Sehra, the Kandas and the Mohan during its course through Singrauli

district. Then the stream merges with the Son near Bardi and joins the Ganges after a long

journey. The catchment area of the project up to the proposed dam site is 2095 km2. The

elevation of the catchment varies from about El. 401.0m to about El. 1048.0m. Length of

Gopad river up to the proposed dam site is around 90.0 km. The catchment area map is

shown in Figure 2.2.

2.5 COMMAND AREA OF PROJECT A command area to be benefited from the project lies downstream of the proposed Gond

reservoir and covers 147 villages. Out of the total 147 villages, 65 villages falls in Majhauli

tehsil of Sidhi district while the rest 82 villages falls in Sarai and Deosar tehsils of Singrauli

district. The proposed Culturable Command Area (CCA) of 28,000 ha is irrigated by piped

irrigation system. The proposed command area is divided into 3 commands namely Jalpani,

Nigri and Majhuali. The details are given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Command Area

S. No. Command Area GCA (ha) CCA (ha)

1 Jalpani 19340 9959

2 Nigri 11415 8118

3 Majhauli 18245 9923

2.6 HYDROLOGY The discharge data for 29 Years, (1984-2012-13) at protect site is generated by making use

of Rainfall Runoff relation developed for Monsoon months at Bhari (Jhoko) in Sidhi distt.-

5815 Sqkm Gauge & Discharge Site and the Weighted Mean Rainfall at project site. The

adopted 75 % dependable yield as live storage for the Gond Major Irrigation Project is

578.39 MCM.



Figure 2.2: Catchment Area Map of Gopad River



2.7 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF MAIN COMPONENTS OF PROJECT a. Reservoir and Submergence Area

The reservoir shall impound 9 villages. All the villages are under partial submergence.

(Refer Figure 2.3). During filling and withdrawal operation, the water in reservoir shall

undergo fluctuation between FRL (423.0 m) to Lowest Sill Level (408.0 m). The river banks

are of sound rock in the reservoir area and shall be able to withstand the pore water

pressure changes. Once the size of project components is frozen and the project

completed, there shall be no change in elevation of MWL, FRL, MDDL and LSL. The silt

inflow in reservoir for 100 years has been estimated as 1033.98 ha-m. New zero elevation

(with FRL 423 m) after 100 years sediment is estimated as 416.40 m (used to fix Sill level).

The project area involves submergence of forest, revenue and private land to the tune of

347.97 ha, 699.182 ha and 216.249 ha, respectively.

b. Earthen dam

An Earthen Dam of maximum height 37.31 m and length 1660 (930+420+250+60) m. The

Earth Dam is designed as a homogenous section. The required soil is available in the

reservoir area in full with specified properties of C-φ and unit weights (Refer Figure 2.3).

c. Barrage

Barrage on right flank of 162m (Pier to Pier) in length and 28m in height (measured from

foundation RL of 399m) having capacity to pass the flood discharges 17937.72 cumec is

proposed. Non Over-flow dam of 40 m length on both flanks with a maximum height of

28m above foundation is proposed (Refer Figure 2.3).

d. Irrigation Sluice

Canal System is proposed to take-off from Sluice on right flank of Barrage. Barrel type

Sluice on right flank with 1 vent of (2.50 x 2.80) m opening is proposed (Refer Figure 2.3).

e. Canal System

Maximum discharge required to be released into the canal is 11.55 cumec, including

provision of 10% for future expansion; the pipe system is designed to carry 11.76 cumec of

discharge. The entire command area is proposed to be irrigated through hose pipe system

consisting of main, minor, sub minor, field channel and water course. Bed level of the canal

is kept at RL 408.00 m at commencement. Rabi Crops such as Wheat, Gram & oil seed are

predominantly cultivated in the command area. As per the new guidelines, the irrigation is

designed for Rabi crops. The proposed CCA is 28,000 ha and the intensity of irrigation is

100%. Details of Main Duct barrel from dam to balancing reservoir is given in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5: Details of Main Duct Barrel from Dam to Balancing Reservoir

S. No. Hydraulic Particulars Quantity 1 Required Discharge (Qr) 11.76 2 Designed Discharge (Cd) 11.76 3 Duct Size, (m) 2.8 x 2.8 4 No. of Barrel 1 5 Velocity (m/sec) 1.50 6 Culturable command area (Ha) 28,000 7 Length (Km) 16



f. Rising Main

Abstract of Rising Main is given in Table 2.6. For layout refer Figure 2.3.

Table 2.6: Abstract of Rising Main

S. No. Particular Length (m)

1 Manufacturing, supplying, laying in position, aligning,

jointing, testing and commissioning of electric resistance

welded/ submerged arc welded mildsteel (Fe-410grade)

rising main pipe of specified diameter and plate thickness

provided with flanges/ outlets wherever required for

connecting to manifold system/ for fixing valves and

provided with 406 micron food grade epoxy for inner lining

and outer lining of polyurethane/ 3LPE/ Shotcrete over 13

gauge 50x50 mm opening size weld mesh including cost of

all materials, machinery, labour, cutting, bending, welding,

cement mortar lining, finishing, curing, conveying to spot,

lowering, aligning, jointing, arranging water for testing,

hydraulic testing at manufacturing site and after laying and

jointing at specified test pressure etc., complete as per

specifications and approved drawings.

a 1800mm Dia. Pipe of 11mm thick 5000

b 1800mm Dia. Pipe of 11 mm thick 7500

c 1100mm Dia. Pipe of 6 mm thick 7500

d 2200mm Dia. Pipe of 12 mm thick 21000

e 1300mm Dia. Pipe of 8 mm thick 3500

f 1900mm Dia. Pipe of 11 mm thick 7500

g. Power Design

Total power requirement for the project is 1921 KW and the total power provided is

2000 KW. The detail of power design is given in Table 2.7 to Table 2.9.

Table 2.7: Power Design (Rising Main)

S. No. Particulars Unit RM + DC

1 CCA ha 28000

2 Duty lit./sec/ha 0.42

3 Discharge Cumecs 11.76

4 Velocity m/s 1.5

5 Length m 16000

6 Size of Gravity main RCC Barrel m 2.8x2.8

7 Area of Gravity main RCC Barrel sqm 7.84

8 Equivalent Dia m 3.16

9 Minimum Elevation Available @ reservoir in Dec/Jan m 414

10 Frictional Loss m 7

11 Energy level available m 407

12 FRL of BR m 407

13 Level of outlet from BR m 403



Table 2.8: Power Design (By Boosting)

S. No. Command I (Jalpani) Unit RM

1 CCA ha 9960

2 Duty lit./sec/ha 0.42

3 Discharge Cumecs 4.18

4 Average level of command area m 430

5 Length of Rising Main m 5000

6 Velocity in Rising main m/s 1.6

7 Diameter of Rising main m 1.8

8 Friction Loss in RM of command area including bend

and valve losses m 4.29

9 Command area loss i/c Frictional losses m 22.50

10 Provision for exit gradient and filter losses m 1.5

11 Total head required for pressurised irrigation m 28.29

12 Elevation To be pumped m 433.11

13 Head to be pumped m 30.11

14 Power Requirement KW 1670

15 Total Power Requirement i/c of Aux. Power KW 1921

16 Total Power Provided KW 2000

Table 2.9: Power Design (By Gravity)

S.

No. Particulars Unit

Command II

(Nigri) GM1

Command II

(Nigri) GM3

Command III

(Majhauli)

GM4

GM2

1 CCA ha 3400 4720 9920 1464

0

2 Duty lit./sec/ha 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42

3 Discharge Cumecs 1.43 1.98 4.17 6.15

4 Average level of command area m 382 - 360 -

5 Length m 15000 7000 10000 2100

0

6 Velocity m/s 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.6

7 Diameter of Gravity main m 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.2

8

Friction Loss in GM of command

area including bend and valve

losses

m 22.03 8.72 7.32 14.9

9 Command area losses m - 7 10 -

10 Provision for exit gradient and

filter losses m 1.5 1.5 1.5 -

11 Total head required for

pressurised irrigation m 23.53 17.22 18.82 -

12 Elevation which can be served m 383.51 360.09 358.50 -

13 Command area to be served 382 360 359 -

14 Head to be pumped m 0 0 0 -

15 Power Requirement KW 0 0 0 -

16 Total Power Requirement i/c of

Aux. Power KW 0 0 0 -

17 Total Power Provided KW 0 0 0 -

18 Energy level @ Bifurcation m - - - 392.2

19 Energy Level available @ End m - - - 377.3



h. Desilting and Anti-corrosion measures in Pipelines

For desilting and anti-corrosion, provision of drain valve at an interval of every 200 m has

been made. In addition, pipes are with polyurethane lining, as anti-corrosion measure.

i. Measures for Leakage and Bursting of Pipelines

Provision of M.S. Pipe having bursting strength of 10 times from head in case of water

logging has been made for Rising Main and Gravity Main. These pipes are not anti-burst

and will burst in case of more than 10 times of pressure only. The joints of M.S. Pipe are

with 3 stages of wielding and will be laid down 2 m from ground surface. Hence, there

won’t be leakage problem in this pipe.

2.8 IRRIGATION PLANNING AND CROPPING PATTERN The criteria for irrigation planning of a water resource project in an area, where

monsoon flow of a seasonal river has to be harnessed, are the 75% dependable yield and

the availability of water for irrigation purpose besides the existing cropping pattern, the

proposed cropping pattern, and the existing modes of irrigation. Based on the proposed

cropping pattern, the water requirement for area proposed for different crops is

computed and month wise requirement is worked out.

Under the proposed scheme, irrigation is planned over 28,000 ha CCA in Rabi season

only.

2.8.1 Existing Cropping Pattern in Command Area

Based upon DPR, the command area under 147 villages is being cultivated in Rabi

and Kharif crop seasons. The total area being cultivated in Kharif and Rabi season is

4000 ha and 20000 ha respectively. During Kharif, paddy and maize crops are being

grown in 3000 ha and 1000 ha respectively. During Rabi, wheat, gram and mustard are

being grown in 8000 ha, 9000 ha and 3000 ha respectively. The existing cropping pattern

is shown in Table 2.10.

Table 2.10: Existing Cropping Pattern in the Command Area

S. No. Kharif Crops Area (ha) Rabi Crops Area (ha)

1 Paddy 3,000 Wheat 8,000

2 Maize 1,000 Gram 9,000

3 Mustard 3,000

Total 4,000 Total 20,000

2.8.2 Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area

At present the area under Rabi crop is 20,000 ha which implies that about 8,000 ha area

is not being sown. Based on the existing cropping pattern and for boosting the

production per hectare emphasis has been laid on development of improved varieties of

wheat and the gram. The crop intensity has been adopted as 100% of the CCA viewing

the availability of water earmarked in the reservoir for irrigation purpose. The proposed

cropping pattern is shown in Table 2.11.



Table 2.11: Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area

S. No. Rabi Crops Area (ha) Percentage of CCA

1 Wheat-ORD 12,500 44.64

2 Gram 12,500 44.64

3 Mustard 3,000 10.72

Total 28,000 100

2.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE After commissioning of the project, operation & maintenance shall be carried out of all

components of the project including associated works in accordance with prudent utility

practice. O&M manual shall be prepared and following activities shall be covered during O&M.

i) Whole pipe line system including its structures and maintenance of all pumps and

electro-mechanical components.

ii) Services necessary to maintain the project efficiently maximize the availability of the

water & optimize the useful life of the project.

iii) Providing requisite numbers of qualified personnel to perform the services.

iv) Carrying out maintenance of the total pipe line system and carry out repair and

preventive maintenance in accordance with the requirements.

v) Maintenance or repairs or rectification work in case of any problem or emergency that

may arise while the system is in-operation.

vi) Providing technical and other assistance in solving operational and maintenance problems.

vii) Maintenance of all roads, yards, walkways, the colony, housekeeping and security of

the project.

viii) Suggestions for improvement in the operation and maintenance schedule for better

performance.

ix) Preparation of Annual Operation Plan.



Figure 2.3: Project Layout Map of Gond Major Irrigation Project



2.10 PROTECTED AREAS (PA) IN VICINITY Sanjay Tiger Reserve is the nearest protected area from the project site (refer Figure 2.4).

In this regard, a letter was issued by Chief Wildlife Warden (Ref: माचि/2017/4386

dated 28/07/2017 – refer Annexure III) mentioning that the proposed dam site is about

10 km away from Sanjay Tiger Reserve. Eco-sensitive Zone of Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve

which includes Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary was notified

vide gazette notification dated 28/08/2017. The extent of Eco-Sensitive Zone is up to 2

kilometers from the boundary of Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife

Sanctuary, which together constitute the Core Area of the Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve.

2.11 PROJECT BENEFITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS On completion of the Project the following benefits can be derived.

Annual Rabi irrigation of 28,000 ha

Rise in sub-soil water level in the project Area

Development of fisheries in the reservoir

Employment to local labour largely tribes during construction period.

The scheme is proposed in tribal area with low standard of living. The percentage of

submergence of Culturable land to the proposed irrigation is 2.66% which is well within

the WRD norms. The scheme is recommended for implementation due to following

reasons:

Gond Major Irrigation Project is proposed across Gopad River with catchment

area of 2095 Sq. Km.

No better storage site is available in the River

The huge Culturable Command Area of about 28,000 ha spread over 147 villages

mainly comprising small land holding famers will be benefitted.

The area has large population of tribes with very low standard of living

The government is also keen for developing the drought prone region.



Figure 2.4: Map Showing Protected Area in the Vicinity of Gond Major Irrigation Project



3.1 GENERAL

This chapter covers the baseline status of physical and biological environment of proposed

Gond Major Irrigation Project covering the description of study area, methodology of

baseline data collection leading to establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components, as identified in the scope.

Base maps of all environmental components are included at appropriate sections. The

study methodology has been defined to address the standard Terms of Reference (TOR)

issued for this assignment by EAC, MoEF&CC, Government of India during the scoping

clearance issued in November 2017.

The baseline data collected during the studies has been divided into the following three

main categories.

Physico-chemical aspects

Ecological aspects

Socio-economic and Demography profile of command area

The baseline data presented in this chapter covers Physical and Biological environment

whereas Socio-economic aspects have been covered in a separate chapter. The baseline

status has been prepared from primary data collected during field surveys undertaken for

the same which was then supplemented with data/information gathered during interaction

with concerned persons of various government departments and available literature and

reports published by various institutions and organizations.

3.2 STUDY AREA The Study Area for assessment of environmental baseline status was delineated as

follows:

The area within 10 km radius of the main project components like proposed

reservoir area, open canal and dam site

Area within 2.5 km buffer on either side of pipeline (water conductor system) in

proposed command area

Command area

Water Conductor System - The water conductor system is the piped network designed to

lift water from the canal and distribute in the command area.

Command Area - The command area is the area of Gond Major Irrigation Project covering

28,000 ha land which will be irrigated by drip/sprinkler irrigation under the proposed

irrigation project. Some of the command area falls outside the study area.

A map of the study area prepared based upon the above criteria is given at Figure 3.1.

Chapter

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT



Figure 3.1: Map Showing Study Area



To understand the topography of the study are, Digital Elevation Map, Relief map, and

slope map were prepared from Digital Elevation Model (DEM) of Advanced Space borne

Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER) Global Digital Elevation Model

(GDEM) Version 2 data was downloaded from https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/ from which

mask of the study was extracted to prepare above mentioned thematic maps. These maps

are given at Figures 3.2, 3.3 & 3.4. Digital Elevation map shows that elevation in the study

area varies between 304 and 823m. Most of the area in Jalpani command is between 300

and 400m whereas in Majhauli and Nigri commands it is below 400m. Majority of the study

area falls under Moderately sloping to Gently sloping categories (see Table 3.1)

constituting nearly 88% of the study area.

Figure 3.2: Digital Elevation Map of the Study Area

https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/



Figure 3.3: Relief Map of the Study Area

Figure 3.4: Slope Map of the Study Area



Table 3.1: Area under different Slope Categories in the Study Area Slope Category (Slope in Degrees) Area (Sq km) Area (%) Gently Sloping (Up to 2) 419.82 25.79 Moderately Sloping (2 – 8) 1046.57 62.46 Strongly Sloping (8 – 15) 146.32 7.46 Moderately Steep (15 – 30) 69.34 3.62 Steep (30 – 45) 11.47 0.60 Very Steep (45 – 60) 1.15 0.06 Extremely Steep (60 – 70) 0.03 0.00 Total 1694.71 100

3.3 DATA COLLECTION

As described above, baseline status has been prepared from primary data collected during

field surveys undertaken which was then supplemented with secondary data/information

gathered during interaction with concerned persons of various government departments

and available literature and reports published by various institutions and organizations.

3.3.1 Data Collected during Field Surveys

The Environmental Baseline Chapter comprises of compilation of data on different

environmental parameters both physical and biological environment (surface water,

ground water, soil, ambient air quality, noise, traffic, vegetation, faunal elements including

mammals, birds, herpetofauna) which was collected during field surveys conducted in

three seasons winter/lean (December 2017), Pre-monsoon (May 2018) and monsoon

(August 2018).

Part of the data on physical environment relevant to the study area i.e. on air, noise and

water quality in the study area was provided by Regional Office, Madhya Pradesh Pollution

Control Board (MPPCB), Vindhyanagar, Singrauli for the field monitoring undertaken during

monsoon and winter and for soil analysis by Central Laboratory, MPPCB, Bhopal. The data

provided by MPPCB is based upon the surveys conducted during the month of August 2016

corresponding with monsoon season and in December 2016 which corresponds with

winter/lean season. This data however was supplemented and updated with data collected

during the field surveys conducted conducted during winter (December 2017), Pre-

monsoon (May 2018) and Monsoon (August 2018) wherein the baseline data was collected

on Ambient Air Quality, Noise, Surface as well as Ground water quality.

In addition to data on physical parameters data on biological parameters i.e. flora and

fauna also was collected during these seasonal surveys.

3.3.2 Secondary Data

The published documents were collected from government agencies, scientific studies and

project officials as the secondary information source of the area, required for EIA studies.

Sources and data so collected have been mentioned below:

For soil maps, Soil Atlas by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning

(NBSS &LUP), Nagpur

District Ground Water Information Booklet of Singrauli and Sidhi Districts by Central

Ground Water Board



National Ambient Air Quality Series: NAAQMS/36/2012-13, Guidelines for the

measurement of Ambient Air Pollutants

Water Quality Criteria of Central Pollution Control Board

(http://www.cpcb.nic.in/Water Quality_Criteria.php)

For the generation of FCC, Satellite data of LANDSAT 8 bands 3, 4 and 5 were used

Department of Statistics, Singrauli and Sidhi: District Statistical Handbook published

by Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh

Census of India 2011: Demography of the study area

Madhya Pradesh Forest Department: Forest Working Plan of Singrauli and Sidhi

Forest Divisions

http://intranet.mpforest.gov.in/MPFD15/WPMS/Workingplanlibrary/ViewContent.

aspx?circularid=23&DivId=11203

‘A Revised Survey of the Forest Type of India’ by Champion and Seth (1968) for

forest type classification of the forests in study area

Meteorological Data: The data on meteorology was downloaded from

https://www.worldweatheronline.com which is available for last 9 years

Partial Data on Ambient Air quality Monitoring was provided by State Pollution

Control Board which was supplemented during the field surveys

Partial data on Water Quality and Ambient Air Quality monitoring was obtained

from Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board

Partial Data on Ambient Air quality Monitoring was provided by State Pollution

Control Board which was supplemented and updated during the field surveys

3.4 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 Meteorology

The proposed command area of the project lies in Singrauli and Sidhi districts, which

experiences mostly semi-arid condition, sub-tropical zone with long dry season. The south-

west monsoon hit the months of June to September of proposed area maximum rainfall

occurring between these months. The temperature in the command area starts rising in

the month of February and reaches maximum in the month of May and then decreases till

January. May and January are the hottest and coldest months of the year, respectively. In

summer, day temperature remains high throughout, nights are colder and pleasant. The

meteorological data for Singrauli and Sidhi districts was downloaded from online weather

portal https://www.weatheronline.in/.

3.4.1.1 Temperature

The data on temperature of the study area for 9 years from 2009 to 2017 was downloaded

from the online weather portal. The average mean monthly maximum and minimum

temperature was plotted and the same is given at Figure 3.5. According to it average mean

maximum temperature of 41.10C was recorded during the month of May and average

mean minimum temperature of 12.70C during the month of January (reference year 2009-

2017).

http://www.cpcb.nic.in/Water%20Quality_Criteria.php

http://intranet.mpforest.gov.in/MPFD15/WPMS/Workingplanlibrary/ViewContent.aspx?circularid=23&DivId=11203

http://intranet.mpforest.gov.in/MPFD15/WPMS/Workingplanlibrary/ViewContent.aspx?circularid=23&DivId=11203

https://www.worldweatheronline.com/

https://www.weatheronline.in/



Figure 3.5: Average Mean Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperature for the Years 2009-2017

3.4.1.2 Rainfall

The mean annual average rainfall of Singrauli and Sidhi district was recorded as 1360.67

mm (based on data for a period of 2009-2017). Maximum rainfall in the area was recorded

during 2009 with annual rainfall of 1926.59 mm with 101 rainy days. Minimum annual

rainfall was recorded during 2014 with annual average of 877.61 mm. The area receives

maximum rainfall during south west monsoon i.e. between June and September, where

about 91% of the annual average rainfall is received. Only 9% of the annual average rainfall

occurs between October and May (see Figure 3.6).

Figure 3.6: Mean Monthly Average Rainfall and Number of Rainy Days

3.4.1.3 Relative Humidity

The Relative Humidity is generally low throughout the year, except during monsoon

months when average relative humidity is close to 82% in the month of August. Summer

are generally the dry months of the year with average relatively humidity as low as 17%

during years 2009-2017. Average mean monthly variation in relative humidity is given at

Figure 3.7.



Figure 3.7: Monthly Variation in Average Relative Humidity (2009-2017)

3.4.1.4 Wind Speed

The wind speed is higher during the pre-monsoon period as compared to the post-

monsoon period. The average maximum wind speed of 17.8 Kmph is observed during the

month of June. Monthly variation in wind speed during reference years 2009-17 is given at

Figure 3.8.

Figure 3.8: Monthly Variations in Wind Speed (2009-2017) Distt. Singrauli and Sidhi

3.4.2 Geomorphology

Geomorphological description of Singrauli and Sidhi districts is based upon District Ground

Water Information Booklet published in 2013 by Central Ground Water Board, North

Central Region, Ministry of Water Resources, Government of India. These district exhibits

varied geomorphic units. Singrauli and Sidhi districts are characterized by Kaimur hilly

ranges, the central part hilly ranges and southern hilly ranges. There are three main rivers

that flow in the district i.e. the Son, Gopad and Rihand. The elevation in southern part of

the district varies from 365 to 488m amsl.



3.4.3 Soil

The state of Madhya Pradesh is endowed with variety of soils ranging from rich clayey to

gravelly. The major groups of soil found in the state can be divided into 4 categories viz. i)

Alluvial Soil, ii) Deep Medium Black Soil, iii) Shallow and Medium Black Soil, and iv) Mixed Red

and Black Soils. The predominant soil type in the project area is Deep Medium Black Soil.

Major crops grown in the study area are wheat, soybean, gram and vegetables.

3.4.3.1 Soil Taxonomic Classification

The soil taxonomic (family) classification map of study area was prepared as per the data

by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning (NBSS&LUP) Nagpur in cooperation

with Department of Agriculture, Government of Madhya Pradesh (1998). Soil map is given

in Figure 3.9.

Majority of soil in the area is classified as Alfisols a Soil Order as per USDA taxonomy

classes. These are typically formed in semiarid to humid areas, typically under a hardwood

forest cover. They have a clay-enriched subsoil. Majority of soil is comprised of Great

Group Haplustalfs with Typic Sub-group. Typic Haplustalfs soil subclass in the study area is

associated with Typic Rhodustalfs and covers maximum study area. It is characterized by

Slightly deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping plateau (slightly dissected) with

moderate erosion. This type of soil is found mainly in the three command areas (refer

Table 3.2 & Figure 3.9).

Table 3.2: Soil Taxonomic Classes Found in the Study Area with their Description

Soil Unit Main Group Sub Group

Area (Sq km)

Area (%)

207

Lithic Ustorthents Extremely shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately steep sloping hills with escarpments with very severe erosion and moderately stony; associated with:

Lithic Ustochrepts Shallow, well drained, loamy soils on moderately sloping with severe erosion and slightly stony. 21.61 1.28

214

Lithic Ustorthents Extremely shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on moderately sloping elongated ridges with severe erosion; associated with:

Lithic Ustochrepts Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on moderately sloping with severe erosion and strongly stony.

5.39 0.32

230

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, moderately well drained, clayey soils on very gently sloping foot hill slopes with lower pediments with moderate erosion; associated with:

Chromic Haplusterts Slightly deep, moderately well drained, clayey soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion.

193.96 11.44

586

Lithic Ustorthents Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately steep sloping hills and ridges with severe erosion and strong stony; associated with:

Typic Ustorthents Very shallow, excessively drained, loamy- skeletal soils on steeply sloping with very severe erosion and strongly stony. 146.55 8.65

588

Lithic Ustorthents Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on moderately steep sloping hills and ridges with severe erosion and strong stony; associated with:

Typic Ustorthents Slightly deep, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately steep sloping with very severe erosion and strongly stony.

8.26 0.49

590

Lithic Ustorthents Very Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on very steep sloping hills and ridges with very

Typic Udorthents Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately sloping with severe erosion and moderately stony.

208.01 12.27



Soil Unit

Main Group Sub Group Area (Sq

km) Area (%)

severe erosion and strong stony; associated with:

596

Typic Udorthents Extremely shallow, excessively drained, loamy soils on steeply sloping isolated hills with pediments with severe erosion and moderately stony; associated with:

Typic Udorthents Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils on steeply sloping with very severe erosion and moderately stony.

1.38 0.08

601

Typic Rhodustalfs Slightly deep, excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately steep sloping elongated ridges with severe erosion; associated with:

Lithic Haplustalfs Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on moderately steep sloping with very severe erosion.

39.31 2.32

603

Typic Rhodustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently sloping undulating plateau with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Ustorthents Deep, well drained, sandy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion.

41.33 2.44

604

Typic Haplustalfs Slightly deep, well drained, loamy soils on very gently sloping undulating plateau with moderate erosion and slightly stony; associated with:

Typic Ustorthents Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, sandy soils on gently sloping with severe erosion and slightly stony.

23.15 1.37

607

Arenic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently sloping undulating plateau with moderate erosion and slightly stony; associated with:

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion. 12.57 0.74

609

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping undulating plateau with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Ustochrepts Shallow, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion. 133.20 7.86

612

Typic Ustochrepts Moderately deep, well drained, loamy soils on moderately sloping rolling plateau with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion and slightly stony.

36.35 2.15

618

Typic Rhodustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently sloping plateau (slightly dissected) with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently sloping with moderate erosion. 108.80 6.42

619

Typic Haplustalfs Slightly deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping plateau (slightly dissected) with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Rhodustalfs Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion. 392.19 23.14

624

Typic Haplustalfs Slightly deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping plateau (slightly dissected) with moderate erosion; associated with:

Lithic Ustochrepts Shallow, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping with slight erosion. 16.45 0.97

633

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping undulating plain with moderate erosion; associated with

Typic Rhodustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently sloping with moderate erosion. 216.42 12.77

644

Vertic Ustochrepts Deep, moderately well drained, clayey soils on very gently sloping plain land with moderate erosion; associated with:

Typic Haplustalfs Deep, well drained, sandy soils on gently sloping with moderate erosion. 89.78 5.30

TOTAL 1694.71 100



Figure 3.9: Soil Map of the Study Area (refer Table 3.2 for Soil Legend)

3.4.3.2 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil

To assess the soil fertility at different locations in the study area, physical and chemical

characteristics were analyzed from 13 soil samples collected from the study area of the

project (refer Figure 3.10 and Table 3.3). Soil samples were collected with help of Khurpi

from a depth of 15 cm and from surface (top soil) after removing the grasses. Samples

were brought to laboratory for physico-chemical analysis. The soil analysis was carried out

at the Apex Testing and Research Laboratory (NABL accredited Lab.), New Delhi. Results of

analysis are given in Table 3.4.

Table 3.3: Soil Sampling Locations

Site Code Location Characteristics Area

S1 Bhadeli Agricultural Field near river

bank Dam area

S2 Buchro Forest Area near Dam site Dam area S3 Chamrach Agricultural field Nigri Command S4 Sajapani Agricultural field Jalpani Command S5 Sarai Agricultural field Jalpani Command S6 Khajuriha Agricultural field Majauli Command S7 Dhummadol Agricultural field Majauli Command



Figure 3.10: Map of Study Area Showing Location of Soil and Vegetation Sampling Sites



The following parameters were analyzed for soil.

Texture - Sand (%), Slit (%) and Clay (%) Alkalinity (mg/l)

Porosity (g/cc) Chloride Content (mg/kg)

Bulk Density (g/cc) Sodium (mg/kg)

Water Holding Capacity (%) Organic Carbon (%)

pH Potassium (kg/ha)

Electrical Conductivity (µmho/cm) Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Calcium (mg/kg) Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Magnesium (mg/kg) Salinity (mg/l)

The bulk density of soil varied from 1.22 to 1.43 (g/cc) and Porosity of the soil samples

varied between 0.40 and 0.50 which is ideal for plant growth (see Table 3.4). The pH values

of soil show that soil in study area is normal in nature.

Table 3.4: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil (Winter)

S. No.

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

1 Texture

Sand (% w/w) 70 69 72 75 70 71 72

Silt (% w/w) 12 13 10 11 10 12 10

Clay (% w/w) 18 18 18 14 20 17 18

2 Porosity (g/cc) 0.48 0.54 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.44 0.48

3 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.321 1.37 1.659 1.282 1.156 1.128 1.243

4 Water Holding Capacity (%) 26.9 31 30 32 32 29 28

5 pH 6.98 6.94 7.02 7.23 7.23 6.98 7.32

6 Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm)

200 137 149 139 120 159 198

7 Calcium (mg/kg) 67.9 110 114.8 154.2 158.3 98.9 86.4

8 Magnesium (mg/kg) 32.5 48.9 30.4 67.2 72.45 52.9 48.8

9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 30 34 28 30 34 39 32

10 Chloride (mg/kg) 44 39 40 53 39 45 54

11 Sodium (mg/kg) 46.6 45.32 39.8 45.6 57.58 48.4 56.39

12 Organic carbon (%) 0.62 0.78 0.78 0.65 0.52 0.58 0.68

13 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 120.2 89.7 98.4 112.1 98.4 78.9 82.8

14 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 80 85 93 95 88 96 87

15 Potassium (kg/ha) 35.7 57.9 54.9 60.3 54 46.8 58.3

16 Salinity (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Table 3.5: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil (Pre-Monsoon)

S. No.


1 Texture Sand (% w/w) 67 68 73 70 74 73 71 Silt (% w/w) 13 15 12 14 10 11 12 Clay (% w/w) 20 17 15 16 16 16 18

2 Porosity (g/cc) 0.48 0.44 0.43 0.40 0.52 0.44 0.48 3 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.466 1.178 1.287 1.595 1.211 1.134 1.332 4 Water Holding Capacity (%) 27 29 31 30 31 28 29



S. No.


5 pH 6.98 6.94 8.3 8.05 7.3 7.6 7.6 6 Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) 186 63.7 127 49.4 82 91 253 7 Calcium (mg/kg) 16.01 8 16.01 12.01 25.13 6.36 26.78 8 Magnesium (mg/kg) 9.71 4.85 2.42 4.85 5.57 1.81 1.34 9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 8 5 8 3 5 3 2

10 Chloride (mg/kg) 49.98 28.99 54.98 74.97 88.6 88.6 176.8 11 Sodium (mg/kg) 5.7 21.1 9.5 34.1 57.58 18.64 16.29 12 Organic carbon (%) 0.58 0.59 0.51 0.55 0.56 0.61 0.60 13 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 143 132 138 124 109 106 153 14 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 76 78 81 88 72 88 92 15 Potassium (kg/ha) 16.25 6.25 11.35 3.4 40 37.3 36.4 16 Salinity (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Table 3.6: Physico-chemical Characteristics of Soil in the study area (Monsoon) S. No. Test Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

1 Texture Sand (% w/w) 72 67 71 70 76 69 71

Silt (% w/w) 9 12 9 8 7 9 10 Clay (% w/w) 19 21 20 22 17 22 19

2 Porosity (g/cc) 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.48 0.40 0.46 3 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.3 1.22 1.23 1.43 1.38 1.3 1.28 4 Water Holding Capacity (%) 25 29.9 32 26 25 30 29 5 pH 7.4 7.5 7.22 7.4 7.8 7.6 7.1 6 Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) 280 334 329 210 290 443 234 7 Calcium (mg/kg) 69.9 75.7 59.7 120.7 67.9 167.3 88.9 8 Magnesium (mg/kg) 45.4 56.4 22.2 49.9 84.8 122 26.7 9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 32 25 19 32 34 24.9 27.8

10 Chloride (mg/kg) 44 44 38 30 37 32 39 11 Sodium (mg/kg) 76.9 66.8 67.9 91.8 110.3 87.8 104.7 12 Organic Carbon (%) 0.71 0.69 0.56 0.53 0.61 0.59 0.64 13 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 25 26 35.9 22 20 20 20 14 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 125 134 120 126 127 120 132 15 Potassium (kg/ha) 76 78 80 75 72 78 82 16 Salinity (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Soil fertility status of the area was assessed based upon soil test results and based upon

Soil Fertility Rating given in table below. Organic matter an important indicator of soil

health is in ‘Medium’ range throughout the study area as it ranges from 0.52 to 0.78%.. The

soil fertility rating in terms of nitrogen concentration is in ‘Low’ range varies from 110

kg/ha to 139 kg/ha and the concentration of potassium also is in ‘Low’ range (72 kg/ha to

86 kg/ha), whereas the concentration of phosphorus ranges between 19 kg/ha and 35.9

kg/ha with fertility rating in ‘Low’ range at 5 sites and in ‘Medium’ range at 8 sites in the

study area.

Soil Fertility Rating as per Soil Fertility Book*

Soil Parameter Low Medium High

Organic Carbon (%) <0.5 0.5 to 0.75 >0.75

Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) <280 280 to 560 >560

Available Phosphorus (kg/ha) <10 10 to 25 >25

Available Potassium (kg/ha) <108 108 to 280 >280

*Source: Department of Agriculture & Cooperation, Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India (2011)



Parameter Season/

Sites S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

Organic Carbon (%)

W Medium High High Medium Medium Medium Medium

PM Medium High High Medium Medium Medium Medium

M Medium High High Medium Medium Medium Medium

Nitrogen (kg/ha)

W Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

PM Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

M Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

Phosphorus (kg/ha)

W High High High High High High High

PM High High High High High High High

M Medium High High Medium Medium Medium High

Potassium (kg/ha)

W Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

PM Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

M Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

W=Winter; PM=Pre-monsoon; M=Monsoon

Based upon Soil Fertility rating Nutrient Index vis-à-vis NPK was calculated as follows:

(Percent samples falling in Low category x 1) + (Percent samples falling in Medium category

x 2) + (Percent samples falling in High category x 3)/100.

Based upon above Nutrient Index Soil Fertility is assessed as follows:

< 1.67 : Low

1.67 – 2.33 : Medium

> 2.33 : High

Parameter

Winter

Pre-Monsoon

Monsoon

Nutrient Index

Fertility Rating

Nutrient Index

Fertility Rating

Nutrient Index

Fertility Rating

Organic Carbon (%) 2.29 Medium 2.00 Medium 2.00 Medium

Nitrogen (kg/ha) 1.00 Low 1.00 Low 1.00 Low

Phosphorus (kg/ha) 3.00 High 3.00 High 2.43 High

Potassium (kg/ha) 1.00 Low 1.00 Low 1.00 Low

The soil fertility based upon Nutrient Index in terms of NPK as above in case of Nitrogen

and Potassium is Low (1.00) while in case of Phosphorus also is High i.e. NI is 3.00.

3.4.3.3 Conclusion The soil of the area is reddish brown and black and the texture of soil in general is

predominantly sandy-loamy. The soil fertility based upon Nutrient Index in terms of NPK as

above in case of Nitrogen and Potassium is Low (1.00) while in case of Phosphorus also is

High i.e. NI is 3.00. Major crops grown in the study area are wheat, soybean, gram and

vegetables.

3.4.4 Ground Water

Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), NCR has 22 monitoring station and 5 piezometers in

Sidhi district. Hydrogeological maps of Singrauli and Sidhi districts have been prepared on

the bases of available data by CGWB. To study ground water regime of the area, pre-&

post-monsoon depth to water level maps of the district are used. Study area has been



superimposed on the maps to get the project specific range of depth to ground water (see

Figures 3.11 & 3.12).

In general, depth to the ground water level in the Singrauli district; during pre-monsoon

ranges from 4.13m – 18.50m bgl; however, entire study area falls in 8-12 m bgl range.

Similarly, for the post-monsoon period, district range of depth to ground water is 2.94 m-

15.17 m bgl, however, study area falls in 5 & 10 m bgl (see Figure 3.11).

In Sidhi district, depth to the ground water level in general during pre-monsoon ranges

from 2.60m – 23.66m bgl; however, entire study area falls in 4 and 12 m bgl range.

Similarly, for the post-monsoon period, district range of depth to ground water is 1.05m-

15.17 m bgl, however, study area falls in less than 10 m bgl (refer Figure 3.12).

Figure 3.11: Depth to Ground Water Level – pre and post monsoon (Singrauli District)

Figure 3.12: Depth to Ground Water Level – pre and post monsoon (Sidhi District)



CGWB, has concluded that the highest stage of ground water development of Singrauli is

32% and Sidhi district is about 66% which reveals adequate scope for future developments

of ground water for irrigation. However, since depletion of ground water levels is recorded

in ground water monitoring wells over a period, therefore a plan for artificial recharge to

be prepared so that important natural resource is again used to recharge ground water

system through feasible techniques. CGWB, also recommended conjunctive use of surface

& ground water in the area for irrigation.

3.4.5 Air Environment

The ambient air quality monitoring was done at 6 locations in the study area during Winter,

Pre-monsoon and Monsoon seasons by RSET team with the help of team of NABL

accredited laboratory (refer Table 3.7). Map showing sampling locations for Air quality

monitoring in the study area is given at Figure 3.13. Ambient air quality monitoring was

carried out for sulphur dioxides (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx), PM10 and PM2.5. Air quality

monitoring was carried out conforming to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for

Industrial Residential, Rural & Other Areas and Ecologically Sensitive Areas. The monitoring

was done twice a week for 24 h, 4 times in a month at each location in the study area.

From the data obtained for each of the above parameters 98 percentiles were calculated

and percentile values have been given the Table 3.8. Detailed data generated for the above

parameters during monitoring is given in Annexure-IV.

Table 3.7: Sites for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in the Study Area

Site Code Location Remarks Project Area

AQ1 Bhadeli Village Residential Area Submergence Area

AQ2 Jalpani Village Residential Area Dam Area

AQ3 Chamrach Village Residential Area Nigri Command

AQ4 Niwas Village Residential Area Nigri Command

AQ5 Sarai Village Commercial Area Jalpani Command

AQ6 Khajuriha Village Residential Area Majhauli Command

3.4.5.1 Results of AAQ monitoring

Main sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular traffic and dust arising from village

roads. The air around project site in general is free from any pollution source. The results of

monitoring done are given in Table 3.8.

It can be seen from the perecentile values given in Tables 3.8 that PM2.5 levels ranged

between 16.3 and 25.6 µg/m3 during winter and 12.7 and 23.2 µg/m3 during Pre-monsoon.

PM10 levels ranged between 44.3 and 59.6 µg/m3 during winter and between 42.4 and 58.3

µg/m3 during pre-monsoon at all monitoring locations in the study area. The SOx levels

were between 5.8 and 6.7 µg/m3 and between 4.6 and 6.8 µg/m3, during winter and pre-

monsoon respectively at different locations while NOx levels were between 8.9 and 11.7

µg/m3 and between 6.6 and 9.6 µg/m3, during winter and pre-monsoon respectively at

different locations. During monsoon monitoring concentrations of all the parameters was

quite low.



Figure 3.13: Map of Study Area Showing Location of Air, Noise and Traffic Monitoring Sites



Table 3.8: Ambient Air Quality in the study area (unit: μg/m3) – 98 Percentiles

Site/Location PM2.5 PM10 SOx NOx

W PM M W PM M W PM M W PM M

AQ1/Bhadeli Village

16.3 12.7 11.1 44.3 55.2 27.6 6.1 6.8 3.3 11.7 7.4 6.4

AQ2/Jalpani Village

17.3 14.2 9.8 50.2 49.5 23.9 6.1 4.6 2.9 9.6 6.7 4.8

AQ3/Chamrach Village

16.4 14.2 11.2 56.4 56.6 26.8 5.8 5.9 3.4 9.7 6.6 5.0

AQ4/Niwas Village

16.5 15.4 12.6 55.3 57.2 25.2 6.2 6.7 4.3 8.9 7.2 5.1

AQ5/Sarai Village

25.6 23.2 17.9 59.6 58.3 41.1 6.7 5.9 5.0 9.9 9.6 7.4

AQ6/Khajuriha Village

17.6 18.5 14.7 45.7 42.4 33.1 5.8 5.2 4.3 9.2 9.6 8.1

24 h NAAQS 100 60 80 80

It was observed during the air quality monitoring that the vehicles are the only source of air

pollution in the study area mainly in the form of dust emanating from unmetalled rural

roads. The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SOx and NOx at all the sites were within the

Residential & Rural area permissible limits prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality

Standard 2009 notified by CPCB.

3.4.6 Noise & Traffic Monitoring

3.4.6.1 Sound Levels While some part of data on sound pressure Level monitoring was provided by Madhya

Pradesh Pollution Control Board, Regional Laboratory, Vindhyanagar, Singrauli however

most of the data on noise was generated during field surveys using digital sound level

meter during day and night to establish baseline.

Monitoring locations were selected keeping in view the project activity area along the

roadside and the location of receptors. The monitoring was carried out during Day time

(7.00 am to 10.00 pm) and Night time (from 10.00 pm to 12.00 am and from 5 am to 7 am).

The monitoring was carried out at 12 locations (refer Figure 3.13). From the data on sound

pressure levels equivalent levels (Leq) for day time (6 am to 10 pm) and night time (10 pm

to 12 am and 5 am to 6 am) were calculated using equation given in CPCB protocol. From

these day-night averages were also calculated using the same CPCB protocol.

The noise level monitoring locations and equivalent levels are given in Table 3.9.

Levels were compared with the Ambient Air Quality Standard in respect of Noise, given in

Schedule as part of The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 (amended to

date). It can be seen from the table that noise levels in the study area are within the

threshold levels prescribed by CPCB as major source of noise in the study area is vehicular

movement only.



Table 3.9: Equivalent Noise Levels in Study Area

Site Code/ Monitoring

location

Leq Day

dB(A)

Leq Night dB(A)

Leq Day and

Night dB(A)

Leq Day

dB(A)

Leq Night dB(A)

Leq Day and

Night dB(A)

Leq Day

dB(A)

Leq Night dB(A)

Leq Day and

Night dB(A)

CPCB Limits

Day Night

Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon NT1/ Near

Bhadeli Village

54.4 40.3 46.1 52.4 40.7 46.4 53.4 42.5 48.2 55 45

NT2/ Near Buchro Village

53.4 41.85 47.6 54.1 42.9 48.6 53.3 42.3 48.1 55 45

NT3/ Near Dam site

50.4 41.6 51.1 52.9 41.8 47.5 52.2 41.3 47 55 45

NT4/ Near Laghadol

Village 52.3 40.9 46.6 52.2 40.9 46.7 52.9 42 47.7 55 45

NT5/ Near Mahuagaon

Village 51.1 39.4 45.1 51.2 40.5 46.3 54.4 43.5 49.2 55 45

NT6/ Near Chamrach

Village 50.1 39.9 45.5 50.8 40 45.7 51.2 40.3 46 55 45

NT7/ Near Niwas Village

56.8 45.1 50.8 50.9 40.2 45.9 50.6 39.7 45.4 55 45

NT8 / Near Gondbahra

Village 54.2 42.5 49.2 52.9 42.2 47.9 51.1 40.2 45.9 55 45

NT9/ Near Sarai Village

52.6 40.9 46.6 55.2 44.4 50.1 51.5 40.3 46.1 55 45

NT10/ Near Khajuriha

Village 52.0 40.2 46 54.8 43.9 49.7 55.9 44.6 50.3 55 45

NT11/ Near Dhummadol

Village 51.9 40.1 45.9 53.6 42.9 48.6 55.4 44.1 49.8 55 45

NT12/ Near Kanwar Village

52.9 41.2 46.9 52.5 41.7 47.5 54.8 43.5 49.2 55 45

3.4.6.2 Traffic Density The traffic survey is essential to realistically and accurately assess the prevailing traffic

volumes and travel characteristics by undertaking classified volume count. The objective of

traffic volume count survey is to assess the traffic intensity on the most congested section

of the road under question. Continuous volume counts were manually undertaken during 3

peak hour (8 am to 11 am) and also non-peak hours (12 pm to 3 pm) for two days during

the sampling period for capturing the realistic picture of the current volume and

composition of traffic like Heavy Motor Vehicles, Light Motor Vehicles and Two Wheelers.

This hourly data was then converted into average daily traffic.



For this state roads and major village roads were considered as nodes for monitoring

movement of traffic. The traffic density recorded at different sites is given in Table 3.10.

Highest traffic density was recorded at Sarai village during winter period while traffic

volume was low at all the locations during the study period.

Table 3.10: Average Daily Traffic in the Study Area Site/Monitoring

location Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon

HMV LMV TW HMV LMV TW HMV LMV TW NT1/ Near Bhadeli

Village 23 77 68 9 27 45 23 32 54

NT2/ Near Buchro Village 27 81 77 14 36 45 23 36 41

NT3/ Near Dam site 36 63 50 9 45 63 14 50 54

NT4/ Near Laghadol Village 32 63 90 14 54 63 18 54 63

NT5/ Near Mahuagaon Village 27 81 99 14 63 72 23 63 72

NT6/ Near Chamrach Village 36 72 90 18 54 63 18 59 63

NT7/ Near Niwas Village 32 77 68 27 54 86 18 63 86

NT8 / Near Gondbahra Village 41 72 81 23 59 72 18 45 72

NT9/ Near Sarai Village 63 95 126 45 81 126 32 54 126

NT10/ Near Khajuriha Village 27 36 104 14 32 59 23 41 50

NT11/ Near Dhummadol

Village 27 27 59 9 27 45 18 18 41

NT12/ Near Kanwar Village 32 50 77 14 32 54 14 23 45

HMV= Heavy Motor Vehicle; LMV= Light Motor Vehicle; TW= Two Wheelers

3.4.6.3 Conclusion

As seen from the results of ambient air quality monitoring the air quality is very good in the

study area and noise levels are also well within permissible limits as per CPCB standards.

This is mainly due to absence of any industrial establishment and traffic in the study area.

3.4.7 Water Environment

The data on water quality has been collected to:

Assess the ground water quality in the study area

Assess the surface water quality for river and few streams/ponds in the study area

of water conductor system

3.4.7.1 Surface Water Quality

Surface water samples were collected from 12 different locations in the study area. The

names of water sampling sites are given in table below and their location is marked on map

given at Figure 3.14 and names of locations are given in Table 3.11.



Figure 3.14: Map Showing Locations of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Sites



Table 3.11: Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations

Site Code

Location Source Project Area

SW1 Upstream of river Biniyab bridge, village Bucharo

Biniao Nala Submergence Area

SW2 Near Bhadeli village Gopad River Submergence Area

SW3 Upsteam of Gopad river near village Kavati, district Sidhi 3 km from location

Gopad River Submergence Area

SW4 Upstream Dam side area village Jalpani Gopad River Submergence Area

SW5 Downstream of village Gondipura 200m away from Jalpani dam area

Gopad River Study Area

SW6 Katai village Gopad River Study Area SW7 Near Katai Village Jawar Bowrathala Pond Study Area SW8 Gopad river near Dudhmaniya village Gopad River Nigri Command SW9 Near Sonebarsha village Sehra Nadi Majhauli Commmand

SW10 Gopad river downstream of confluence with Mohan Nadi

Gopad River Study Area

SW11 Near Chamrach village Karaundla Nala Nigri Command SW12 Near Itama village Bardiya Nala Jalpani Command

The results of water quality at different locations in the study area during field surveys in

three seasons are given at Table 3.12.

The pH of water varied from 6.87 to 7.82 during these monitoring studies and in general this

pH range is ideal for irrigation waters. Turbidity was low in general except during monsoon

due to rains. Accordingly Total suspended solids were higher during monsoon. Dissolved

oxygen ranged from 6.3 to 7.8 mg/l at all sampling locations. Chlorides ranged from 9.2 at

SW8 during monsoon to 98.9 mg/l at SW2 during pre-monsoon. Total hardness ranged from

8.4 mg/l at SW12 during pre-monsoon to 89.9 mg/l at SW4 during monsoon. Surface water

collected from different sources in general is Moderaly hard in the study area. Nitrates and

phosphorus values were in low range. All the heavy metals were either not detectable or

were below detectable limits.

BOD ranged from 1.7 to 3.0 mg/l at sampling location while COD ranged from 5.7 to 38.4

mg/l at site located downstream of village Gondipura 200m away from Jalpani dam area

(SW5) both in monsoon as well as winter. At this site Total coliform count too was very high

i.e. 500 MPN/100 ml.

Irrigation Water Quality is mainly assessed as a function of the level of certain quality

parameters. The various parameters for determining irrigation water quality can be

categorized into the following major groups: (a) salinity hazard and (b) permeability and

infiltration problems. The two most common water quality factors that influence the normal

rate of infiltration of water are the salinity of water and the relative concentrations of

sodium, magnesium and calcium ions in water that is also known as the sodium adsorption

ratio (SAR). Irrigation water quality developed by Simsek and Gunduz (2007) based upon

parameters that can have negative impact on soil quality and crop yield.

Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) is an irrigation water quality parameter used in the

management of sodium-affected soils. It is calculated using Sodium, Calcium and Magnesium



Table 3.12: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Surface Water

S. No.

Parameters

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

PM M W PM M W PM M W PM M W

1 Temperature (0C)

29.1 27.5 24.4 30.2 26.8 25.5 29.4 26.9 26.2 30.1 27.1 26.5

2 pH 6.87 7.8 7.81 7.27 7.63 7.65 7.11 7.75 7.76 6.9 7.77 7.78

3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L)

7.2 7.5 7.4 7.8 7.6 7.5 7.3 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.3 7.2

4 Electrical Conductivity (µS/cm)

714.3 517 765.6 630.7 583 841 531.9 514 811.5 452.9 513 514

5 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l)

435.7 469 467 384.7 515 513 324.5 496 495 276.3 472 471

6 Turbidity (NTU) 4.4 15.2 4.2 4.2 16.8 4.6 3.6 15.8 4.1 3.2 17.2 4.7

7 Total Suspended Solids (mg/l)

24.1 78.1 21.1 22.4 85.5 26.3 22.3 79.5 22.8 17.6 89.9 27.2

8 Chloride (mg/l) 79.4 73.38 78.37 98.9 53.81 53.83 89.4 63.59 63.57 94.2 44.02 44

9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 45.6 56 58 52.4 60 61 60.4 64 65 42.3 56 55

10 Total Hardness (mg/l)

128.14 108 109 158.01 116 114 104.82 124 125 96.72 112 112

11 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l)

34.2 25.65 25.67 29.6 25.65 25.66 25.2 28.85 28.84 27.8 24.04 24.03

12 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l)

10.4 10.69 10.68 13.6 12.63 12.64 10.2 12.63 11.83 9.2 12.63 12.6

13 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l)

1.2 0.78 0.76 1.4 0.96 0.94 0.98 0.84 0.67 1.10 0.69 0.68

14 Phosphorus (mg/l)

0.89 0.71 0.7 0.79 0.77 0.76 0.27 0.64 0.63 0.32 0.92 0.9

15 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l)

22.2 7 7 19.5 8 8 22.3 7 6.9 24.9 9 9.1

16 Sodium (mg/l) 28.4 22.5 27.3 18.6 28.1 20.9 16.3 22.7 26.4 22.2 23.9 26.2

17 Sodium adsorption Ratio (SAR)

0.64 0.62 0.75 0.43 0.73 0.55 0.46 0.55 0.92 0.60 0.65 0.72



S. No.

Parameters

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4


18 Silicon Dioxide (mg/l)

<1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

19 Silicate (Si) (mg/l)

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

20 Potassium (mg/l)

1.5 1.1 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.6 1.4 1.0 1.3 1.8 1.7

21 Phenolic Compounds (mg/l)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22 Oil & Grease (mg/l)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL

24 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l)


25 Arsenic (As) (mg/l)


26 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l)


27 Copper (Cu) (mg/l)


28 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

29 Total Chromium (mg/l)

BDL BDL <0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 2.6 BDL BDL BDL

30 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l)


31 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 10.65 BDL BDL BDL

32 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

33 Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l)

2.9 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.3 2.4 1.7 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.7

34 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l)

7.8 28.8 28.7 10.4 19.2 19.1 9.8 9.6 9.7 9.3 19.2 16.1



S. No.

Parameters

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4


35 Total Coliform MPN/100ml

120 110 NIL 167 70 NIL 210 350 7 180 78 6

ND= Not Detectable; BDL= Below Detectable Limit

S. No.

Parameters

SW5

SW6

SW7

SW8


1 Temperature (0C)

30.2 28.9 27.1 29.3 28.3 26.1 28.8 28.4 27.2 29.3 27.7 26.1

2 pH 7.2 7.82 7.81 7.3 7.2 7.2 7.2 6.9 6.9 7.4 7.5 7.4

3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L) 7.34 7.1 7.2 6.9 6.3 6.8 7.4 6.3 6.3 7.2 6.7 6.8


522.3 610 925.5 422 240 340 520.4 115 230 600 673 764


318.6 568 568 257.4 146.4 207 317.4 78 140 384 431 489

6 Turbidity (NTU) 3.1 14.4 3.5 3.2 16.8 3.9 5.4 16.9 4.3 3.3 12.8 3.2


17.4 76.2 18.1 12.6 89.1 14.2 25.4 91.2 15.8 18.3 67.1 17.7

8 Chloride (mg/l) 78.9 78.27 78.25 63.5 38.5 48.2 73.5 9.2 34.2 89.7 91.8 84.5

9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 53.2 68 69 59 39 44 65.6 50 54 67.4 69.8 61.2

10 Total Hardness (mg/l)

92.42 128 129 92.42 78.04 103.48 92.42 52 53.72 109 104 97.5

11 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 22.7 27.25 27.26 32.7 19.9 24.5 35.2 17.6 14.6 27.5 28.8 24.5

12 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l) 8.7 14.58 14.59 9.4 6.9 10.3 11.2 1.9 4.2 9.8 7.8 8.9



S. No.

Parameters

SW5

SW6

SW7

SW8


13 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 1.21 1.1 1.11 2.1 <0.1 <0.1 2.1 2.5 1.5 0.87 1.3 1.1

14 Phosphorus (mg/l) 0.46 0.88 0.87 0.67 0.92 0.42 0.82 0.87 0.33 0.66 0.63 0.55

15 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l) 15.32 11 12 12.1 4.7 5.7 20.3 3.1 3.7 14.2 11.2 12.4

16 Sodium (mg/l) 20.5 21.1 23.2 16.7 17.7 4.3 28.5 16.7 15.9 18.2 21.2 26.7


0.65 0.50 0.55 0.40 0.66 0.12 0.61 0.86 0.85 0.49 0.58 0.60

18 Silicon Dioxide (mg/l) <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

19 Silicate (Si) (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

20 Potassium (mg/l) 1.2 1.3 1.5 0.93 1.2 0.97 1.2 0.99 0.94 1 1.1 1.4



22 Oil & Grease (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

23 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 0.22 0.2 <0.1 0.11 0.09 <0.1 BDL BDL

24 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.01 BDL <0.001 <0.001 BDL BDL BDL

25 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) BDL BDL 0.04 BDL 0.2 <0.01 BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL

26 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 <0.001 BDL <0.001 <0.001 BDL BDL BDL

27 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL

28 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.02 0.01 BDL 0.09 0.03 BDL BDL BDL

29 Total Chromium BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.05 <0.05 BDL <0.05 <0.05 BDL BDL BDL



S. No.

Parameters

SW5

SW6

SW7

SW8


(mg/l)

30 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

31 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

32 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL

33

Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l)

1.8 2.8 2.9 2.3 <3.0 <3.0 3 3 <3.0 2.4 3.6 1.9

34

Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l)

9.8 38.4 38.3 8.2 <4.0 <4.0 12.2 <4.0 <4.0 6.8 4.2 5.3

35 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 220 154 6 140 240 10 240 190 14 190 112 89

S. No.

Parameters

SW9

SW10

SW11

SW12


1 Temperature (0C)

29.3 27.7 26.1 28.7 27.4 26.1 29.4 27.2 26.9 29 27.9 26.2

2 pH 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.2 7.6 7.8 7.3 7.5 7.7 6.98 7.1 7.2

3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L) 7.2 6.7 6.8 7.5 7.1 6.9 7.2 6.6 6.8 6.78 7.0 6.8


600 673 764 454 513 654 532 612 723 380 426 503

5 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 384 431 489 291 328 419 341 392 463 243 273 322

6 Turbidity (NTU) 3.3 12.8 3.2 2.4 4.1 3.0 3.2 14.5 3.1 2.8 13.1 3.3



S. No.

Parameters

SW9

SW10

SW11

SW12



18.3 67.1 17.7 10.2 71.5 16.5 12.2 82.1 16.6 8.9 69.9 18.3

8 Chloride (mg/l) 89.7 91.8 84.5 67.3 71.4 68.9 58.4 73.7 65.5 60.8 72.3 62.5

9 Alkalinity (mg/l) 67.4 69.8 61.2 58.9 67.8 67.6 62.6 58.9 65.7 59.8 63.3 61.2

10 Total Hardness (mg/l) 109 104 97.5 112 118 89.2 98.6 96.7 86 103 113 115

11 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 28.7 27.4 26.1 29.4 27.2 26.9 29 27.9 26.2 29.4 27.5 26.8

12 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l) 7.2 7.6 7.8 7.3 7.5 7.7 6.98 7.1 7.2 7.4 7.8 7.7

13 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 7.5 7.1 6.9 7.2 6.6 6.8 6.78 7.0 6.8 7.2 7.1 7.2

14 Phosphorus (mg/l) 454 513 654 532 612 723 380 426 503 420 510 766

15 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l) 291 328 419 341 392 463 243 273 322 269 326 490

16 Sodium (mg/l) 2.4 4.1 3.0 3.2 14.5 3.1 2.8 13.1 3.3 3.1 16.5 4.5


10.2 71.5 16.5 12.2 82.1 16.6 8.9 69.9 18.3 8.4 78.9 17.7

18 Silicon Dioxide (mg/l) 67.3 71.4 68.9 58.4 73.7 65.5 60.8 72.3 62.5 58.9 68.2 62.2

19 Silicate (Si) (mg/l) 58.9 67.8 67.6 62.6 58.9 65.7 59.8 63.3 61.2 63.4 68.3 69.5

20 Potassium (mg/l) 112 118 89.2 98.6 96.7 86 103 113 115 118 127 101


30.5 32.1 23.2 26.5 25.4 23.1 24.5 28.8 27.8 26.7 27.5 23.2

22 Oil & Grease (mg/l) 8.7 9.3 7.6 7.9 8.1 6.9 10.2 9.9 11.2 12.4 14.1 10.5

23 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 0.78 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.99 1.8 2.1 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.1 1.11



S. No.

Parameters

SW9

SW10

SW11

SW12


24 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) 0.65 0.58 0.56 0.45 0.56 0.61 0.52 0.61 0.71 0.48 0.78 0.77

25 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) 18.5 12.4 13.5 20.4 17.6 16.2 15.6 16.8 14.5 14.3 1.24 12.8

26 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) 22.2 22.4 20.9 20.7 19.8 23.7 18.5 22.4 27.4 24.5 23.1 22.9

27 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) 0.57 0.54 0.68 0.60 0.59 0.79 0.53 0.58 0.70 0.63 0.56 0.68

28 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

29 Total Chromium (mg/l)

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

30 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l) 1.1 0.84 .98 0.89 0.79 0.72 0.76 1.1 0.90 1.3 0.95 0.93

31 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

32 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

33 Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l)

<0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL <0.1 BDL BDL

34 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l)


35 Total Coliform MPN/100ml BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



concentrations expressed in meq/L. At a given SAR, the infiltration rate increases as salinity

increases or the other way around. Therefore, the SAR and EC are used in combination to

evaluate potential problems. All the samples from the study area have SAR below 10. Based

on the classification given by Todd, 1959; SAR values from the study area is categorised as

excellent class.

Classification for infiltration and permeability parameters for Irrigation water suitability

SAR Rating Suitability

<3 3 – 6 6 – 12 12– 20 >20

EC (µS/cm)

>700 >1200 >1900 >2900 >5000 3 High

700-200 1200-300

1900-500

2900-1300

5000 -2900

2 Medium

<200 <300 <500 <1300 <2900 1 Low

(Source: Simsek and Gunduz, 2007; Spandana et al. 2013)

As seen from the Table 3.12 suitability of water for irrigation in High in general.

The surface water quality in the study area was assessed according to Class of water as per

CPCB Designated best use given at Table 3.13.

The surface water in the study area at all the locations fall under Class ‘B’ i.e. designated

best use of outdoor bathing (organized) according to CPCB, Water Quality Criteria. This is

because of higher count of total coliform i.e. more than 50 MPN/100 ml but is 500

MPN/100 ml, DO is more than 5 mg/l and BOD is less than 3 mg/l.

Table 3.13: Class of Water as per CPCB Designated Best Use

Site Code

Location Winter Pre-

monsoon Monsoon

SW1 Upstream of river Biniyab bridge, village Bucharo B B B SW2 Upstream of Gopad river, village Bhadeli B B B

SW3 Upsteam of Gopad river near village Kavati, district Sidhi 3 km from location

B B B

SW4 Upstream Dam side area village Jalpani B B B

SW5 Downstream village Gondipura 200m away from Japani dam area

B B B

SW6 Gopad river near Katai village B B B SW7 Jawar Bowrathala Pond near Katai Village B B B SW8 Gopad river near Dudhmaniya village B B B SW9 Sehra Nadi near Sonebarsha village B B B SW10 Gopad river downstream of confluence with Mohan Nadi B B B SW11 Karaundla Nala near Chamrach village B B B SW12 Bardiya Nala near Itama village B B B

Water Quality Criteria for designated Best Use by CPCB, New Delhi

Designated-Best-Use Class of water

Criteria

Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200C 2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organised) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or



Designated-Best-Use Class of water

Criteria

less, pH between 6.5 and 8.5, Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200C 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less, pH between 6 and 9, Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200C 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5, Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E

pH between 6.0 and 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 250C micromhos/cm Max.2250 Sodium Absorption Ratio Max. 26 Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

3.4.7.2 Ground Water Quality

Ground water monitoring data was undertaken at 12 locations during field surveys in the

study area. The samples were collected from hand pumps (HP), well and tube wells (TW) in

the study area (Table 3.14). The names of sampling points have been shown in table below

and their location in the study area is given at Figure 3.14.

Table 3.14: Ground water sampling locations Site Code Location Remarks

GW1 Dug well water sample of village Bhadeli (Rajpal Singh house) Dug well

GW2 Handpump water of Govt. Middle school, village Bucharo, Singrauli

Hand pump

GW3 Handpump water Govt. Primary school, village Jalpani Hand pump GW4 Handpump water of Primary school, village Langhadol Hand Pump GW5 Nigri village Hand pump GW6 Chamrach village Hand pump GW7 Niwas village Hand pump GW8 Itama Village Hand pump GW9 Sajapani Village Hand pump

GW10 Papal Village Hand pump GW11 Khajuriha Village Hand pump GW12 Sanvarsa Village Hand pump

The resuts of ground water sampling are given at Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Ground Water

S. No.

Parameters

GW1

GW2 GW3 Permissible

Limits (IS 10500:2012) PM M W PM M W PM M W

1 Temperature 0C 30.7 29.8 26.2 28.8 27.6 26.8 29.2 28.2 27.6 -

2 pH 6.78 7.37 7.36 7.4 7.58 7.59 7.3 7.78 7.24 6.5-8.5


420 711 763 340 595 688 635 513 674 -


256.2 641 586 207.4 558 642 387.4 471 632 2000


8 12 15 13 10 21 3.2 9 12

6 Chloride (as Cl) 67.7 29.33 29.35 87.8 44.03 44.02 82.4 43.09 24.46 1000



S. No.

Parameters

GW1

GW2 GW3 Permissible


(mg/l)

7 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) (mg/l)

152 145 148 128.1 167 168 157.1 110 156 600

8 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l)

44 34.13 35.27 34 40.06 40.08 42 23.05 33.66 200


10.2 14.53 14.58 10.5 16.54 16.52 12.7 12.61 17.49 100

10 Total Alkalinity (mg/l)

62.4 35 68 54.6 75 72 59.7 55 76 600

11 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l)

51.4 7 38 50.4 61 62 64.5 9.1 74 400

12 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l)

5.9 3.5 3.6 6.4 5.7 5.8 1.8 0.68 6 45

13 Phosphate (mg/l)

0.78 0.04 0.8 0.78 2.4 0.75 0.69 0.9 0.72 -

14 Sodium (mg/l) 45 54 51 53 67 62 48 42 51 -

15 Potassium (mg/l)

0.9 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.3 -

16 Silicate (Si) (mg/l)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

17 Salinity (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -

18 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 0.14 BDL BDL 0.16 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.3


BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.002

20 Oil & Grease (mg/l)


21 Residual Sodium Carbonate (meq/l)

1.32 1.3 1.2 1.23 1.4 1.11 1.34 1.1 1.02 -

22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l)


23 Arsenic (As) (mg/l)


24 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l)


25 Copper (Cu) (mg/l)


26 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 15

27 Total Chromium (Cr) (mg/l)


28 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l)


29 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l)


30 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5

S. No.

Parameters

GW4

GW5 GW6 Permissible


1 Temperature 0C 30.2 28.4 27.9 29.4 27.8 27.1 30.4 29.8 27.6 -

2 pH 7.8 7.18 7.19 7.21 7.2 6.9 7.15 7.54 8.0 6.5-8.5



S. No.

Parameters

GW4

GW5 GW6 Permissible



539 608 608 730 348 248 515 434 524 -

4 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 328.8 587 589 445.3 212.28 151.3 314.2 264.7 319.6 2000


2.1 8 9 2.2 1.4 1.1 2.8 6.7 11.2 -

6 Chloride (as Cl) (mg/l) 85.6 39.12 39.13 60.8 24.4 11.3 88.8 36.9 36.9 1000


102.3 170 172 154 109.8 96.2 151.2 166.6 198 600

8 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 25 42.27 43.28 33.7 27.2 27.2 36.7 43.2 43.2 200

9 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l) 9.7 15.24 15.55 17 10.2 6.9 14.5 14.3 21.9 100

10 Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 48.3 73 80 71.4 56 106 65.6 34 134 600

11 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l) 42.3 68 86 64.4 28.9 34.8 55.6 40.1 49.4 400

12 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 3.3 6.6 6.7 5.4 3.2 2.6 4.9 3 3.3 45

13 Phosphate (mg/l) 0.54 0.8 0.89 0.69 1.3 0.76 0.54 2.1 0.43 -

14 Sodium (mg/l) 40 44 39 44 65 62 45 42 31 -

15 Potassium (mg/l) 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.9 0.8 -

16 Silicate (Si) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

17 Salinity (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -

18 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 0.1 BDL BDL <0.01 BDL <0.01 0.03 BDL <0.001 0.3



20 Oil & Grease (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

21

Residual Sodium Carbonate (meq/l)

1.3 1.2 1.1 1.4 0.99 1.15 1.13 1,24 1.26 -

22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL <0.001 <0.001 0.003

23 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 BDL BDL <0.01 BDL 0.05

24 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 <0.01 0.001

25 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 0.08 1.5

26 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.08 <0.5 15

27 Total Chromium (Cr) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 0.01 0.05

28 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 -

29 Manganese BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 <0.01 0.3



S. No.

Parameters

GW4

GW5 GW6 Permissible


(Mn) (mg/l)

30 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 <0.01 0.5

S. No.

Parameters

GW7

GW8 GW9 Permissible


1 Temperature 0C

29.8 28.4 27.3 30.3 28.9 27.8 30.9 29.1 28.2 -

2 pH 7.37 7.2 7.2 6.89 7.3 7.22 7.02 7.1 7.3 6.5-8.5


476 432 379 454 389 423 564 667 449 -

4 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 290.4 263.5 231.2 276.9 249 271 361 427 287 2000


3.2 8.9 9.9 1.8 6.2 3.5 2.6 9.8 7.8 -



168.4 129.6 144 151 167 194

161 147 163 600

8 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 40.3 31.5 31.5 34.5 35.7 46.1 36.2 35.3 43.1 200

9 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l) 16.5 12.4 15.9 15.8 18.9 19.3 17.2 14.3 13.5 100

10 Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 56.7 42 124 52.1 56 76 54.5 55.9 45.9 600

11 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l) 54.3 28.9 33.3 54.3 45.9 34.9 48.9 38.8 34.8 400

12 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 2.2 8.5 12.5 4.3 2.1 3.2 5.0 2.1 1.4 45

13 Phosphate (mg/l) 0.59 3.4 0.53 0.65 1.2 1.7 0.78 0.77 0.65 -

14 Sodium (mg/l) 58 42 33 45 42 47 52 45 56 -

15 Potassium (mg/l) 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.8 0.5 -


17 Salinity (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -

18 Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 0.04 BDL <0.01 0.08 BDL BDL <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3




21


1.12 1.14 1.18 1.22 1.21 1.19 1.12 1.22 1.27 -

22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL <0.001 <0.001 BDL BDL BDL 0.003

23 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) BDL <0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05



S. No.

Parameters

GW7

GW8 GW9 Permissible


24 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) BDL <0.001 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001

25 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) BDL <0.01 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.5

26 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL 0.01 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 15


BDL <0.01 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

28 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l) BDL BDL <0.001 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

29 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l) BDL 0.05 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.3

30 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL <0.01 <0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5

S. No.

Parameters

GW10

GW11 GW12 Permissible

Limits (IS 10500:2012)

PM M W PM M W PM M W

1 Temperature 0C 32.3 29.8 27.2 30.4 29.3 28.0 29.4 28.2 27.5 -

2 pH 6.93 7.05 7.3 6.92 7.2 7.4 7.5 7.12 7.22 6.5-8.5


770 654 553 440 542 564 620 589 568 -


493 418 354 282 347 361 397 377 363 2000


11.1 7.8 5.7 3.3 4.3 5.2 2.9 4.3 3.8



163 141 138 133.4 150 138 116 112 134 600

8 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 38 32.1 29.8 26.8 32.3 34.8 27.3 23.9 31.5 200


16.6 14.7 15.5 16.2 16.9 12.7 11.7 12.7 13.7 100

10 Total Alkalinity (mg/l)

57.4 61.2 59.7 45.9 45.9 42.8 48.4 43.0 51.9 600

11 Sulphate (SO4) (mg/l) 40.3 41.1 42.8 35.4 37.9 40.9 43.9 42.1 45.8 400

12 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 5.4 2.2 2.8 1.1 1.5 3.6 6.4 3.5 2.9 45

13 Phosphate (mg/l) 0.59 0.68 0.65 0.45 0.55 0.64 0.74 0.76 0.71 -

14 Sodium (mg/l) 54 62 59 42 43 48 53 53 56 -

15 Potassium (mg/l) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.9 0.8 0.5 -




S. No.

Parameters

GW10

GW11 GW12 Permissible

Limits (IS 10500:2012)

PM M W PM M W PM M W

17 Salinity (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 -

18 Iron (Fe) (mg/l)

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.3




21


1.29 1.17 1.27 1.24 1.23 1.19 1.34 1.29 1.24 -

22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003

23 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

24 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001

25 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.5

26 Zinc (Zn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 15



28 Chromium-6 (Cr-6) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL -

29 Manganese (Mn) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.3

30 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5

PM= Pre-monsoon; M=Monsoon; W=Winter; BDL= Below Detectable Limits

The pH of ground water samples collected during pre-monsoon varied from 6.78 to 7.8

(see Table 3.23). The Electrical Conductivity varied from low of 340 to highest of 770

(µS/cm) in water sample collected from Papal Village (GW10). Total suspended solids were

quite low indicating low turbidity in water samples. All the heavy metals were either not

detectable or below detectable limits. The concentrations of Nitrate, Phosphorus and

Sulphate were also low. Analysis results of ground water samples were compared with

drinking water standards IS-10500:2012 to assess the status of ground water taken from

tube wells and hand pumps as this water is used for drinking purpose in villages. All the

samples were found within permissible limits except at some location total where TDS is

higher than the permissible limits as per drinking water standards prescribed by CPCB.

In addition to the above Water Quality Index developed for ground water quality by Tiwari

& Mishra (1985) and Singh and Hussain (2016) was also used to assess the ground water

quality in the study area. It is based upon key parameters like Total Dissolved Solids,

Chlorides, Sulphate, Nitrate, Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Potassium and pH. Based upon

WQI range calculated based formula using parameters they have categoried the ground

water into different groups as follows:



WQI range Water Quality

<50 Excellent water

50-100 Good water

100-200 Poor water

200-300 Very poor water

>300 Water unsuitable for drinking purpose

The WQI calculated for ground water samples collected from different locations in the

study area is given in table below.

Ground Water Quality Index at different sampling locations during

winter, pre-monsoon and monsoon

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4


21.61 22.78 23.38 22.64 26.40 26.79 22.94 20.29 25.59 21.62 25.16 25.64

GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8


23.83 20.09 18.63 22.74 21.22 22.72 22.57 21.27 22.15 22.02 20.87 21.50

GW9 GW10 GW11 GW12


22.74 21.22 22.72 22.57 20.30 22.15 22.02 20.87 21.50 23.39 21.70 22.19

According to WQI tabulated in table above all the ground water samples fall in Excellent

water quality class.

3.4.7.3 Conclusion

The water quality in the study area in general is good. Except for agricultural activities

there are no sources of pollution of water bodies in the area. Summary of the same is as

follows:

According to BIS standards for Drinking Water (2012) all the ground water samples

collected from the study area fall within permissible limits of the same.

According to WQI all the ground water samples fall in Excellent ground water quality

class.

All the samples of surface water qualify for Class ‘B’ i.e. designated best use of outdoor

bathing (organized) according to Water Quality Criteria of Central Pollution Control

Board.

According to WQI surface water quality in general is in Medium category throughout

the study area.

3.4.8 Land use/Land cover

For the preparation of land use/ landcover map of the study area, digital data on land

use/landcover maps prepared by National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Indian Space

Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with Remote Sensing Applications Centre,

MP Council of Science & Technology as partner were downloaded from their web portal

http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/gis/thematic/index.php. The raster data thus downloaded was

processed in GIS environment for further refinement using information from Landsat 8

data as well as Google Earth. The Landsat 8 satellite data of Path 145 Row 43 dated

30.04.2017 was downloaded from https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/. From Landsat 8 OLI

http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/gis/thematic/index.php

https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov/



TIRS data False Color Composite (FCC) of the study area was generated using bands 3, 4

and 5 and the same is given at Figure 3.15.

The land use/ land cover map of study area is shown at Figure 3.16. Agriculture land

constitutes predominant land use in all the three command areas in the study area (see

Figure 3.16 & Table 3.16). Dense to Open Deciduous forest is predominantly found in area

in and around dam site and upstream catchment.

Table 3.16: Area Under Different Landuse/ Landcover Classes in the Study Area

Landuse/ Land cover Classes Area (Sq km) Area (%)

Deciduous Forest 555.41 32.77

Scrub Forest 140.51 8.29

Scrub Land 180.64 10.72

Agricultural Land 784.13 46.27

Built-up Area 5.41 0.32

Waterbody 27.61 1.63

Total 1694.71 100

Figure 3.15: FCC generated from Satellite imagery of the Study Area



Figure 3.16: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the study Area



3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Forest Types in the Study Area

As seen from the land use map of the study area, large part of vegetation is comprised of

forests especially in area upstream of dam and surrounding submergence area. These forests

in the study area can be classified in accordance with the ‘A Revised Survey of the Forest

Types of India’ by Champion and Seth (1968) fall under Dry Tropical Forest type with 2 sub-

types and the same is given in Table 3.17. Forest areas in the study area fall under Singrauli

and Sidhi Forest Divisions under Rewa Circle.

Table 3.17: Forest types found in the Study Area

Major Group Type

Group Forest Type

5 Dry Tropical Forests 5B 5B/C1: Dry plains Sal forest 5/DS1: Dry deciduous scrub forest

3.5.2 Floristics

3.5.2.1 Methodology

The objectives of the present floristic study were as follows:

To prepare an inventory of various plant species found in the study area

To assess the vegetation composition and community structure in the study area in

different land uses

Field surveys were undertaken to understand overall vegetation profile and floral resources

available in the study area of the proposed project. These surveys were undertaken to

assess the community structure and to prepare inventory of plant species occurring in the

study area.

Identification of plants was made with the help of published literature like research papers,

reports and with the help of consultation with local people. To document the natural

resource utilization pattern in the study area consultations were done with people from

the villages located in the area.

Sampling Site Selection

The study has been conducted covering submergence zone, dam site, d/s dam site and

proposed command area. Phyto-sociological surveys of the vegetation were conducted at eight

sampling locations. Selection of sampling sites for vegetation analysis was based on the land

use pattern in the study area viz. Forest, Scrub/grassland and Agriculture to represent all the

land use/land cover classes in the study area.

List of sampling locations is given at Table 3.18 and their location marked on the study area

map is given in Figure 3.10.



Table 3.18: Sampling Locations for Vegetation Mapping

Site Code Sampling Location Site Characteristics V1 On left bank of the reservoir, near Bhadeli village Open Forest V2 On right bank of the reservoir, near Bhadeli village Open Forest and Agriculture V3 On right bank of river at Dam site, near Jal pani village Open Forest and Agriculture V4 On left bank of river at Dam site, near Jal pani village Open Forest V5 Downstream, near Bhaisa Buda village Open Forest and Agriculture V6 Itama Village Agriculture V7 Sajapani Village Agriculture V8 Niwas Village Agriculture V9 Dhummadol village Agriculture

V10 Sonbarsa Villagve Agriculture V11 Near Laghadol Village Agriculture V12 Near Sarai Village Agriculture V13 Near Papal Village Agriculture V14 Near Nigri Village Agriculture V15 Near Khajuriha Village Agriculture

The inventory of plant species in the study area was prepared by noting and keeping

records of plant species encountered during the field visit. Most of the plant species were

identified in the field itself whereas the species that could not be identified, their

photographs were taken for identification later with the help of available published

literature.

Sampling Methodology

Standard methods of vegetation sampling were used for quantitative analysis of

community structure. For these quadrats (a sampling unit) of different sizes were used

depending upon the habit. For trees quadrat size of 10m x 10m was used and for shrubs

quadrats of 5m x 5m were used while for herbs quadrat size of 1m x 1m was used. In each

quadrat number of individuals of each plant species present was counted. For trees, shrubs

and herbs, 6 quadrats were laid at each sampling site.

The data thus obtained was compiled in tabular form and analysed for different attributes

like density, frequency and basal cover (basal area).

The density was calculated as follows:

Density = Total no. of individuals of a plant species recorded from all quadrats

Total number of quadrats studied

Frequency (%) = Number of quadrats of occurrence of a species x 100

Total number of quadrats studied

For calculation of dominance Basal area/cover of trees was calculated by measuring the

‘cbh’ (circumference at breast height) of each individual tree belonging to different species,

which was then converted into basal area using the formula as follows:

Basal area = π r2 where r value was calculated from cbh using the formula cbh= 2 πr

The data on density and basal cover obtained above was then converted into per ha.



The Importance Value Index (IVI) for trees was determined as the sum of relative density,

relative frequency and relative dominance (Curtis, 1959).

Diversity Indicies

The index of diversity was computed by using Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (Shannon

Wiener, 1963) as:

H = - Σ (ni/n) x ln (ni/n)

Where, ni is individual density of a species and n is total density of all the species

The Evenness Index (E) is calculated by using Shannon's Evenness formula (Magurran,

2004).

Evenness Index (E) = H / ln(S)

Where, H is Shannon Wiener Diversity index; S is number of species

3.5.2.2 Vegetation Profile of the Study Area

Administratively the project study area falls in Singrauli and Sidhi Forest Divisions. As

evident from the land use/ land cover map of the area the project study area is mainly

under agricultural farms and settlements. There are very sparse patches of open forests

comprised of mixed deciduous forest. Among the agricultural crops wheat, gram, pigeon

pea, maize, lentil and linseed are most common.

3.5.2.3 Species Composition

During field survey most of the tree and herb species were found in the open and scrub

forest on the left bank of Gopad rivers. Shrubs were mostly found along the bunds of

agricultural farms as weeds of the agricultural fields, edges of roads and along the water

bodies.

During the present study of Gond Major Irrigation project area, in all 118 plant species

of angiosperms belonging to 48 families could be recorded. T h e l i s t o f plant species

recorded from the study area is given at Annexure-V. Fabaceae with 17 species and

Poaceae with 10 species followed by Asteraceae, Euphorbiaceae and Lamiaceae with 6

species each are the most dominant families found in the study area. The taxonomic

classification and nomenclature are as per www.theplantlist.org.

In addition to flowering plants 5 species of pteridophytes were also recorded from the

study area. These are Dryopteris cochleata (Aspidiaceae), Diplazium esculentum

(Athyriaceae), Adiantum capillus (Pteridaceae), Equisetum diffusum (Equisetaceae) and

Pteris vittata (Pteridaceae). These were found mainly in monsoon season.

Among the Bryophytes Funaria hygrometrica of Funariaceae, Lejeunea indica of

Lejeuneaceae, Marchantia polymorpha and Dumortiera hirsuta of Marchantiaceae,

Plagiochasma articulatum of Aytoniaceae and Riccia robusta of Ricciaceae were recorded.

3.5.2.4 Rare Threatened and Endangered Species

None of the plant species found in the study area falls under any of the IUCN Red list of

Threatened Species Version 2018-2. Majority of the 118 species have not been evaluated

or assessed yet by IUCN (2018-2). Out of 18 species that have been assessed, 17 species are

http://www.theplantlist.org/



under Least Concern category (LC), one species is under Data deficient category (DD) (refer

Annexure-V).

3.5.2.5 Economically Important Plant Species

The people of the area use wild plants in their daily life as food, medicine, fiber,

fodder, fuel wood, timber, vegetables, fruits and various minor forest products. Plant

species are used internally for treating stomachic diarrhea, dysentery, cough, cold,

fever, asthma and externally for rheumatism, skin diseases, cuts, boils, fractures and

injuries. The list of plant species used for medicinal purposes by locals in the study area

was compiled from the information collected during the field surveys and published

literature (Singh and Upadhyaya, 2014) and the same is given at Table 3.19.

Table 3.19: List of Commonly Used Plant Species

S. No.

Family Plant name Local name Part/s used

1. Acanthaceae Justicia adhatoda Adusa Leaf and leaf smoked 2. Amaranthaceae Amaranthus viridis Chauli Root paste 3. Apocynaceae Alstonia scholaris Chhatiban Stem bark

4. Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Aak/ Madar Root decoction Leaves Latex

Flower paste

5. Apocynaceae Holarrhena antidysenterica

Dudhi Stem bark decoction Root

powder 6. Asteraceae Tridax procumbens Bhrangraj Leaf paste, Leaf juice

7. Bombacaceae Bombax ceiba Semal Flower paste, Flower powder

Root paste, Young fruit 8. Burseraceae Boswellia serrata Salai Stem bark resin 9. Combretaceae Terminalia arjuna Arjun Bark powder

10. Combretaceae Terminalia bellirica Baheda Fruit paste, Root paste, Ripe fruit 11. Combretaceae Terminalia tomentosa Saja Bark

12. Euphorbiaceae Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Latex Leaf juice Leaves Seeds

Bark decoction 13. Fabaceae Acacia catechu Khair Bark 14. Fabaceae Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Leaves

15. Fabaceae Butea monosperma Chhiwla Bark decoction, Stem bark, Seed

paste 16. Fabaceae Delonix regia Gulmohar Leaf juice, Dry leaves 17. Fabaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj Seed oil, Root juice, Seed paste 18. Fabaceae Senna obtusifolia Chirota Leaves decoction 19. Fabaceae Senna occidentalis Chakora Leaves, Seed powder 20. Fabaceae Senna tora Chakaunda Leaf paste

21. Fabaceae Tamarindus indica Imali Ripe fruit, Bark extract, Fruit

juice 22. Lamiaceae Gmelina arborea Gamer Root decoction, Leaf decoction 23. Liliaceae Aloe vera Gheekumar Leaf pulp & Leaf juice 24. Liliaceae Asparagus racemosus Shatawar Tuber Boiled, tubers with milk 25. Malvaceae Grewia tiliifolia Dhaman Stem bark, Stem powder 26. Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Bakayan Paste of leaves 27. Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Bargad Young bud, Leaves Latex 28. Moraceae Ficus glomerata Gular Unripe fruit 29. Moraceae Ficus religiosa Peepal Bark infusion, Root ash, Dry fruit

30. Moringaceae Moringa oleifera Munga Crushed Bark boiled in Mustard

oil Leaf & Fruit

31. Myrtaceae Careya arborea Kumbhi Stem bark & flower paste Root

bark paste

32. Myrtaceae Syzigium cumini Jamun Seed powder, Ripe fruit, Leaf

fruit with goat milk



S. No.

Family Plant name Local name Part/s used

33. Nyctaginaceae Boerhaavia diffusa Punarnava Root, leaves, seeds, juice, leaf

decoction 34. Papaveraceae Argemone mexicana Peeli kantilee Yellow latex of floral bud 35. Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus emblica Amla Fruit juice

36. Rubiaceae Neonauclea purpurea (Syn. Anthocephalus chinensis)

Kadam Leaf decoction

37. Rutaceae Aegle marmelos Bel Fruit juice & pulp. Leaf paste,

root bark 38. Rutaceae Feronia limonia Kaitha Ripe fruit

39. Rutaceae Murraya koenigii Meethi Neem

Leaves, Leaf decoction

40. Sapotaceae Madhuca indica Mahua Flower 41. Solanaceae Datura metal Kaladhatura Leaves, Root powder 42. Verbenaceae Lantana camara Lantana Plant decoction, Leaf paste 43. Verbenaceae Vitex negundo Neergud Decoction of leaf, Root powder 44. Zygophyllaceae Tribulus terrestris Gokhru Plant paste, Fruit powder

3.5.2.6 Community Structure

The study area comprises of mixed deciduous dry forest. There are scattered patches of

open forest in the study area and these forests have Shorea robusta, Diospyros

melanoxylon and Butea monosperma as the dominant species in the forest area. In the

command area Acacia nilotica, Terminalia alata, Tectona grandis, Shorea robusta and

Ziziphus spp. are commonly observed along the road side or in bunds of agricultural farms.

Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indica, Ficus racemosa, Ficus religiosa, Madhuca longifolia,

Dalbergia sissoo, Syzygium cumini and Pongamia pinnata, etc. are the most common tree

species found near the settlements.

The bushes are comprised of shrubs like Lantana camara, Calotropis gigantea, Justicia

adhatoda, Colebrookea oppositifolia, Ipomoea carnea and Grewia hirsuta. Commonly

found herbaceous species are invasive species like Argemone mexicana, Alternanthera

philoxeroides, Emilia sonchifolia, Echinops echinatus, Solanum surattense and Xanthium

indicum. Grasses in the area was represented by Saccharum spontaneum, Heteropogon

contortus, Cynodon dactylon and Desmostachya bipinnata.

The description of vegetation structure at different sampling locations is given in the

following paragraphs.

A. Vegetation Sampling near the open forest area and agriculture farms

V1: Near village Bhadeli (Left bank of reservoir)

Sampling site V1 is located on the left bank of Gopad river in proposed reservoir area near

Bhadeli village and characterized as open forest. Among the tree species Shorea robusta,

Lagerstroemia parviflora and Diospyros melanoxylon are the dominant tree species in the

area associated with Schleichera oleosa and Madhuca longifolia (Table 3.20).

Table 3.20: Community Structure –Trees (V1)

S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI 1 Diospyros melanoxylon 67 83 66.46



S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI 2 Lagerstroemia parviflora 67 117 76.03 3 Shorea robusta 83 117 78.91 4 Schleichera oleosa 17 17 14.58 5 Madhuca longifolia 50 83 64.02

Among the shrub species Lantana camara is the most dominant shrub in the area during all

three seasons. Ipomoea carnea, Justicia adhatoda, and Calotropis gigantea are other

shrubs recorded at this site (Table 3.21).

Table 3.21: Community Structure –Shrubs (V1) S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha)

Monsoon 1 Calotropis gigantea 67 233 2 Abutilon indicum 67 266 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 200 4 Lantana camara 100 333

Winter 1 Ipomoea carnea 100 566 2 Lantana camara 100 333 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 200 4 Calotropis gigantea 67 233 5 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 266

Pre-monsoon 1 Abultilon indicum 67 133 2 Lantana camara 83 167 3 Justicia adhatoda 50 100 4 Calotropis gigantea 50 133 5 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 100

Among herbs Cynodon dactylon, a grass species was most frequently encountered.

Argemone mexicana and Emilia sonchifolia are the other frequently found species recorded

mostly from the bunds of agricultural farms and scrub land. Heteropogon contortus is the

other common grass species recorded from the area (Table 3.22).

Table 3.22: Community Structure – Herbs (V1) S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%)

Monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Emilia sonchifolia 83 4 Heteropogon contortus 67 5 Datura stramonium 67

Winter 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Achyranthes aspera 67 3 Desmostachya bipinnata 50 4 Cynodom dactylon 100 5 Alternanthera philoxeroides 67

Pre-monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 33 2 Xanthium indicum 67 3 Desmostachya bipinnata 33 4 Cynodom dactylon 100 5 Alternanthera philoxeroides 33



V2. Near Bhadeli Village (right bank of Gopad river reservoir)

Sampling site V2 is located on right bank of the Gopad river at proposed reservoir area near

Bhadeli village. The sampling area is characterized by agricultural farms and open forest

area.

Among the trees species Diospyros melanoxylon, Lagerstroemia parviflora and Shorea

robusta are dominant species found in the forest area. Syzygium cumini, Bombax ceiba and

Madhuca longifolia are the species recorded near agricultural farms and settlements

(Tables 3.23).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI 1 Diospyros melanoxylon 100 217 93.54 2 Lagerstroemia parviflora 100 183 74.07 3 Shorea robusta 100 133 64.73 4 Syzygium cumini 33 33 16.05 5 Bombax ceiba 17 17 8.50 6 Madhuca longifolia 50 67 43.11

Ipomoea carnea, Justicia adhatoda, Colebrookea oppositifolia, Murraya koenigii and

Pogostemon benghalensis are the dominant shrub species recorded from scrub land and

bunds of agricultural farms (Tables 3.24).

Table 3.24: Community Structure –Shrubs (V2)

S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) Monsoon

1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 300 2 Murraya koenigii 33 124 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 333 4 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 133

Winter 1 Ipomoea carnea 83 400 2 Justicia adhatoda 100 400 3 Colebrookea oppositifolia 83 200 4 Lantana camara 83 300 5 Calotropis gigantea 50 167 6 Abultilon indicum 50 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Lantana camara 50 133 2 Justicia adhatoda 50 100 3 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 100 4 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 100

Cynodon dactylon is the most dominant grass species among the herbaceous flora at this

site. Echinops echinatus, Argemone mexicana and Solanum surattense were frequently

found in the study area (Table 3.25).

Table 3.25: Community Structure – Herbs (V2)

S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Monsoon

1 Argemone mexicana 83 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Echinops echinatus 83 4 Achyranthes aspera 33



S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) 5 Solanum surattense 83

Winter 1 Argemone mexicana 50 2 Saccharum spontaneum 50 3 Amaranthus viridis 50 4 Xanthium indicum 67 5 Cynodom dactylon 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 50 2 Solanum surattense 50 3 Echinops echinatus 50 4 Cynodon dactylon 100

V3. Near Jalpani village (Right bank of the dam site)

Vegetation at sampling site V3, located near Jalpani Village is characterized by open forest

dominated by Diospyros melanoxylon, Lagerstroemia parviflora and Shorea robusta.

Syzygium cumini and Terminalia alata are associated tree species recorded from the area

(Table 3.26).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI 1 Diospyros melanoxylon 100 283 80.22 2 Shorea robusta 100 317 101.01 3 Lagerstroemia parviflora 100 283 92.01 4 Terminalia alata 33 33 18.39 5 Syzygium cumini 17 17 8.38

Among the shrub species Calotropis gigantea and Justicia adhatoda are predominant species

followed by Lantana camara, Ipomoea carnea and Colebrookea oppositifolia (Table 3.27).

Table 3.27: Community Structure –Shrubs (V3)

S. No. Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) Monsoon

1 Calotropis gigantea 100 566 2 Ipomoea carnea 83 300 3 Grewia hirsuta 83 400 4 Justicia adhatoda 100 500 5 Lantana camara 100 433

Winter 1 Lantana camara 83.3 483 2 Calotropis gigantea 83.3 133 3 Justicia adhatoda 66.7 133 4 Colebrookea oppositifolia 83.3 183 5 Grewia hirsuta 83.3 117

Pre-monsoon 1 Lantana camara 67 167 2 Justicia adhatoda 50 167 3 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 4 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 133 5 Grewia hirsuta 50 133

Herbaceous flora is dominated by grass species. Cynodon dactylon is the most frequently

found grass species at this site. Other common herb species found in the area are

Amaranthus viridis, Alternanthera philoxeroides and Desmostachya bipinnata (Table 3.28).



Table 3.28: Community Structure – Herbs (V3)


1 Alternanthera philoxeroides 66 2 Argemone mexicana 67 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Desmostachya bipinnata 50 5 Amaranthus viridis 33

Winter 1 Achyranthes aspera 83 2 Saccharum spontaneum 67 3 Cynodom dactylon 100 4 Xanthium indicum 67 5 Emilia sonchifolia 83

Pre-monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Saccharum spontaneum 50 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Emilia sonchifolia 67 5 Solanum surattense 67

V4. Near Jalpani Village (left bank of Gopad river near proposed Dam site)

The sampling site V4 is located at left bank of the proposed Dam site near Jalpani Village in

the study area. The sampling area is predominantly characterized by forest patches near

the river bank. Agricultural farms and scrub land are observed near settlements in the area.

Shorea robusta, Lagerstroemia parviflora and Diospyros melanoxylon are the tree species

recorded from the forest area. Syzygium cumini and Ziziphus jujuba are the species

recorded from scrub land and near settlements (Table 3.29).

Table 3.29: Community structure –Trees (V4)

S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI 1 Shorea robusta 66.7 150 68.41 2 Lagerstroemia parviflora 75 133 65.23 3 Syzygium cumini 66.7 50 37.29 4 Diospyros melanoxylon 50 200 94.36 5 Ziziphus jujuba 100 33 34.71

Among the shrub species Ipomoea carnea and Lantana camara are the most dominant

species recorded from the area. Ipomoea carnea was observed near water bodies. Other

shrub species recorded from the area are Justicia adhatoda and Colebrookea oppositifolia

(Table 3.30).

Table 3.30: Community structure –Shrubs (V4)


1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 266 2 Calotropis procera 33 133 3 Ipomoea carnea 67 833 4 Justicia adhatoda 50 233 5 Lantana camara 67 233

Winter 1 Abutilon indicum 83 233 2 Lantana camara 100 433 3 Justicia adhatoda 83 233



S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) 4 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 167 5 Ipomoea carnea 83 333

Pre-monsoon 1 Abutilon indicum 50 100 2 Lantana camara 83 167 3 Justicia adhatoda 50 100 4 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 133 5 Ipomoea carnea 50 233

Herbaceous flora was represented mainly by Cynodon dactylon. Datura stramonium,

Solanum surattense and Argemone mexicana are the other herb species recorded from the

area (Table 3.31).

Table 3.31 Community structure – Herbs (V4)


1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Solanum surattense 50 4 Datura stramonium 67

Winter 1 Argemone mexicana 83 2 Saccharum spontaneum 33 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Cyperus rotundus 83 5 Xanthium indicum 83

Pre-monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Cynodom dactylon 100 3 Echinops echinatus 50 4 Solanum surattense 50

V5. Near Bhaisa Buda Village (Downstream of proposed Dam site)

The site V5 is located downstream of proposed dam site near Bhaisa Buda Village. This site

is basically composed of both open forest as well as agriculture area. Vegetation is

comprised mainly of trees and herbs. Diospyros melanoxylon, Shorea robusta,

Lagerstroemia parviflora, Ficus elastica and Azadrichta indica are the tree species recorded

from the sampling area (Table 3.32).

Table 3.32: Community structure –Trees (V5)

S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) IVI

1 Diospyros melanoxylon 83 300 134.4

2 Lagerstroemia parviflora 67 133 60.3

3 Ficus elastica 17 17 39.1

4 Azadirachta indica 33 33 21.4

5 Shorea robusta 50 150 44.8

Shrubs in the area are mainly represented by Lantana camara, Calotropis gigantea and

Ipomoea carnea (Table 3.33).



Table 3.33: Community structure –Shrubs (V5)


1 Calotropis gigantea 67 300 3 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 233 4 Ipomoea carnea 67 433 5 Lantana camara 100 400

Winter 1 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 2 Lantana camara 83 133 3 Abultilon indicum 67 117 4 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 83 5 Ipomoea carnea 67 167

Pre-monsoon 1 Lantana camara 67 133 2 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 3 Grewia hirsuta 50 133 4 Ipomoea carnea 67 167

Herbaceous vegetation was dominated by three grasses species. Achyranthes aspera,

Cynodon dactylon, Amaranthus viridis and Argemone mexicana are the species recorded

from the area (Table 3.34).

Table 3.34: Community structure – Herbs (V5)


1 Argemone mexicana 50 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Achyranthes aspera 50 4 Amaranthus viridis 33

Winter 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Cynodom dactylon 100 3 Saccharum spontaneum 50

Pre-monsoon 1 Argemone mexicana 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Alternanthera philoxeroides 67 4 Eragostris tenella 50

B. Vegetation in and Agricultural fields and Settlements:

Sampling Sites V6 – V15 are characterized by agriculture fields and near settlements.

Sampling sites in the area was dominated by Shrubs and grass species. Trees are rarely

found and are few in numbers and sparsely distributed. Tree species are mostly found near

settlements and along the edges of road outside the sampling area. Madhuca longifolia,

Azadrichta indica, Mangifera indica, Aegle marmelos, Cassia fistula, are the frequently

distributed tree species in the command area. Lantana camara, Colebrookea oppositifolia,

Murraya koenigii, Abultilon indicum, Argemone mexicana and Dendrocalamus strictus are

the dominant shrub species mostly found on the bunds of agricultural field or in fallow land

in the sampling sites.



V6. Near Itama Village:

The sampling site V6 is located near Itama village in the command area. The sampling area

is characterized by agricultural farms and fallow land. No tree species is recorded in the

sampling area.

Shrub layer is comprised of Lantana camara, Murraya koenigii, Abultilon indicum and

Colebrookea oppositifolia (Table 3.35).

Table 3.35: Community structure –Site: V6 (Shrubs)


1 Lantana camara 83 266 2 Colebrookea oppositifolia 33 66 3 Abultilon indicum 66.67 166 4 Murraya koenigii 50 99

Winter 1 Lantana camara 83 233 2 Ricinus communis 50 100 3 Abutilon indicum 50 167 4 Murraya koenigii 33 67

Pre-monsoon 1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 33 67 2 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 67 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 167 4 Lantana camara 67 167

Saccharum spontaneum, Desmostachya bipinnata and Cynodon dactylon are the frequently

found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields. Other herb species

reported from the area are Xanthium indicum and Emilia sonchifolia (Table 3.36).

Table 3.36: Community structure –Site: V6 (Herbs)


1 Saccharum spontaneum 83 2 Desmostachya bipinnata 50 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Emilia sonchifolia 33 5 Xanthium indicum 33

Winter 1 Saccharum spontaneum 67 2 Amaranthus viridis 67 3 Cynodom dactylon 100 4 Emilia sonchifolia 50 5 Xanthium indicum 50

Pre-monsoon 1 Saccharum spontaneum 67 2 Xanthium indicum 50 3 Echinops echinatus 67 4 Cynodon dactylon 100

V7. Near Sajapani Village:

The sampling site V7 is located near Sajapani in the command area. The sampling area is

characterized by agricultural farms and settlement land.



Shrub layer is comprised of Lantana camara, Calotropis gigantea, Ricinus communis and

Justicia adhatoda (Table 3.37).



1 Lantana camara 66.67 166 2 Calotropis gigantea 50 99 3 Justicia adhatoda 66.67 133 4 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 99 5 Ricinus communis 33.33 66

Winter 1 Lantana camara 83 200 2 Calotropis gigantea 67 133 3 Ricinus communis 33 67 4 Ziziphus oenoplia 33 67 5 Murraya koenigii 83 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Lantana camara 67 167 2 Colebrookea oppositifolia 33 67 3 Abutilon indicum 67 100 4 Murraya koenigii 33 67

Saccharum spontaneum, Senna tora and Cynodon dactylon are the frequently found herb

species found along the bunds of agricultural fields and near settlements. Other herb species

reported from the area are Datura stramonium and Argemone mexicana (Table 3.38).



1 Saccharum spontaneum 83 2 Argemone mexicana 50 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Senna tora 67 5 Datura stramonium 33

Winter 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Argemone mexicana 67 3 Achyranthus aspera 50 4 Echinops echinatus 33 5 Cynodon dactylon 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Saccharum spontaneum 50 2 Desmostachya bipinnata 67 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Xanthium indicum 50

V8. Near Niwas Village:

The sampling site V8 is located near Niwas village in the command area. The sampling area

is characterized by agricultural farms and settlement. No tree species is recorded in the

sampling area.

Shrub layer is comprised mainly of Colebrookea oppositifolia, Calotropis gigantea and

Justicia adhatoda. Other shrubs also present in the area like Ricinus communis and

Ziziphus oenoplia (Table 3.39).





1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 83.33 233 2 Calotropis gigantea 83.33 199 3 Justicia adhatoda 66.67 133 4 Ricinus communis 50 99 5 Ziziphus oenoplia 33.33 66

Winter 1 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 100 2 Lantana camara 100 300 3 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 4 Ricinus communis 33 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Lantana camara 83 133 2 Calotropis gigantea 33 67 3 Justicia adhatoda 50 100 4 Ricinus communis 50 100

Achyranthus aspera, Xanthium indicum, Argemone mexicana and Cynodon dactylon are the

frequently found herb species (Table 3.40).



1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Argemone mexicana 50 3 Achyranthus aspera 50 4 Boerhavia diffusa 50 5 Cynodon dactylon 100

Winter 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Argemone mexicana 83 3 Amaranthus viridis 50 4 Cynodon dactylon 100

Pre-monsoon 1 Saccharum spontaneum 67 2 Argemone mexicana 67 3 Cynodon dactylon 100 4 Echinops echinatus 67

V9. Near Dhummadol Village:

The sampling site V9 is located near Dhummadol Village in the command area. The

sampling area is characterized by agricultural farms. Scattered trees of Azadirachta indica

and Madhuca longifolia are found in the sampling area.

Shrub vegetation is comprised mainly of species like Calotropis gigantea and Lantana

camara (Table 3.41).



1 Calotropis gigantea 50 99 2 Lantana camara 67 166



Winter 1 Calotropis gigantea 50 133 2 Lantana camara 67 200 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 167

Pre-monsoon 1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 50 100 2 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 3 Ricinus communis 33 67 4 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 100

Xanthium indicum, Saccharum spontaneum, Echinops echinatus and Cynodon dactylon are

the frequently found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields at this site

(Table 3.42). Commelina longifolia and Argemone mexicana are the other herbaceous

species found in this area.



1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Saccharum spontaneum 67 4 Datura stramonium 33 5 Commelina longifolia 67 6 Echinops echinatus 50

Winter 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Commelina longifolia 67

Pre-monsoon 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Argemone mexicana 67 3 Cynodon dactylon 100

V10. Near Sonbarsa Village:

The sampling site V10 is located near Sonbarsa village in the command area. The sampling

area is characterized by agricultural farms and fallow land. No tree species is recorded in

the sampling area.

Shrub layer is comprised of Calotropis gigantea, Justicia adhatoda and Lantana camara

(Table 3.43).



1 Calotropis gigantea 50 99 2 Justicia adhatoda 50 66 3 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 99 4 Ricinus communis 33.33 99 5 Lantana camara 66.67 133

Winter 1 Lantana camara 83 266 2 Ricinus communis 50 99 3 Calotropis gigantea 67 166 4 Abutilon indicum 50 99



S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) Pre-monsoon

1 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 2 Abutilon indicum 50 100 3 Lantana camara 67 133

Xanthium indicum, Saccharum spontaneum, Echinops echinatus and Cynodon dactylon are

the frequently found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields (Table 3.44).



1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Achyranthus aspera 67 4 Cyperus rotundus 83 5 Argemone mexicana 50

Winter 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Argemone mexicana 83 4 Echinops echinatus 50

Pre-monsoon 1 Xanthium indicum 50 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Saccharum spontaneum 67

V11 Near Laghadol Village:

The sampling site V11 is located near Laghadol village in the command area. The sampling

area is characterized by agricultural farms and fallow land. No tree species is recorded in

the sampling area.

Shrub layer was comprised of Lantana camara, Abutilon indicum and Calotropis gigantea in

winter, Ziziphus oenoplia, Ricinus communis, Lantana camara and Calotropis gigantea in

pre-monsoon and Justicia adhatoda, Ziziphus oenoplia, Ricinus communis and Lantana

camara were recorded (Table 3.45).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) Winter

1 Lantana camara 100 300 2 Abutilon indicum 50 167 3 Calotropis gigantea 50 133

Pre-monsoon 1 Calotropis gigantea 67 167 2 Ziziphus oenoplia 17 33 3 Ricinus communis 50 100 4 Lantana camara 50 100

Monsoon 1 Justicia adhatoda 50 76 2 Ziziphus oenoplia 50 88 3 Ricinus communis 33.33 99 4 Lantana camara 66.67 123



Argemone mexicana, Saccharum spontaneum, Xanthium indicum, Solanum surattense,

Echinops echinatus, Datura stramonium, Commelina longifolia and Cynodon dactylon were

the frequently found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields during

different seasons (Table 3.46).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Winter

1 Cynodon dactylon 100 2 Argemone mexicana 50 3 Echinops echinatus 50 4 Saccharum spontaneum 67

Pre-monsoon 1 Xanthium indicum 50 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Argemone mexicana 83 4 Solanum surattense 50

Monsoon 1 Cynodon dactylon 100 2 Saccharum spontaneum 67 3 Datura stramonium 33 4 Commelina longifolia 67

V12. Near Sarai Village:

The sampling site V12 is located near Sarai village in the command area. The sampling area


sampling area.

Shrub layer was comprised of Lantana camara, Colebrookea oppositifolia, Justicia

adhatoda, Ricinus communis, Pogostemon benghalensis, Murraya koenigii and Calotropis

gigantea in varying proportions in different seasons (Table 3.47).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (Indiv./ha) Winter

1 Lantana camara 67 167 2 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 3 Justicia adhatoda 33 67 4 Ricinus communis 33 67

Pre-monsoon 1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 167 2 Calotropis gigantea 50 100 3 Justicia adhatoda 33 67 4 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 67

Monsoon 1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 100 2 Murraya koenigii 50 124 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 67 4 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 133 5 Ricinus communis 33 67

Argemone mexicana, Cyperus rotundus, Xanthium indicum, Solanum surattense,

Achyranthus aspera, Xanthium indicum and Cynodon dactylon are the frequently found



herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields in varying proportions during

different seasons (Table 3.48).


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Winter

1 Cynodon dactylon 100 2 Argemone mexicana 50 3 Xanthium indicum 50 4 Solanum surattense 50

Pre-monsoon 1 Cyperus rotundus 33 2 Achyranthus aspera 33 3 Argemone mexicana 83 4 Solanum surattense 50

Monsoon 1 Xanthium indicum 67 2 Cynodon dactylon 50 3 Achyranthus aspera 33 4 Cyperus rotundus 33 5 Argemone mexicana 67

V13. Near Papal Village:

The sampling site V13 is located near Papal village in the command area. The sampling area


sampling area.

Shrub layer was comprised of Lantana camara, Justicia adhatoda, Colebrookea

oppositifolia, Murraya koenigii, Pogostemon benghalensi, Ipomoea carnea, Grewia hirsuta

and Calotropis gigantea in different seasons (Table 3.49).



1 Lantana camara 67 133 2 Justicia adhatoda 50 133 3 Colebrookea oppositifolia 33 67 4 Calotropis gigantea 67 133

Winter 1 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 300 2 Murraya koenigii 33 124 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 333 4 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 133

Monsoon 1 Calotropis gigantea 100 500 2 Ipomoea carnea 100 566 3 Grewia hirsuta 100 566 4 Justicia adhatoda 83 400 5 Lantana camara 83 300

Saccharum spontaneum, Echinops echinatus and Cynodon dactylon are the frequently

found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields (Table 3.50). During winter

Achyranthes aspera, Desmostachya bipinnata and Cynodom dactylon were recorded.



Cynodom dactylon, Desmostachya bipinnata and Saccharum spontaneum were the most

frequently found species during monsoon.


S. No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Pre-monsoon

1 Echinops echinatus 50 2 Cynodon dactylon 67 3 Saccharum spontaneum 50

Winter 1 Achyranthes aspera 67 2 Desmostachya bipinnata 50 3 Cynodom dactylon 100

Monsoon 1 Saccharum spontaneum 50 2 Emilia sonchifolia 33 3 Desmostachya bipinnata 50 4 Cynodon dactylon 100 5 Xanthium indicum 33 6 Achyranthes aspera 33

V14. Near Nigri Village:

The sampling site V14 is located near Nigri village in the command area. The sampling area

is characterized by agricultural farms and fallow land. No tree species was recorded in the

sampling area.

Shrub layer is comprised of Lantana camara, Senna tora and Abutilon indicum (Table 3.51).

During surveys for herbs and shrubs in winter and monsoon Justicia adhatoda,

Pogostemon benghalensis, Colebrookea oppositifolia, Abultilon indicum, Ipomoea carnea,

Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camara were regularly found at this site.



1 Lantana camara 67 133 2 Senna tora 33 67 3 Abutilon indicum 67 100

Winter 1 Justicia adhatoda 67 333 2 Pogostemon benghalensis 33 133 3 Colebrookea oppositifolia 67 300

Monsoon 1 Abultilon indicum 50 100 2 Ipomoea carnea 83 400 3 Lantana camara 83 300 4 Justicia adhatoda 100 400 5 Colebrookea oppositifolia 83 200 6 Calotropis gigantea 50 167

Argemone mexicana, Saccharum spontaneum, Desmostachya bipinnata and Cynodon

dactylon are the frequently found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields

(Table 3.52). During winter and monsoon Argemone mexicana, Cynodon dactylon, Echinops



echinatus, Achyranthes aspera and Solanum surattense were requently found herbaceous

species at this site.



1 Saccharum spontaneum 50 2 Cynodon dactylon 100 3 Argemone mexicana 50 4 Desmostachya bipinnata 33

Winter 1 Argemone mexicana 83 2 Solanum surattense 83 3 Echinops echinatus 83 4 Cynodon dactylon 100

Monsoon 1 Echinops echinatus 83 2 Argemone mexicana 83 3 Achyranthes aspera 33 4 Cynodon dactylon 100 5 Solanum surattense 83

V15. Near Khajuriha Village:

The sampling site V15 is located Rampur Village in the command area. The sampling area is

characterized by agricultural farms and fallow land. No tree species is recorded in the

sampling area.

Shrub layer was comprised of Lantana camara, Abutilon indicum and Colebrookea

oppositifolia during pre-monsoon sampling (Table 3.53). During winter Ipomoea carnea,

Abutilon indicum and Justicia adhatoda were recorded and during monsoon 4 species were

recorded viz. Calotropis gigantea, Lantana camara, Justicia adhatoda and Murraya koenigii.



1 Lantana camara 83 167 2 Colebrookea oppositifolia 33 67 3 Abutilon indicum 50 100

Winter 1 Ipomoea carnea 83 233 2 Abutilon indicum 100 433 3 Justicia adhatoda 83 124

Monsoon 1 Calotropis gigantea 50 133 2 Lantana camara 67 200 3 Justicia adhatoda 67 167 4 Murraya koenigii 33 124

Xanthium indicum, Solanum surattense, Echinops echinatus and Cynodon dactylon are the

frequently found herb species found along the bunds of agricultural fields during pre-

monsoon sampling (Table 3.54). Saccharum spontaneum, Solanum surattense and

Argemone mexicana were recoded during winter while during monsoon Saccharum



spontaneum, Echinops echinatus, Xanthium indicum, Commelina longifolia and Cynodon

dactylon were recorded.



1 Cynodon dactylon 100 2 Echinops echinatus 67 3 Xanthium indicum 33 4 Solanum surattense 50

Winter 1 Saccharum spontaneum 83 2 Argemone mexicana 33 3 Solanum surattense 100

Monsoon 1 Saccharum spontaneum 67 2 Echinops echinatus 50 3 Xanthium indicum 100 4 Commelina longifolia 67 5 Cynodon dactylon 33

3.5.2.7 Dominance

Based upon the Imporatnce value Index (IVI) given below Diospyros melanoxylon,

Lagerstroemia parviflora and Shorea robusta area the most dominant trees in the project

study area at all the 5 sites wherever the tree cover is present.

Name of Species IVI Values

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 Azadirachta indica - - - - 21.4 Bombax ceiba - 8.5 - - -

Diospyros melanoxylon 66.46 93.54 80.22 94.36 134.4 Ficus elastica - - - - 39.1 Lagerstroemia parviflora 76.03 74.07 92.01 65.23 60.3 Madhuca longifolia 64.02 43.11 - - -

Schleichera oleosa 14.58 - - - -

Shorea robusta 78.91 64.73 101.01 68.41 44.8 Syzygium cumini - 16.05 8.38 37.29 - Terminalia alata - - 18.39 - - Ziziphus jujuba - - - 34.71 -

3.5.2.8 Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (H’)

Overall the diversity Index for trees in forested areas ranged from 1.43 to 1.86. Trees

distribution in the area is very sparse and are found at sites located near agriculture/ fallow

land and scrub/ grass land. The vegetation in general is represented by the thorny shrubs

and grasses.

Diversity index for shrub species varied from 0.49 at site V15 to 1.72 at site V4 during

winter, from 0.28 at site V15 to 1.59 at sites VV1 & V3 during pre-monsoon and from 0.24

at site V9 to 1.69 at site V14 durimg monsoon (Table 3.55).

Diversity index for herbaceous species varied from 0.69 at site V15 to 1.60 at site V4 during

winter and from 0.79 at site V15 to 1.58 at sites V3 during pre-monsoon. Diversity of herbs



during monsoon was better as it varied from minimum of 1.30 at site V5 to highest of 1.74

at site V9 (Table 3.55).

Table 3.55: Shannon Wiener Species Diversity Index (H’)

Sampling Site Code

Trees Shrubs Herbs

W PM M W PM M V1 1.49 1.53 1.59 1.37 1.52 1.49 1.55 V2 1.53 1.69 1.38 1.29 1.57 1.33 1.51 V3 1.28 1.43 1.59 1.59 1.60 1.58 1.55 V4 1.44 1.72 1.56 1.55 1.56 1.34 1.35 V5 1.27 1.58 1.37 1.36 0.88 1.36 1.30 V6 - 1.28 1.29 1.26 1.57 1.35 1.51 V7 - 1.52 1.31 1.56 1.55 1.34 1.54 V8 - 1.24 1.36 1.52 1.36 1.37 1.57 V9 - 0.99 1.37 0.24 1.02 1.02 1.74

V10 - 1.30 1.00 1.59 1.36 0.94 1.58 V11 - 0.89 1.37 1.26 1.32 1.34 1.34 V12 - 1.31 1.57 1.31 1.33 1.31 1.56 V13 - 1.35 1.58 1.29 1.04 1.02 1.69 V14 - 0.71 0.40 1.69 1.35 1.30 1.51 V15 - 0.49 0.28 1.37 0.69 0.79 1.39

3.5.3 Faunal Elements

The fauna of the study area has been compiled with the help of direct sighting during field

survey, supplemented with secondary sources and information provided by local people

during field survey in the study area. For the preparation of checklist of animals, Forest

Working Plan of Singrauli and Sidhi Forest Division was consulted. In addition, data was

compiled from published literature like Prater (1998) for mammals, Daniel (2002) for

reptiles and Ali & Ripley (1983) for birds.

3.5.3.1 Mammals

The sighting of mammals is quite rare. During the field survey a Common langur

(Semnopithecus entellus) and Five-striped Palm Squirrel (Funambulus pennantii) were sighted

in the study area. Besides these, no other wild animal was sighted during field surveys.

Villagers told the survey team about the presence of mammals like Vulpes bengalensis (Fox),

Hystrix indica (Porcupine), Rousettus leschenaultia (Bat), Herpestes edwardsii (Mongoose)

and Lepus nigricollis (Common Hare) in the study area. However, sighting of these species is

rare due to absence of any sufficient vegetation cover and suitable habitat for wildlife.

A list of 17 species of mammals reportedly found in the study area was compiled from

secondary sources as well as found during survey and the same is given at Table 3.56.

Table 3.56: List of Mammalian Species Reported in the Study Area

S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Conservation Status

IUCN 2018-2 WPA 1972 Order: Artiodactyla

1 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus LC III 2 Chital Axis axis LC III Order: CARNIVORA 3 Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii LC II 4 Fox Vulpes bengalensis LC II



S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Conservation Status

IUCN 2018-2 WPA 1972 5 Jungle Cat Felis chaus LC II Order: CETARTIODACTYLA 6 Wild Boar Sus scrofa LC III Order: Eulipotyphla

7 Asian House Shrew Suncus murinus LC V Order: LAGOMORPHA 8 Common Hare Lepus nigricollis LC IV Order: PRIMATES 9 Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta LC II

10 Common Langur Semnopithecus entellus LC II Order: RODENTIA

11 Porcupine Hystrix indica LC IV 12 Field rat Rattus rattus LC V 13 Field Mouse Mus booduga LC IV 14 House Mouse Mus musculus LC IV 15 Five-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus pennantii LC IV

Order: Chiroptera

16 Flying fox Pteropus giganteus LC IV 17 Bat Rousettus leschenaulti LC IV

IUCN Ver. 2018-2 - International Union for Conservation of Nature; LC - Least Concern WPA – Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972

3.5.3.2 Birds

To prepare inventory of the birds in the area, species sighted during survey of study area as

well as reported from the study area based upon secondary sources. Birds sighted during

the survey were identified using the field guide of birds by Ali & Ripley (1983), Grimmett et

al. (1998, 2011), Inskipp et al. (1999) and Kazmierczak (2000). The classification and

nomenclature of bird species is as per https://avibase.bsc-eoc.org.

During the field surveys, 22 species of birds were recorded. House sparrow, Common Myna,

Jungle Babbler, House crow, Ringed Dove, Red-wattled Lapwing, Common Kingfisher, Green

Bee eater, Rose ringed Parakeet, Flycatcher, Common Hoopoe, House Swift, Black Drongo

and Cattle Egret were most frequently sighted bird species in the study area. Pond Heron,

Black winged Stilt and Little cormorant were also sighted in the project area.

However according to the inventory of the birds prepared from different secondary

sources, 45 species of bird are reported from the study area. List of bird species

composition and their conservation status has been described in Table 3.57.

Table 3.57: List of birds reported from the study area with their conservation status in the study

area (Species marked as* were sighted during the field survey)

S. No. Birds Name Scientific name IUCN

2018-2 WPA

(1972) Order: Accipitriformes

1 Oriental Honey Buzzard* Pernis ptilorhynchus LC Sch I 2 White Eyed Buzzard* Butastur teesa LC Sch I 3 Crested Serpent Eagle* Spilornis cheela LC Sch I 4 Shikra* Accipiter badius LC Sch I 5 Black Winged Kite* Elanus caeruleus LC Sch I 6 Egyptian Vulture* Neophron percnopterus EN Sch I

Order: Bucerotiformes 7 Indian Grey Hornbill Ocyceros birostris LC Sch IV

Order: Charadriiformes

https://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/



S. No.

Birds Name Scientific name IUCN

2018-2 WPA

(1972) 8 Red Wattled Lapwing* Vanellus indicus LC Sch IV 9 River Lapwing* Vanellus duvaucelii NT Sch IV

10 Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius LC Sch IV Order: Columbiformes

11 Eurasian Collard Dove Streptopelia decaocto LC Sch IV 12 Spotted Dove* Spilopelia chinensis LC Sch IV 13 Rock Pigeon* Columba livia LC Sch IV

Order: Coraciiformes 14 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis LC Sch IV 15 White Throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis LC Sch IV 16 Green Bee Eater* Merops orientalis LC Sch IV 17 Common Kingfisher* Alcedo atthis LC Sch IV

Order: Corvidae

18 Indian Rufous treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda LC Sch IV Order: Cuculidae LC Sch IV

19 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus LC Sch IV Order: Cuculiformes

20 Southern Coucal* Centropus sinensis LC Sch IV 21 Common Hawk Cuckoo Hierococcyx varius LC Sch IV

Order: Gruiformes

22 White Brested Waterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus LC Sch IV Order: Passeriformes

23 Rufous Tailed lark* Ammomanes phoenicura LC Sch IV 24 Common Myna* Acridotheres tristis LC Sch IV 25 Black Drongo* Dicrurus macrocercus LC Sch IV 26 White Bellied drongo Dicrurus caerulescens LC Sch IV 27 White Shoulder Petronia Gymnoris xanthocollis LC Sch IV 28 Small Minivet Pericrocotus cinnamomeus LC Sch IV 29 Common Woodshrike Tephrodornis pondicerianus LC Sch IV 30 Indian Jungle Crow Corvus culminatus LC Sch IV 31 House Crow* Corvus splendens LC Sch IV 32 White Browed Wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis LC Sch IV 33 Wire Tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii LC Sch IV 34 Ashy Crowed Sparrow lark Eremopterix griseus LC Sch IV 35 Common Tailor Bird Orthotomus sutorius LC Sch IV 36 Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus LC Sch IV

Order: Pelecaniformes 37 Indian Pond Heron* Cinnyris asiaticus LC Sch IV 38 Cattle Egret* Bubulcus ibis LC Sch IV 39 Intermediate Egret* Ardea intermedia LC Sch IV 40 Red Naped Ibis* Pseudibis papillosa LC Sch IV 41 Little Cormorant Microcarbo niger LC Sch IV

Order: Piciformes 42 Copper Smith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala 43 Lesser Goldenback Dinopium benghalense LC Sch IV

Order: Psittaciformes 44 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri LC Sch IV

Order: Strigiformes 45 Jungle Owlet* Glaucidium radiatum LC Sch IV

IUCN Ver. 2018-2 - International Union for Conservation of Nature; LC - Least Concern WPA – Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 (The list has been compiled based on field survey and description given in Forest Working Plan Singrauli and Sidhi Forest Divisions)

3.5.3.3 Herpetofauna

Herpeto-fauna was sampled on the same transects marked for mammals and birds. During

the survey no species of reptiles and amphibians was sighted in the study area. List of

herpetofauna reported from the area are listed in Table 3.58.



Table 3.58: List of Herpetofauna Reported from the Study Area S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Local Name

1 Python Python molurus Ajgar 2 Tortoise Testudo sp. Kachchua 3 Indian ratel/Honey badger Mellivora capensis Kabar Bijju 4 King cobra Naira tripudians Kala Naag 5 Varanus Lacerta sp. Guhera 6 Viper Vipera russeli Ghora Pachhar 7 Black earth bee Eryx johnii Domuhi 8 Common rat snake Zamenis mucosus Dhaman

(The list has been compiled based on field survey and description given in Forest Working Plan of North Singrauli and Sidhi Forest Division about the study area)

3.5.3.4 Conservation Status of Fauna

As per IUCN Red list of Threatened Species Version 2018-2, all species of mammals

reported from the study have been listed under Least Concern (LC) category (Table 3.56).

According to Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972; four mammalian species reported from the

study area are listed as Schedule-II species and two species are listed as Schedule-III while

rest of the species are Schedule-IV species (Table 3.56).

All the birds listed above in the study area most of the species fall under Least Concern

category of IUCN Ver. 2018-2 (Table 3.57). However Egyptian vulture and River lapwing are

listed as Endangered and Near Threatened, respectively in IUCN Redlist. As per the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, 6 species reported from the study area are listed in Schedule I

species. These are Oriental Honey Buzzard, White Eyed Buzzard, Crested Serpent Eagle,

Shikra, Black Winged Kite and Egyptian Vulture (see Table 3.57). Shikra, Black Winged Kite

and Egyptian Vulture were sighted during the surveys also near the forested areas.

3.5.4 Protected Areas

The proposed Gond Major Irrigation project is located in the vicinity of Protected Areas like

Sanjay National Park, Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary and Guru Ghasidas Wildlife

Sanctuary. According to the Directorate of Sanjay Tiger Reserve (STR) no part of the project

is located within the STR and Core Zone is at least 10 km away from the project (refer

Annexure III). However part of Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve comprised of Sanjay National

Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary falls with the study area of the project (refer

Figure 3.17). However, no part of Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve falls within any of the

command areas and all the project command areas are located outside the Eco sensitive

Zone of Sanjay Tiger Reserve.

The submergence area of the project partially falls within the Eco sensitive Zone of Sanjay

Dubri Tiger Reserve (see Figure 3.17) which requires verification from the office of the STR.

There is an Elephant Migration corridor is known as Sidhi corridor for the migration of

elephants in the vicinity of dam and submergence area. Sidhi migration corridor is known

for migration of elephants from Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve, Sanjay Dubri National Park and

Guru Ghasidas National Park to Bagdara Wildlife Sanctuary passes near the dam site and

submergence area and forests around Jalpani command (refer Figure 3.18). Therefore in

case part of the reservoir falls within the Eco Sensitive Zone of STR, requisite appraoval

shall have to be obtained from the concerned authorities.



Figure 3.17: Protected Areas near the Gond Major Irrigation Project



Figure 3.18: Map of Sidhi Corridor



3.5.5 Fish Fauna

As per the secondary sources and field visit survey was used to collect information on fish

diversity in the study area. According to information provided by locals 8 species are found

in the study area. Most common are Catla catla, Labeo rohita, Xenentodon cancila,

Mastacembelus armatus and Channa punctata. Other species was also recorded from the

area were Walago attu, Clarias batrachus and Chanda nama (Syn. Ambassis nama) (refer

Table 3.59). Some of the fishes captured during the survey are shown at Figure 3.19. The

taxonomic classification and nomenclature of fish species is based upon

www.fishbase.org/.

Figure 3.19: Fish Species Captured during the Field Survey in Study Area

Table 3.59: List of Fish Species Reported from the Study Area

S. No.

Order Family Scientific name Local Name

IUCN 2018-2

CAMP Report (1998)

1 Siluriformes Clariidae Catla catla - LC VU/N

2 Siluriformes Clariidae Clarias batrachus Magur LC VU

(A1a,1c,1d) 3 Siluriformes Siluridae Wallago attu Padin NT LRnt/N 4 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo rohita Rohu LC LRnt/N 5 Beloniformes Belonidae Xenentodon cancila LC LRnt/N

6 Synbranchiformes Mastacembelidae Mastacembelus armatus

Bam fish LC -

7 Perciformes Channidae Channa punctata (Syn. Ophiocephalus punctatus)

Karra LC LRnt

8 Perciformes Ambassidae Chanda nama (Syn. Ambassis nama)

Chothiya LC -

LRnt/N=Low Risk near threatened/National; VU=Vulnerable/National; A1a,1c,1d=Population

reduction

As per IUCN all the fish species are under Least Concern category except for Wallago attu

which is under Near Threatened category. As per CAMP Workshop report (1998) Catla catla

and Clarias batrachus are Vulnerable species. Rest of the species are in Low Risk category.

3.5.6 Conclusions The plant life in the project study area especially in the command area is in degraded

condition and its distribution is also very irregular with scattered patches. However,

http://www.fishbase.org/



vegetation in and around dam and submergence area comprised of dense deciduous

forest. The major conclusions are as follows.

i) The dam site and submergence area are located in the immediate vicinity of the Buffer

Zone of Sanjay National Park.

ii) According to ‘A Revised Survey of the Forest Types of India’ by Champion and Seth

(1968) the forests types are under Group 5 Dry Tropical Forests.

iii) The factors responsible for degrdation of forests are anthropogenic activities.

iv) Total numbers of plant species recorded were 115.

v) Shorea robusta, Diospyros melanoxylon and Butea monosperma as the dominant

species in the forest area.

vi) In the command area Acacia nilotica, Terminalia alata, Tectona grandis, and Ziziphus

spp. are common tree species.

vii) Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indica, Ficus racemosa, Ficus religiosa, Madhuca

longifolia, Dalbergia sissoo, Syzygium cumini and Pongamia pinnata, etc. are the most

common tree species found near the settlements.

viii) Lantana camara, Calotropis gigantea, Justicia adhatoda, Colebrookea oppositifolia,

Ipomoea carnea and Grewia hirsuta.

ix) There are no RET plant species found in the study area.

x) Mammals are represented by 17 species of which presence of Vulpes bengalensis (Fox),

Hystrix indica (Porcupine), Rousettus leschenaultia (Bat), Herpestes edwardsii

(Mongoose) and Lepus nigricollis (Common Hare) was confirmed by villagers.

xi) None of mammal species are in any RET category.

xii) Birds are represented by 45 species of which 8 were sighted during surveys.

xiii) Egyptian vulture and River lapwing are listed as Endangered and Near Threatened,

respectively in IUCN Redlist (2018-2).

xiv) As per the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, 6 species reported from the study area are

listed in Schedule I species. These are Oriental Honey Buzzard, White Eyed Buzzard,

Crested Serpent Eagle, Shikra, Black Winged Kite and Egyptian Vulture. Shikra, Black

Winged Kite and Egyptian Vulture were sighted during the surveys also near the

forested areas.

xv) The submergence area and forests around Jalpani command area are known as

migration corridor of elephants from Guru Ghasidas WLS.



PHOTOGRAPHS

River Gopad

A view of the landscape in the study area



Soil Sampling

Surface Water Sampling



Ground Water Sampling

Noise & Traffic Monitoring

Flora & Fauna Monitoring



Birds sighted during the field survey

Oriental Honey Buzzard Southern Coucal

Red Naped Ibis Jungle Owlet

White Eyed Buzzard

Crested Serpent Eagle Black Winged Kite



4.1 INTRODUCTION For sustainable development, it is important to understand social and economic conditions

of the community in the region, impacts of development on the community, measures to

mitigate negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts. For new development

initiatives, socio economic assessment plays an important role to ensure community

participation and their acceptance of the development activity. It also helps in planning the

activities for local area development.

Gond Major Irrigation Project under the Water Resources Department, Govt. of Madhya

Pradesh has planned to construct dam across the Gopad river and irrigate 28,000 ha of

land in 147 villages. The water will be distributed through canal in the culturable command

area (CCA), spread in 147 villages of Singrauli and Sidhi districts. There are 9 villages which

will be partially affected due to contraction of dam and creation of reservoir.

4.2 STUDY AREA Study area considered for the study of social environment is same as considered for

physical and biological environmental parameters and is explained in previous chapter.

Study area comprises of 246 villages falling under Baidhan and Deosar CD Blocks of

Singrauli district; Kusmi and Majhauli CD Blocks of Sidhi district; and Bharatpur (Janakpur)

and Sonhat CD Blocks of Koriya district. Study area villages include 147 benefited villages

and 9 affected villages also. The villages which are likely to be partially or fully submerged

due to the project have been taken as Project Affected Villages while villages located in the

command area have been termed as Project Benefited Villages. List of study area villages is

given in Table 4.1 and location of study area villages is shown in Figure 4.1.

Table 4.1: List of Villages in Study Area S.

No. Name of Village

Village Category

Command Area

District: Singrauli CD Block: Baidhan

1 Bhadauli Affected NA

2 Bucharo Affected NA

3 Jalpani Affected NA

4 Langhadol Affected NA

5 Pura Affected NA

6 Sigrawal Affected NA

7 Bhaisa Buda Benefited Jalpani

8 Dhummadol Benefited Jalpani

9 Gora Benefited Jalpani

10 Jattha Tola Benefited Jalpani

11 Bajaudi Study Area NA

12 Bhunda Study Area NA

13 Bindul Study Area NA

14 Churipath Study Area NA

15 Dhangarh Study Area NA

16 Digwah Study Area NA

17 Ladbai Study Area NA

S. No.

Name of Village Village

Category Command

Area

18 Lalla Bahara Study Area NA

19 Pondi Dol Study Area NA

20 Pondi Path Study Area NA

21 Rauhal Study Area NA

22 Sajawar Study Area NA

23 Sonhari Study Area NA

24 Tal Study Area NA

CD Block: Deosar

25 Amhatola Benefited Jalpani

26 Amradandi Benefited Jalpani

27 Andhiariya Benefited Jalpani

28 Bandhaura Benefited Jalpani

29 Bandhawa Benefited Jalpani

30 Barhawatola Benefited Jalpani

31 Barka Benefited Jalpani

32 Barkitola Benefited Jalpani

33 Barkoni (Barmani) Benefited Jalpani

34 Bharsedi Benefited Jalpani

35 Bodaratola Benefited Jalpani

Chapter

4

DESCRIPTION OF THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT



S. No.


Category Command

Area

36 Chhirhat Benefited Jalpani

37 Chhiwa Benefited Jalpani

38 Chhotkidol Benefited Jalpani

39 Dahjud Benefited Jalpani

40 Dalapipar Benefited Jalpani

41 Dhauhani Benefited Jalpani

42 Diyagadai Benefited Jalpani

43 dudhiyatola Benefited Jalpani

44 Dudhmaniya Benefited Jalpani

45 Gajradani Benefited Jalpani

46 Gannai Benefited Jalpani

47 Ghaghi Tola Benefited Jalpani

48 Ghoghara Benefited Jalpani

49 Gida Benefited Jalpani

50 Godbahara Benefited Jalpani

51 Hatta Benefited Jalpani

52 Itama Benefited Jalpani

53 Jhundihawa Benefited Jalpani

54 Jhurhanar Benefited Jalpani

55 Jhurhanar Benefited Jalpani

56 Kanhaiyadah Benefited Jalpani

57 Kasaiya Benefited Jalpani

58 Khankhipai Benefited Jalpani

59 Khantola Benefited Jalpani

60 Kodiyadol Benefited Jalpani

61 Koni Benefited Jalpani

62 Lohara Benefited Jalpani

63 Mahrail Benefited Jalpani

64 Naudhiya Benefited Jalpani

65 Parihasi Benefited Jalpani

66 Patharidaha Benefited Jalpani

67 Pokharitola Benefited Jalpani

68 Rokhritola Benefited Jalpani

69 Sajapani Benefited Jalpani

70 Samud Benefited Jalpani

71 Sarai Benefited Jalpani

72 Sarratola Benefited Jalpani

73 Semariatola Benefited Jalpani

74 Shivgarh Benefited Jalpani

75 Tenduha Benefited Jalpani

76 Uphradol Benefited Jalpani

77 Banjari Benefited Nigri

78 Barsera Benefited Nigri

79 Basaha Benefited Nigri

80 Belgaon Benefited Nigri

81 Chachardol Benefited Nigri

82 Chamaridol Benefited Nigri

83 Chhamrachh Benefited Nigri

84 Dhanwahi Benefited Nigri

85 Dhanwani Benefited Nigri

86 Dudhiyatola Benefited Nigri

87 Hardi Benefited Nigri

88 Jhara Benefited Nigri

89 Kacara Benefited Nigri

90 Kakarsiha Benefited Nigri

91 Kasaiya Benefited Nigri

92 Katai Benefited Nigri

93 Katheri Benefited Nigri

S. No.


Category Command

Area

94 Kuchwahi Benefited Nigri

95 Mahuagaon Benefited Nigri

96 Nigari Benefited Nigri

97 Niwas Benefited Nigri

98 Papal Benefited Nigri

99 Parasi Benefited Nigri

100 Rajania Benefited Nigri

101 Sutaiha Benefited Nigri

102 Bhikhajharia Study Area NA

103 Gorgi Study Area NA

104 Hariharpur Study Area NA

105 Naya Tola Study Area NA

106 Obari Study Area NA

107 Pondi Study Area NA

108 Purail Study Area NA District: Sidhi CD Block: Kusmi

109 Amradandi Affected NA

110 Keoti Affected NA

111 Kurchu Affected NA

112 Bhadaura Benefited Majhauli

113 Darimadol Benefited Majhauli

114 Gotara Benefited Majhauli

115 Katarwar Benefited Majhauli

116 Pondi Benefited Majhauli

117 Shankarpur Benefited Majhauli

118 Amrola Study Area NA

119 Bailatal Study Area NA

120 Bajwai Study Area NA

121 Bandhadol Study Area NA

122 Belgaon Study Area NA

123 Bendau (Bendo) Study Area NA

124 Bhamarkhoh Abad Study Area NA

125 Bhamraha Study Area NA

126 Bhuimand Study Area NA

127 Butu Study Area NA

128 Chandarsa Study Area NA

129 Dadariha Study Area NA

130 Deori Study Area NA

131 Dhummadol Study Area NA

132 Dhuriya Study Area NA

133 Dihara Study Area NA

134 Gadwahi Study Area NA

135 Gaiwata Study Area NA

136 Ghatitola Study Area NA

137 Ghorbandha Study Area NA

138 Guduwadhar Study Area NA

139 Harrai Study Area NA

140 Jawari Tola Study Area NA

141 Karail Study Area NA

142 Kashkheda Study Area NA

143 Kathautiya Study Area NA

144 Keraha Study Area NA

145 Keshlar Study Area NA

146 Khamgarh Study Area NA

147 Khamhariya Study Area NA

148 Kharsoti Study Area NA

149 Machedhi Study Area NA



S. No.


Category Command

Area

150 Machharkata Study Area NA

151 Majhauli Study Area NA

152 Puraindol Study Area NA

153 Semra Study Area NA

154 Songarh Abad Study Area NA

CD Block: Majhauli

155 Amaha Benefited Majhauli

156 Amahiya Benefited Majhauli

157 Amakholi Benefited Majhauli

158 Amoharadol Benefited Majhauli

159 Bakwa Benefited Majhauli

160 Bandhadol Benefited Majhauli

161 Baniyatola Benefited Majhauli

162 Bhumka Benefited Majhauli

163 Chamrauhi Benefited Majhauli

164 Chandohidol Benefited Majhauli

165 Chhoti Kajuriha Benefited Majhauli

166 Chunguna Benefited Majhauli

167 Chunha Benefited Majhauli

168 Dadar Benefited Majhauli

169 Dalapipar Benefited Majhauli

170 Dhanaur Benefited Majhauli

171 Dhanser Benefited Majhauli

172 Dhummadol Benefited Majhauli

173 Duari Benefited Majhauli

174 Gadwahi Benefited Majhauli

175 Gangei Benefited Majhauli

176 Gharbhara Benefited Majhauli

177 Gijwara Benefited Majhauli

178 Guchibahra Benefited Majhauli

179 Hadwar Benefited Majhauli

180 Hinauta Benefited Majhauli

181 Jamua Benefited Majhauli

182 Jhapari Benefited Majhauli

183 Juner Benefited Majhauli

184 Kamchad Benefited Majhauli

185 Kanwar Benefited Majhauli

186 Khajuriha Benefited Majhauli

187 Kolgarh Benefited Majhauli

188 Ledua Benefited Majhauli

189 Madwas Benefited Majhauli

190 Mahkhor Benefited Majhauli

191 Majhigawan Benefited Majhauli

192 Musamudi Benefited Majhauli

193 Nadaha Benefited Majhauli

194 Nargi Benefited Majhauli

195 Naro Benefited Majhauli

196 Nidhpuri Benefited Majhauli

197 Paipkhara Benefited Majhauli

198 Paniha Benefited Majhauli

199 Parasi Benefited Majhauli

200 Pathraula Benefited Majhauli

201 Phulwa Benefited Majhauli

202 Podi Benefited Majhauli

203 Rampur Benefited Majhauli

204 Sahijanaha Benefited Majhauli

205 Samda Benefited Majhauli

206 Ser Benefited Majhauli

S. No.


Category Command

Area

207 Shikra Benefited Majhauli

208 Silwar Benefited Majhauli

209 Siraula Benefited Majhauli

210 Sirauli Benefited Majhauli

211 Sondhiya Benefited Majhauli

212 Sonvarsha Benefited Majhauli

213 Tikri Benefited Majhauli

214 Akauna Study Area NA

215 Akla Study Area NA

216 Araji Belhai Study Area NA

217 Barigawan Study Area NA

218 Barseni Study Area NA

219 Belhai Study Area NA

220 Bhedarhai Study Area NA

221 Choraba Study Area NA

222 Dewai Study Area NA

223 Dhanigawan Study Area NA

224 Dharampura Study Area NA

225 Dudhmaniya Study Area NA

226 Ghodpada Study Area NA

227 Hathgarh Study Area NA

228 Jodauri Study Area NA

229 Kachahariya Study Area NA

230 Kapraula Study Area NA

231 Masurihadol Study Area NA

232 Mauhariya Study Area NA

233 Mudheriya Study Area NA

234 Nachani Mahua Study Area NA

235 Piprad Study Area NA

236 Sulkhan Study Area NA District: Koriya CD Block: Bharatpur (Janakpur)

237 Badgaon Khurd Study Area NA

238 Kamarjee Study Area NA

239 Mongra Study Area NA

240 Muluknar Study Area NA

241 Murkil Study Area NA

242 Naugai Study Area NA

243 Neur Study Area NA

244 Risagada Study Area NA

245 Thiskoli Study Area NA

CD Block: Sonhat

246 Goini Study Area NA



Figure 4.1: Map showing villages in the Study Area



4.2.1 Description of District

All project components as well as entire study area falls under Singruli, Sidhi and Koriya

districts. District Singrauli is situated on the north eastern part of the state extending

between latitude 23049’ and 24042’ North and longitudes 81018’ and 82048’ East. The

district is bounded by Sidhi district in the east, Koriya district of Chhattisgarh state in the

south, Sonebhadra district of Uttar Pradesh state in the west and north. The district is

spread across a total geographical area of 5675 sq. Km. According to Census 2011, there

are 3 tehsils, 3 CD blocks and 2 towns in the district. There are total 744 villages in the

district, out of which, 727 villages are inhabited and rest of the 17 villages are un-inhabited.

Total households in the district are 2,42,631 with household size of 4.8. Total population of

the district is 1,178,273, out of which, 613,637 are male 564,636 are female and the sex

ratio of district is 920. The scheduled caste and scheduled tribes percentage population of

the district is 12.79% and 32.59% respectively. Literacy rate of the district is quite good i.e.

60.41%. Total working population of the district is 42.39%, while, the rest 57.61% of the

population is classified are non-workers. Out of the total working population, 29.57% are

main workers, while, 12.82% are marginal workers.

District Sidhi is situated on the north eastern part of the state extending between latitude

23047’ and 24042’ North and longitudes 81018’ and 82049’ East. The district is bounded by

Rewa district in the north, Singrauli in the east, Koriya district of Chhattisgarh state in the

south, Satna and Shahdol districts in the north‐west and south‐west respectively. The

district is spread across a total geographical area of 4851 sq. Km. According to Census

2011, there are 6 tehsils, 5 CD blocks and 4 statutory towns in the district. There are total

1055 villages in the district, out of which, 1025 villages are inhabited and rest of the 30

villages are un-inhabited. Total households in the district are 2,37,200 with household size

of 4.7. Total population of the district is 1,127,033, out of which, 575,912 are male 551,121

are female and the sex ratio of district is 957. The scheduled caste and scheduled tribes

percentage population of the district is 11.6% and 27.8% respectively. Literacy rate of the

district is quite good i.e. 64.4%. Total working population of the district is 40.97%, while,

the rest 59.03% of the population is classified are non-workers. Out of the total working

population, 24.44% are main workers, while, 16.53% are marginal workers.

District Koriya is one of the north-west districts of Chhattisgarh state. The district is

bounded by Shahdol and Sidhi districts of Madhya Pradesh state in the south-west and

north respectively, Bilaspur and Korba districts in the south and Surguja district in the east.

The district is spread across a total geographical area of 6604.25 sq. Km. According to

Census 2011, there are 5 tehsils, 5 CD blocks and 8 towns in the district. There are total 636

villages in the district, out of which, 623 villages are inhabited and rest of the 13 villages

are un-inhabited. Household size of the district is 4.3 persons. Total population of the

district is 658,917, out of which, 334,737 are male 324,180 are female and the sex ratio of

district is 968. The scheduled caste and scheduled tribes percentage population of the

district is 8.31% and 46.18% respectively. Literacy rate of the district is quite good i.e.

70.64%. Total working population of the district is 46.60%, while, the rest 53.40% of the

population is classified are non-workers. Out of the total working population, 56.36% are

main workers, while, 43.64% are marginal workers.



4.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA Study area of Gond Major Irrigation Project comprising of 246 villages is spread over 6 CD

blocks, of which 4 CD Blocks (Majhauli, Kusmi, Deosar and Baidhan) are in Madhya Pradesh

states while 2 CD Blocks (Bharatpur and Sonhat) are in Chhattisgarh.

4.3.1 Demographic Profile

As per Census 2011, total households in the 246 study area villages 62625. Total population

of the study area is 277,023, out of which, 146,004 are male 131,019 are female and the

sex ratio is 897. The scheduled caste and scheduled tribes percentage population is 12.49%

and 38.8% respectively (refer Table 4.2).

Table 4.2: Demographic Profile

Category of Villages

Total Affected Villages

Benefited Villages

Other Study Area Villages

No. of Villages

9 147 80 246 Households

1170 48627 12828 62625

Population Total 5430 214808 56785 277023 Male 2745 114483 28776 146004

Female 2685 100325 28009 131019 Sex Ratio

978 876 973 897

Scheduled Caste

Total 479 28925 5190 34594 Male 229 15205 2600 18034

Female 250 13720 2590 16560

Scheduled Tribe

Total 4676 71005 30926 106607 Male 2359 36160 15643 54162

Female 2317 34845 15283 52445 Source: Census of India: 2011,

4.3.2 Literacy Profile

Literacy profile of the study area is given in Table 4.3. The literate population is 137980, of

which male and female are 86143 and 51837, respectively. Literacy rate is 60.62%, of which

male and female literacy rate is 62.43% and 37.57% respectively.

Table 4.3: Literacy Profile

Category of Villages

Population Aged 7+

Literate Population Literacy Rate (%) Total Male Female Total* Male Female

Affected Villages

4253 1941 1240 701 45.64 63.88 36.12

Benefited Villages

177283 109513 68887 40626 61.77 62.90 37.10


46091 26526 16016 10510 57.55 60.38 39.62

Total 227627 137980 86143 51837 60.62 62.43 37.57 Source: Census of India: 2011, *: Literacy Rate = No. of Literates/ Population aged 7+ x 100

4.3.3 Occupation Pattern

The occupation pattern in the study area is given in Table 4.4. As per Census data of 2011,

it is observed that 48.07% of the total population has been classified as “Total Workers”. Of

the total workers, 63.42% are classified as “Main Workers” while, 36.58% are classified as

“Marginal Workers”. Of the total population, 51.93% are “Non Workers”.



Table 4.4: Occupational Pattern

Occupation Pattern Affected Villages

Benefited Villages


Total

Total Population 5430 214808 56785 277023

Total Worker

Total 2740 102140 28296 133176 % 50.46 47.55 49.83 48.07

Male 1452 61983 15289 78724 Female 1288 40157 13007 54452

Main Worker

Total 1592 66813 16057 84462 % 58.10 65.41 56.75 63.42

Male 951 46611 10101 57663 Female 641 20202 5956 26799

Marginal Worker

Total 1148 35327 12239 48714 % 41.90 34.59 43.25 36.58

Male 501 15372 5188 21061 Female 647 19955 7051 27653

Non Worker

Total 2690 112668 28489 143847 % 49.54 52.45 50.17 51.93

Male 1293 52500 13487 67280 Female 1397 60168 15002 76567

4.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY Socio-economic survey of villages located in the project area was carried out on sample

survey basis. The villages which are likely to be partially or fully submerged due to the

project have been taken as Project Affected Villages while villages located in the command

area have been termed as Project Benefited Villages. Under the sample survey, 32 villages

out of the total 147 project benefitted villages and all the 9 project affected villages were

selected, which constitute about 28% sample size.

4.4.1 Socio Economic Profile of the Project Affected Villages

Due to the project 9 villages shall be affected. The demographic profile of the project

affected villages is given in Table 4.5. In the project affected villages studied there are 1229

total number of households with a total population of 5723 comprising of 2889 and 2834

male and females, respectively. The sex ratio is 981 females per thousand males. Langhadol

is the largest village with a population of 1922 whereas Amradandi is smallest with a

population of only 92 persons. Keoti village has the highest sex ratio (1100) and Pura

Village has the least (639). The maximum SC population (16.3 %) and ST population (74.7

%) is in village Langhadol.

Table 4.5: Demographic Profile of the Project Affected Villages

S. No.

Village Name Households Total Population

Scheduled Castes

Scheduled Tribes Sex Ratio

T M F T M F T M F 1 Langhadol 417 1922 952 970 314 151 163 1436 704 732 1019 2 Jalpani 59 293 144 149 12 6 6 281 138 143 1035 3 Sigrawal 121 617 314 303 58 27 31 501 251 250 965 4 Bucharo 210 859 410 449 71 31 40 783 377 406 1095 5 Bhadauli 271 1270 658 612 34 18 16 1224 634 590 930 6 Pura 26 100 61 39 0 0 0 89 54 35 639 7 Amradandi 17 92 48 44 0 0 0 85 43 42 917 8 Keoti 25 126 60 66 0 0 0 126 60 66 1100 9 Kurchu 83 444 242 202 2 2 0 432 236 196 835 Total 1229 5723 2889 2834 491 235 256 4957 2497 2460 981

T=Total, M=Male, F=Female



The literacy profile of the project affected villages is given in Table 4.6. The male and

female literate population in surveyed project affected villages is 1291 and 755,

respectively, which implies that the literacy rate of the project affected area is 48.0 % of

which the male 58.9 % while the female 36.0 %. Pura village has the highest literacy rate

(57.8%) while kurchu Village has the least literacy rate of 18.3%. Jalpani has the highest

female literacy rate also (49.2 %) and Kurchu has the lowest female literacy rate of 11.8%.

Table 4.6: Literacy Profile of the Project Affected Villages

S. No. Village Name Literate Population Literacy Rate (%)

Total Male Female Total Male Female 1 Langhadol 667 402 265 44.7 55.6 34.4 2 Jalpani 118 60 58 51.1 53.1 49.2 3 Sigrawal 252 165 87 51.2 65.0 36.6 4 Bucharo 313 180 133 46.0 55.9 37.0 5 Bhadauli 430 310 120 43.5 59.6 25.6 6 Pura 48 35 13 57.8 71.4 38.2 7 Amradandi 36 23 13 36.7 45.1 27.7 8 Keoti 182 116 66 52.6 65.2 39.3 9 Kurchu 13 9 4 18.3 24.3 11.8 Total 2046 1291 755 48.0 58.9 36.0

The education facilities in the project affected villages are shown in Table 4.7. There are no

secondary or senior secondary school in any of the project affected villages whereas the

primary school facilities are available in all villages. The college facilities are available in the

nearby Singrauli and Sidhi district headquarter.

Table 4.7: Education Facility in Project Affected Villages

S. No.

Education Facility Langhadol Jalpani Sigrawal Bucharo Bhadauli Pura Amradandi Keoti Kurchu

1 Primary School Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

2 Middle School Yes No No Yes Yes No No No Yes

3 Secondary School No No No No No No No No No

4 Senior Secondary School No No No No No No No No No

An available medical facility in surveyed villages is given in Table 4.8. There are 1 Primary health Centre and 1 Maternity & Child welfare facility available in Langhadol village and remaining villages are no medical facility. There are no private MBBS practitioners are available in the area. The data also shows that Public Distribution System (PDS) facility is available in three villages, while in six villages PDS facility is available in nearby villages. Anganwadi and Asha worker facility is available in all the villages. The facility of Veterinary and post office are also not available. There are only one Bank and Police station facility available in Langadol village.

Table 4.8: Medical and Other Facilities in Project Affected Villages S.

No. Medical Facility

Langhadol Jalpani Sigrawal Bucharo Bhadauli Pura Amradandi Keoti Kurchu

1 Community

Health Centre (CHC)

No No No No No No No No No

2 Primary Health Centre (PHC)

Yes No No No No No No No No

3 Primary Health No No No No No No No No No



S. No.

Medical Facility

Langhadol Jalpani Sigrawal Bucharo Bhadauli Pura Amradandi Keoti Kurchu

Sub Centre (PHSC)

4 Maternity &

Child Welfare (MCW)

Yes No No No No No No No No

5 Private MBBS

Doctor No No No No No No No No No

6 Veterinary

Hospital No No No No No No No No No

7 Anganwadi Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

8 Asha worker Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

9 PDS Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No

10 Post Office No No No No No No No No No

11 Bank Yes No No No No No No No No

12 Police

Station/Post Yes No No No No No No No No

The availability of water sources in the project affected villages is given in Table 4.9. The

data states that villagers depend on handpump and tube wells for drinking water facility.

For irrigation villagers depend on river Gopad through pumping of water and tube wells as

there are no ponds in the area. Wheat, Rice, Mustard and Pulses are the main crop grown

in the area.

Table 4.9: Water Sources and Agricultural Crops in Project Affected villages

S. No. Village Name Handpump Tube well River Pond Agriculture Crops

1 Langhadol Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

2 Jalpani Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

3 Sigrawal Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

4 Bucharo Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

5 Bhadauli Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

6 Pura Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

7 Amradandi Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

8 Keoti Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

9 Kurchu Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

In addition to available amenities and facilities in the surveyed villages other infrastructure

and characteristics if surveyed villages are given in Table 4.10. Electricity is available in all

the villages. Irrigation is mainly through pumping of water from river, canal and tube wells.

The water level varies from 65 to 90ft in all the villages. Quality of drinking water is good

and there are no cases of malaria reported from the area. Agriculture is main economic

activity while other occupation is labour work. There are cooperative societies in all the

villages and nearest market are available in Sarai and Singrauli.



Table 4.10: Other Available Amenities/Facilities and Characteristics of Surveyed Project Affected Villages S.

No. Langhadol Jalpani Sigrawal Bucharo Bhadauli Pura Amradandi Keoti Kurchu

1 Water Tank No No No No No Yes No No No

2 River/Canal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3 Electricity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

4 River/canal

Pumping No No No No No No No No No

5 Water level in tube wells and open well (ft)

70 65 90 80 85 70 80 65 65

6 Availability of water up to

which month

October and November









7 Quality of

drinking water Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good

8 Malaria Cases detected and

treated No No No No No No No No No

9 Economy/

Occupation Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour Agriculture/

Labour

10 Nearest Market

Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli Sarai/Singrauli

11 Cooperative

Society Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes



4.4.2 Socio Economic Profile of the Project Benefited Villages

The demographic profile of the surveyed project benefited villages is given in Table 4.11. In

the project benefited villages studied there are 11860 total number of households with a

total population of 51052. The sex ratio is 948 females per thousand males. Nigri is the

largest village with maximum number of households (1442) with a population of 5566

whereas Nargi is smallest with 78 households and a population of only 312 persons. The

population of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the surveyed villages is 10.45% and

33.95 %, respectively.

Table 4.11: Demographic Profile of the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages

S. No.

Village Name Total HH

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

Sex Ratio

Scheduled Castes

Population

SC Population

(%)

Scheduled Tribes

Population

ST Population

(%)

1 Hatta 426 1914 971 943 971 647 33.8 1023 53.4

2 Sarai 1175 5454 2829 2625 928 638 11.7 1364 25.0

3 Gora 461 2255 1149 1106 963 151 6.7 696 30.9

4 Sajapani 499 2499 1238 1261 1019 142 5.7 2215 88.6

5 Ghaghi Tola 103 566 280 286 1021 0 0.0 552 97.5

6 Pokharitola 358 1549 788 761 966 36 2.3 1162 75.0

7 Ghoghara 320 1443 744 699 940 94 6.5 621 43.0

8 Diyagadai 290 1476 755 721 955 275 18.6 1027 69.6

9 Dadar 631 2646 1346 1300 966 297 11.2 168 6.3

10 Bhaisa Buda 298 1452 710 742 1045 231 15.9 908 62.5

11 Juner 79 289 144 145 1007 0 0.0 11 3.8

12 Mahkhor 390 1798 906 892 985 13 0.7 279 15.5

13 Sonvarsha 243 961 504 457 907 0 0.0 214 22.3

14 Amahiya 148 659 345 314 910 0 0.0 7 1.1

15 Khajuriha 300 1267 639 628 983 146 11.5 602 47.5

16 Parasi 337 1304 699 605 866 54 4.1 58 4.4

17 Sirauli 93 413 216 197 912 0 0.0 125 30.3

18 Naro 364 1424 745 679 911 72 5.1 309 21.7

19 Silwar 742 2932 1501 1431 953 90 3.1 783 26.7

20 Rampur 109 448 242 206 851 0 0.0 213 47.5

21 Nigari 1442 5566 2962 2604 879 664 11.9 1019 18.3

22 Niwas 736 2916 1509 1407 932 360 12.3 324 11.1

23 Papal 532 2298 1187 1111 936 228 9.9 364 15.8

24 Hardi 481 2198 1140 1058 928 50 2.3 548 24.9

25 Mahuagaon 1151 4816 2488 2328 936 570 11.8 440 9.1

26 Rajania 349 1676 800 876 1095 40 2.4 1228 73.3

27 Katheri 262 1184 584 600 1027 20 1.7 1070 90.4

28 Chamaridol 133 551 271 280 1033 275 49.9 148 26.9

29 Nargi 78 312 184 128 696 0 0.0 0 0.0

30 Ledua 87 326 184 142 772 100 30.7 0 0.0

31 Amoharadol 202 749 379 370 976 0 0.0 480 64.1

32 Gannai 960 4711 2389 2322 972 1084 23.0 2432 51.6

Total 13779 60052 30828 29224 948 6277 10.45 20390 33.95



The literacy profile of the project affected villages is given in Table 4.12. The male and

female literate population in surveyed project affected villages is 18156 and 11896,

respectively, which implies that the literacy rate of the project affected area is 61.1 % of

which the male 72.3 % while the female 49.3 %. Nigari village has the highest literacy rate

(81.1 %) while Ghaghi Tola Village has the least literacy rate of 44.9%. Ledua has the

highest female literacy rate (66.1 %) and Pokharitola has the lowest female literacy rate

of 32.7 %.

Table 4.12: Literacy Profile of the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages

S. No. Village Name Literate Population Literacy Rate (%)

Total Male Female Total Male Female 1 Hatta 861 554 307 58.1 74.3 41.8 2 Sarai 2852 1702 1150 62.9 72.7 52.5 3 Gora 1056 646 410 56.9 68.7 44.8 4 Sajapani 921 568 353 46.5 58.2 35.1 5 Ghaghi Tola 205 126 79 44.9 55.5 34.3 6 Pokharitola 570 376 194 46.8 60.3 32.7 7 Ghoghara 708 433 275 58.8 69.4 47.4 8 Diyagadai 624 383 241 53.7 66 41.3 9 Dadar 1508 868 640 69.2 78.9 59.3

10 Bhaisa Buda 532 318 214 46 57 35.8 11 Juner 145 92 53 62.2 77.3 46.5 12 Mahkhor 1011 615 396 66.7 79 53.7 13 Sonvarsha 464 277 187 58.7 67.7 49.1 14 Amahiya 402 251 151 73.2 86 58.8 15 Khajuriha 555 347 208 55.1 67.8 42 16 Parasi 748 453 295 65.6 73.5 56.2 17 Sirauli 271 156 115 75.9 85.7 65.7 18 Naro 682 417 265 59.6 72.4 46.7 19 Silwar 1666 991 675 68.1 79 56.6 20 Rampur 238 151 87 68 82.5 52.1 21 Nigari 3138 1977 1161 67.2 79.6 53.1 22 Niwas 1605 942 663 65.3 75.3 54.9 23 Papal 1170 687 483 61.5 70.5 52.1 24 Hardi 1266 742 524 68.5 77.7 58.7 25 Mahuagaon 2546 1492 1054 64.5 73.8 54.8 26 Rajania 758 423 335 56.1 65.8 47.3 27 Katheri 632 367 265 63.3 75.1 52.1 28 Chamaridol 223 137 86 50.5 62.3 38.7 29 Nargi 209 139 70 80.1 90.3 65.4 30 Ledua 224 144 80 79.4 89.4 66.1 31 Amoharadol 311 183 128 51.7 59.6 43.4 32 Gannai 1951 1199 752 50.9 61.8 39.7

Total 30052 18156 11896 61.2 72.3 49.3

The data on available education facilities in the project benefited villages is given in Table

4.13. There are Primary Schools facilities available in all villages and Middle schools in all

the villages except in 3 villages viz. Sonvarsha, Rampur and Amoharadol. The secondary

school facilities available in only 9 villages viz. Sarai, Sajapani, Mahkhor, Nigari, Niwas,

Papal, Mahuagaon, Rajania and Gannai while Senior Secondary schools in only 6 villages

viz. Sajapani, Niwas, Papal, Mahuagaon, Rajania and Gannai.



Table 4.13: Education Facility in the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages

S. No. Villages Primary School Middle School Secondary School Secondary School

1 Hatta Yes Yes No No

2 Sarai Yes Yes Yes No

3 Gora Yes Yes No No

4 Sajapani Yes Yes Yes Yes

5 Ghaghi Tola Yes Yes No No

6 Pokharitola Yes Yes No No

7 Ghoghara Yes Yes No No

8 Diyagadai Yes Yes No No

9 Dadar Yes Yes No No

10 Bhaisa Buda Yes Yes No No

11 Juner Yes Yes No No

12 Mahkhor Yes Yes Yes No

13 Sonvarsha Yes No No No

14 Amahiya Yes Yes No No

15 Khajuriha Yes Yes No No

16 Parasi Yes Yes No No

17 Sirauli Yes Yes No No

18 Naro Yes Yes No No

19 Silwar Yes Yes No No

20 Rampur Yes No No No

21 Nigari Yes Yes Yes No

22 Niwas Yes Yes Yes Yes

23 Papal Yes Yes Yes Yes

24 Hardi Yes Yes No No

25 Mahuagaon Yes Yes Yes Yes

26 Rajania Yes Yes Yes Yes

27 Katheri Yes Yes No No

28 Chamaridol Yes Yes No No

29 Nargi Yes Yes No No

30 Ledua Yes Yes No No

31 Amoharadol Yes No No No

32 Gannai Yes Yes Yes Yes

An available medical facility in surveyed benefited villages is given in Table 4.14. There are

no community health centres (CHC), Maternity & Child Welfare (MCW) and private medical

practitioner in any of the villages. Primary Health Centres are available in 7 villages viz.

Sarai, Sajapani, Niwas, Papal, Mahuagaon, Nargi and Gannai and Primary Health Sub-

Centres are available in only 2 villages viz. Pokharitola and Diyagadai. Anganwadi and Asha

worker facility is available in all the villages and Public Distribution System facility is

available in 21 villages, while in remaining villages PDS facility is available in nearby villages.

There are 7 Post office/sub-post offices and 4 Bank facilities available in the benefited

village.

Table 4.14: Medical and Other Facilities in the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages

S.

No. Villages CHC PHC PHSC MCW

Private

MBBS

Doctor

VH Anganwadi AW PDS PO/SPO Bank

1 Hatta No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No



S.

No. Villages CHC PHC PHSC MCW

Private

MBBS

Doctor

VH Anganwadi AW PDS PO/SPO Bank

2 Sarai No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 Gora No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 4 Sajapani No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 5 Ghaghi Tola No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 6 Pokharitola No No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 7 Ghoghara No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No 8 Diyagadai No No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 9 Dadar No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No

10 Bhaisa Buda No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 11 Juner No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 12 Mahkhor No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No 13 Sonvarsha No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 14 Amahiya No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 15 Khajuriha No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 16 Parasi No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 17 Sirauli No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 18 Naro No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 19 Silwar No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 20 Rampur No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 21 Nigari No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No 22 Niwas No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 23 Papal No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes 24 Hardi No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 25 Mahuagaon No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 26 Rajania No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No 27 Katheri No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 28 Chamaridol No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No 29 Nargi No Yes No No No No Yes Yes No No No 30 Ledua No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 31 Amoharadol No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No 32 Gannai No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No

CHC-Community Health Centre; PHC- Primary Health Centre; PHSC- Primary Health Sub Centre; MCW- Maternity & Child Welfare;

VH-Veterinary Hospita; AW- Asha Worker; PDS- Public Distribution System; PO/SPO-Post Office/Sub Post Office.

The availability of water sources in the project affected villages is given in Table 4.15. The

data states that villagers depend on handpump and tube wells for drinking water facility.

For irrigation villagers depend on river Gopad through pumping of water, canal and tube

wells as there are three ponds in the area. Wheat, Rice, Mustard and Pulses are the main

crop grown in the area.

Table 4.15: Water Sources and Agricultural Crops in the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages


1 Hatta Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

2 Sarai Yes Yes No Yes Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

3 Gora Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

4 Sajapani Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

5 Ghaghi Tola Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses




6 Pokharitola Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

7 Ghoghara Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

8 Diyagadai Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

9 Dadar Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

10 Bhaisa Buda Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

11 Juner Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

12 Mahkhor Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

13 Sonvarsha Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

14 Amahiya Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

15 Khajuriha Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

16 Parasi Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

17 Sirauli Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

18 Naro Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

19 Silwar Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

20 Rampur Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

21 Nigari Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

22 Niwas Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

23 Papal Yes Yes Yes Yes Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

24 Hardi Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

25 Mahuagaon Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

26 Rajania Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

27 Katheri Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

28 Chamaridol Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

29 Nargi Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

30 Ledua Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

31 Amoharadol Yes Yes Yes No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

32 Gannai Yes Yes No No Wheat Rice Mustard Pulses

In addition to available amenities and facilities in the surveyed villages other infrastructure

and characteristics if surveyed villages are given in Table 4.16. Electricity is available in all

the villages. The water level varies from 40 to 95ft in all the villages. Quality of drinking

water is good and there are no cases of malaria reported from the villages in project

benefited area. Agriculture is main economic activity while other occupation is labour

work. There are cooperative societies in all the villages and nearest market is in Sarai,

Singrauli and Sidhi.



Table 4.16: Other Available Amenities/Facilities and Characteristics of the Surveyed Project Benefited Villages

S. No.

Villages Water Tank

Electricity Water level in tube wells and open well (ft)

Availability of water up to which month

Quality of drinking

water

Malaria Cases

detected and treated

Economy/ Occupation

Nearest Market Cooperative

Society

1 Hatta No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 2 Sarai No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 3 Gora No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 4 Sajapani No Yes 95 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 5 Ghaghi Tola No Yes 55 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 6 Pokharitola No Yes 75 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 7 Ghoghara No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 8 Diyagadai No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 9 Dadar No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes

10 Bhaisa Buda No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 11 Juner No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 12 Mahkhor No Yes 70 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 13 Sonvarsha No Yes 60 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 14 Amahiya No Yes 40 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 15 Khajuriha No Yes 65 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 16 Parasi No Yes 55 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 17 Sirauli No Yes 60 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 18 Naro No Yes 65 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 19 Silwar No Yes 50 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 20 Rampur No Yes 70 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 21 Nigari No Yes 50 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 22 Niwas No Yes 70 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 23 Papal No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 24 Hardi No Yes 50 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 25 Mahuagaon No Yes 45 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 26 Rajania No Yes 95 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 27 Katheri No Yes 70 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 28 Chamaridol No Yes 85 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 29 Nargi No Yes 80 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 30 Ledua No Yes 95 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Sidhi Yes 31 Amoharadol No Yes 70 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes 32 Gannai No Yes 65 October and November Good No Agriculture/Labour Sarai and Singrauli Yes



4.4.3 Villagers Perception Regarding Proposed Project

Villager’s opinion was sought during the survey regarding proposed Gond Major Irrigation

Project in the region. The Villagers informed that this Project will be a blessing for the area

because agriculture is the main occupation in the area and they have very fertile soil but

due to limited extraction of ground water and low rainfall, there is acute shortage of water

especially during Rabi season. Lack of irrigation facility results in low income from crop

production. In search of livelihood and better job opportunities people migrate towards the

cities of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh and Uttar Pradesh.

According to the villagers, in case of increased availability of water throughout the year, the

yield of the crop can be increased manifold and cash crops like vegetables and flowers can

also be grown here. The availability of water will increase the production of milk as Cattle

Rearing is very popular in this region. Cattle rearing needs lot of water and the proposed

project will facilitate this alternative source of livelihood for the residents of the benefited

villages. They would able to grow cash crops like Vegetables, Tomatoes, Potatoes and other

vegetables. Growing of flowers is also coming up as a new trend in the area so availability of

water will give opportunities to grow flowers which can give instant money to the farmers.

4.4.4 Main Findings of the Survey

Various respondents of surveyed villages were asked that which crop they would like to

take if they have sufficient sources of irrigation. Most of farmers are interested in

summer crop which is not possible in the present scenario due to acute shortage of water

after October-November every year. Villagers also like to grow vegetables and flowers.

Villagers carry drinking water from privately owned tube wells.

Respondents were asked that if they get sufficient water for irrigation then what will be

the cost of irrigation; all the respondents expect that cost of irrigation will reduce, if

Government gives ample water for irrigation.

Respondents were asked whether they are prepared to switch to micro irrigation facility

and prepared to bear the cost of micro irrigation system; all respondents confirmed their

interest in switching to micro irrigation. About the cost, they said that at present they are

paying electricity for the tube-well to the government and in the same manner they can

pay for micro irrigation as they expect the yield to go up many times.

Respondents were asked that if they get sufficient water, then how many crops they

would be able to cultivate in a year. Most of the respondents said, that they will able to

cultivate at least two crops. The analysis indicates that there is more demand for two or

more crops especially for cash crop of vegetables.

The analysis of the data indicates that most of the villagers depend on agriculture.

Because of low productivity the income is low. With increasing cost of living, villagers are

not able to avail good medical and education facilities. This has resulted in increase in

migration of youths and landless agricultural labour in search of employment.



The findings of the survey indicate that the needy farmers either have to pay a huge

amount to purchase water for irrigation or have to give their land on Adhiya (Hire) to

resourceful persons having ample sources of irrigation. Thereby, substantial reduction in

income in the absence of adequate water supply for irrigation.

The above analysis shows a clear picture that the project will be able to improve quality of

life, paving a path of development for the present and future generation. The increased

yield due to assured irrigation will lead to integrated development of agriculture in the

region.



PHOTOGRAHS OF VILLAGES SURVEYED

Bhadauli Village Middle School, Bhadauli Village

Primary School, Pura Village Pura Village

Kyurchu Village Middle School Kyurchu Village



Amahiya Village Primary School Amahiya Village

Aaganwadi, Hatta Village Hatta Village

Aaganwadi, Nigri Village Nigri Village

Aaganwadi, Devsar Village Devsar Village



Aaganwadi, Hardi Village Hardi Village

Mahua Village Aaganwadi, Mahua Village

Hinauta Village Govt. Primary School Hinauta Village

Govt. Primary School, Khujuriha Village Khujuriha Village



5.1 GENERAL This chapter deals with environmental and social impacts and identifies and discusses, both

positive and negative impacts associated with the proposed project along with the

mitigation and management measures. Based on the project details and the baseline

environmental status, potential impacts because of construction and operation of Gond

Major Irrigation project have been assessed. Environmental impact assessment has been

done based upon the understanding of the project features/activities, environmental

setting in the area and interaction of project activities with environmental components

leading to generation of likely impacts due to implementation of the project in the

area/region. To ensure that all the negative environmental impacts are mitigated to a large

extent possible with minimum environmental impacts due to implementation of the

project, Mitigation and Management measures have been appropriately formulated and

suggested along with budgetary allocation for all the mitigation and management

measures in next section. Baseline environmental status in the project area, as established

through field studies and based on data obtained from various secondary sources is

discussed in Chapters 3 and 4. Project related information has been sourced from project

proponent and from Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the project to carry out the impact

assessment during project construction as well as during operation phase.

Impacts and Mitigation/Management Measures are discussed under following heads:

Air Quality

Noise Environment

Water Resources

Land Environment

Terrestrial Ecology

Socio-Economic Environment

Public Health and

Command Area Development

For each of the above, potential adverse/positive impacts along with the recommendations

for mitigation measures have been discussed in the ensuing paragraphs. Wherever

possible, the impacts have been quantified and otherwise, qualitative assessment has been

undertaken.

5.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

5.2.1 Construction Phase Impacts

Irrigation schemes in general do not have much impact on air environment during their

operation, however, due to construction activities such as excavation, movement of

material, operation of construction equipment, storage of material, etc. air pollution do

occur requiring control by mitigation measures.

Chapter

5

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENAL IMPACTS



5.2.1.1 Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment

The operation of various construction equipment requires combustion of fuel. Normally, diesel

is used in such equipment. The major pollutant which gets emitted because of combustion of

diesel is SO2. The suspended particulate matter emissions are minimal due to low ash content

in diesel. Depending upon the fuel quality and quantity and rating of DG sets and other

equipment, it is important to provide adequate stack height for emission to be dispersed in the

atmosphere to have minimum increase in Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs).

5.2.1.2 Emissions from various construction sites

The operation of the construction plants during the construction phase is likely to generate

fugitive emissions, which can impact area and surrounding area as well, depending on wind

direction. Such fugitive emissions comprise mainly of the suspended particulate matter.

Various mitigation measures have been recommended to control such emissions and

further reduce their impacts.

5.2.1.3 Fugitive Emissions from material handling and transportation

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement. Normally, on

windy days, especially when the environment is dry, some of the stored material can get

entrained in the atmosphere. These emissions will also get deposited on leaf surface, thus

affecting their physiological processes like transpiration, photosynthesis, etc. Although it is

very difficult to eliminate such impact in toto, it is however, possible to reduce its intensity

by implementing mitigation measures as discussed in ensuing text.

5.2.2 Operation Phase Impacts

In an irrigation project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction phase.

During operation phase, no major impacts are envisaged.

5.2.3 Mitigation Measures for Air Emissions

Following are some of the recommendations on mitigation measures.

I. For all major construction activities, curtaining of the site will be done to protect the

surrounding areas from dust emissions.

II. In addition, regular sprinkling of the water will be done on construction sites for

dust suppression.

III. All construction equipment/machinery will be properly maintained and tuned to

minimize emissions.

IV. Mobile DG sets shall be used for lighting only during construction phase and they

should meet emission and noise standards as per guidelines/standards issued by

CPCB.

V. The entire contractor’s vehicle should have valid PUC certificate and same condition

may be enforced on transporters bringing in material for construction.

VI. Road damage caused by sub-project activities will be promptly attended to with

proper road repair and maintenance work.

VII. Excessive soil on paved areas will be sprayed (wet) and/or swept and unpaved areas

will be sprayed and/or mulched.

VIII. All the construction workers and other staff, who get directly exposed to dust,

should necessarily be provided with dust masks.



The project authorities will work closely with representatives from the community living

near project area to identify areas of concern and to mitigate dust-related impacts

effectively (e.g., through direct meetings, utilization of construction management and

inspection program, and/or through the complaint response program).

5.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


Sources of noise will be the vehicles and equipment for excavation and construction at the

project site. Due to construction activity in the area, noise levels will increase during the

period of construction, however, they will remain limited to the work area mainly where

large-scale construction activity will progress. Additionally, noise levels will increase on

approach roads due to increased traffic.

Impact of noise generation due to operation of construction machines and equipment is

the exposure of workers operating these machines and other who are working in the

surrounding. Such impacts can become significant if they are exposed to high noise for long

hours continuously.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of USA has done substantial work to

establish the impacts of exposure to high noise levels on humans and have established

limits for safe exposure. Continuous exposures to high noise levels above 90 dB(A) affects

the hearing ability of the workers/operators and hence, should be avoided. Factories Rules

by various state governments has also adopted these limits to check exposure of factory

workers to high noise for longer duration. To prevent impact of high noise exposure on

workers, it is recommended that contractors should enforce standards, recommended by

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), during the construction phase.

Refer Table 5.1.

Table 5.1: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA

Maximum equivalent continuous noise level dB(A)

Unprotected exposure period per day for 8 hrs/day and 5 days/week

90 8 95 4

100 2 110 ½ 120 ¼


No major impacts are envisaged on noise environment during project operation phase.

5.3.3 Mitigation Measures for Noise

Noise will be generated during various construction activities such as excavation,

construction, laying of pipeline, movement of vehicles, operation of construction machines

and equipment, repair and maintenance work, operation of DG sets, etc. Noise levels will

also increase due to increase in traffic. Continuous exposure of workers to high sound levels

may result in annoyance, fatigue, and may cause temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing

and even permanent loss of hearing.



Following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize the impact of high noise:

Contractors will be required to maintain proper functioning of equipment and comply

with occupational safety and health standards. DG sets will have a valid Type Approval

Certificate and Conformity of Production certificate as per CPCB guidelines.

All the construction equipment will be required to use available noise suppression

devices and properly maintained mufflers.

Workers in high noise area, will be provided with ear muffs and their use will be

monitored (budgeted under PPE head). Workers exposure (time duration) to high

noise will also be controlled.

Minimize the use of noise producing equipment during night hours to avoid the

disturbance to locals and wild animals of surrounding area.

Monitoring of noise levels will be conducted during construction phase of the project. In

case of exceeding of pre-determined acceptable noise levels by the machinery; will

require the contractor(s) to stop work and remedy the situation prior to continuing

construction.

Vehicles to be equipped with mufflers recommended by the vehicle manufacturer.

5.4 WATER RESOURCES


5.4.1.1 Runoff from construction sites

Water is used in construction activities leading to wastewater generation with high

suspended solids. Similarly, effluents due to washing from truck or equipment etc. would

have high concentration of oil and grease. Assessment of quantum of wastewater from

such activities is difficult, however, they can impact the nearby water bodies if surface run

off with high suspended solid is washed into them.

5.4.1.2 Mitigation Measures

Conservation of water should be implemented at construction sites to minimize the

generation of wastewater. With regards to water quality, wastewater from construction

activities would mostly contain suspended impurities and oil and & grease. Adequate care

should be taken so that excess suspended solids in the wastewater are removed before

these are disposed into water body or over land, although effluent is expected to be small

to cause any adverse impact.


The major impacts considered as a part of the study are

Changes in flow regime in downstream

Impact on ground water

Impacts on waterlogging and soil salinity

Changes in water quality due to increased use of fertilizers

5.4.2.1 Changes in flow regime in downstream

Construction of dam and storage and use of water for irrigation would lead to the

reduction in water discharge in the river stretch downstream of dam. Since water will be



stored during monsoon and diverted for irrigation, during the lean season i.e. during

winters there will be decrease in flow in the river in the stretch of the river downstream of

the dam.

Available annual 75% dependable total yield at dam site as 578.39 MCM. There are 7

upstream projects for which water allocation (u/s commitment) is 5.76 MCM. Hence net

available yield is 572.63 MCM. Approximately 95% of the yield is contributed by monsoon

flow and only about 5% yield will be come from non-monsoon period.

Therefore, to mitigate the impact of reduced flow or drying up of the river downstream of

the dam; the project is designed with live storage/proposed utilization of 96.49 MCM, and

remaining water from monsoon contribution will be continuously discharged for

downstream and upstream users. The quantum works out to be 476.14 MCM or almost

83% of the water available in pre-project conditions. Therefore, no additional environment

flow is required to be released during monsoon period.

To ensure that downstream conditions do not change substantially during non-monsoon

period, 80% of discharge of non-monsoon period is recommended to be released as

environmental flow.

5.4.2.2 Positive Impact on ground water

Improved availability of irrigation water in the area shall lead to reduced extraction of

ground water for irrigation and domestic uses. Although, at present the stage of ground

water development in study area falls in safe category, however, continuous extraction for

irrigation is not recommended. The project, by providing water for irrigation will reduce

the extraction of ground water and bring a positive impact on this count.

5.4.2.3 Impacts on waterlogging and soil salinity

The project is designed to carry out irrigation in command area through sprinkler / drip

irrigation system; problem of water logging and salinity is not envisaged.

5.4.2.4 Changes in water quality due to increased use of fertilizers

The fertilizer dose is likely to increase once irrigation is introduced in the command area. Under

the best farming practices in case of flood irrigation, only 40-50% of the applied fertilizers are

used by the crop and the balance finds its way into the aquatic environment through drainage

runoff which causes eutrophication of water bodies. But since, piped irrigation (drip/sprinkler)

system has been planned in the proposed project, this possibility is minimal.

5.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

5.5.1 Impact Due to Muck Generation

For construction of different components of the project surface excavation in earth mixed

with boulders, soft/disintegrated rock and hard rock would be carried out. The excavation

shall result in large quantity of excavated material i.e. muck which shall have to be

evacuated, disposed of and roller compacted or laid on mild slopes pari-passu with the

excavation work, to such designated areas where the muck piles do not substantially



interfere with either environment / ecology or the river flow regime and cause turbidity

impairing the quality of water. The disposal of muck has to be scientifically planned

keeping in view the pecuniary aspects necessitating nearness to the generating

component of work, which understandably reduce the travel time of dumpers,

interference to surface flow and ground water aquifer, and disposition of habitation.

The construction of dam and water conductor system for conveyance of water up to farm

level would involve about 19,51,538 cum of soil and rock excavation after assuming 25%

swell factor. Most of the muck of total excavation material is expected to be used for

backfilling, producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for

developing areas for construction facilities. However, total quantity of muck need to be

disposed is about 5,37,855 cum.

Muck, if not securely transported and dumped at pre-designated sites, can have serious

environmental impacts, such as:

Can be washed away into the main river which can cause negative impacts on the

aquatic ecosystem of the river.

Can lead to impacts on various aspects of environment. Normally, the land is cleared

before muck disposal. During clearing operations, trees are cut, and undergrowth

perishes as a result of muck disposal.

In many of the sites, muck is stacked without adequate stabilisation measures. In such

a scenario, the muck moves along with runoff and creates landslide like situations.

Many a times, boulders/large stone pieces enter the river/water body, affecting the

benthic fauna and other components of aquatic biota.

Normally muck disposal is done at low lying areas, which get filled up due to stacking of

muck. This can sometimes affect the natural drainage pattern of the area leading to

accumulation of water or partial flooding of some area which can provide ideal

breeding habitat for mosquitoes.

Muck disposal needs to be carefully planned else it becomes a major impact from

construction of project. Therefore, a Muck Management Plan is prepared including the

restoration of areas, by implementing biological and engineering measures with budget

and is discussed as part of EMP.

5.5.2 Impact due to Waste Generation

Construction activities are associated with 3 types of waste generation:

Construction and Demolition Waste

Hazardous Waste

Municipal Solid Waste from labour camps/colonies

There will be an influx of technical staff, laborers and other service providers into the

project area. Sewage and solid waste will be generated from the colonies. It is very

essential that from the planning stage, sewage management and solid waste disposal

facilities should be conceptualized to maintain the health of the people and the

environment. The main sources of wastes in case of the proposed project can be divided

into following categories:



Municipal waste from residential areas

Solid wastes from labour camps

Bio-medical wastes from Dispensary

Construction and demolition waste

The solid waste is primary problem during the construction phase of the project as

during operation phase, people working on dam operation will be staying in permanent

colony. Solid waste generated from temporary and permanent colonies during

construction and operation phase will be disposed off as per Solid Wastes Management

Rules, 2016.

Solid Waste from Labour Colony

About 500 workers (labour and staff) would be engaged temporarily during peak

construction period. Proper sanitary facilities would be provided at the labour colonies.

In the absence of proper solid waste management plan, there can be serious

impacts of land and water pollution due to indiscriminate disposal. In addition,

there will be odour issues and health impacts. Therefore, for maintaining the

cleanliness of the labour colony and to restrict from disposing the solid waste into the

river, no dumping of solid waste should be allowed near any water body or nalla. A solid

waste management plan is prepared as part of EMP.

Solid Waste from Permanent Colony

The project authority, as principal waste generator, shall, within the territorial area

of the project complex/ colony, be responsible for the implementation of the provisions

of Solid Wastes Management Rules, 2016, issued by MOEF vide S.O.1357 (E) dated 8th,

April 2016, and for any infrastructure development for collection, storage, segregation,

transportation, processing and disposal of municipal solid wastes.

Any municipal solid waste generated in the project complex/ project colony/ labour

colony, shall be managed and handled in accordance with the duties set forth under

clause 4 (1) through 4(3) and clause 20 in respect of landfill.

Construction Waste

Apart from the municipal solid waste in labour colony of project area, a lot of waste is

expected to be generated on account of construction activities mainly consisting of

cement bags, iron scrap, packing material, etc. It is expected that most of the iron

scrap and packing material would be recycled since it has reuse value and hence, it is

proposed that stipulations should be imposed on suppliers and contractors to take

away the scrap and packing materials.

Hazardous and Biomedical Waste

Hazardous waste will be generated from construction activities in terms of empty

containers of construction chemicals, drums of oil and grease used in construction

equipment. Similarly, Biomedical Waste will be generated from first aid posts created for

labour. As the waste quantum is not expected to be very large, on site treatment and

disposal is not recommended. Such wastes should be collected and stored separately in



specially designated bins/areas and disposed at regular intervals to authorised vendors

only.

5.5.3 Impact due to Land Requirement and change in land-use

For the development of Gond Major Irrigation Project, land would be acquired for

construction of project components, submergence area, muck dumping, quarrying,

construction camps and colony, etc. Total land required for the construction of proposed

project activities is approximately 1442.148 ha (Table 5.2).


S.


Land Required for Different Components (ha) Total Area

(ha) Dam

Sheet

Waste

Weir Submergence

Power

Generation Canal

1 Government Land 40.741 32.35 699.182 60.986 0.00 833.259

2 Private Land

(unirrigated) 0.00 8.77 216.249 0.00 0.00 225.019

3 Forest Land 9.00 10.10 347.97 0.00 16.80 383.87

Total Area (ha) 49.741 51.22 1263.401 60.986 16.80 1442.148

Major impact of land acquisition is permanent change of landuse, which is unavoidable.

Additionally, land acquisition has impacts on local population by way of loss of their

agriculture land and hence livelihood and also impact on flora and fauna by way of loss of

forest land and clearing of vegetation on acquired land. Mitigation and management of

such impacts is discussed as part of EMP.

5.6 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

5.6.1 Construction and Operation Phase Impacts

i) Flora

During project construction phase, labour population is likely to congregate near various

construction sites. It can be assumed that the technical staff likely to congregate will be of

higher economic status and will live in a more urbanized habitat, and will not use wood as

fuel. However, workers and other population groups residing in the area may use fuel

wood for whom kerosene and other fuels like cooking gas could be provided. Overall there

will be marginal increase in population at various construction sites, of which major

populations may be inclined to use fuel wood which may have adverse impact on flora.

Hence, to minimize such impacts, community kitchens and use of kerosene and cooking gas

have been recommended.

The project construction would require acquisition of 383.87 ha of forest land. All the

vegetation will be cleared for construction of project component. This is a permanent

impact and can only be compensated by Compensatory Afforestation.

ii) Fauna

Sanjay Tiger Reserve is the nearest protected area from the project site (refer Figure

2.4). In this regard, a letter was issued by Chief Wildlife Warden (Ref: माचि/2017/4386

dated 28/07/2017 – refer Annexure III) mentioning that the proposed dam site is about



10 Km away from Sanjay Tiger Reserve. Eco-sensitive Zone of Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve

which includes Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary was notified

vide gazette notification dated 28/08/2017. The extent of Eco-Sensitive Zone is up to 2

kilometers from the boundary of Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife

Sanctuary, which together constitute the Core Area of the Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve.

The Elephant Migration corridor for the migration of elephants from Guru Ghasidas

National Park to Bagdara Sanctuary area is located near the dam site and submergence

area. Therefore, area is rich in wildlife and project construction and operation can have

serious irreversible impacts on the wildlife habitat and their migration between

protected areas. It is recommended that a separate wildlife management plan should be

prepared in consultation with expert agency and local forest department to ensure that

project construction and operation should not interfere with the migratory routes and

habitat of wildlife in surroundings.

5.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Construction phase of projects is generally associated with impacts related to labor

congregation in an area, where labour camps/colonies are constructed and such phase is

expected to last for 3 years. Keeping in view the health concerns and reduces the impact of

sanitation and hygiene of local area, where temporary labour camps will be set up;

following minimum facilities are proposed at these locations:

• Potable drinking water

• Temporary shelters with sanitation facilities

• Mobile toilets

• Crèche for female workers

• First aid facilities

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs), as required

Positive Impacts

The entire project has been designed to benefit the farmers and bring about positive

change by providing water for irrigation which will have many cascading positive impacts

not only on the farmers but also on other non-farming local population. The scheme in

general will bring about prosperity in the area leading to improved quality of life.

A number of marginal activities and jobs would be available to local skilled and unskilled

workers during construction phase and also more employment opportunities will be

available to locals during operation phase with increased income of farmers. The command

area will have increased demand for services like schools, hospital transportation,

communication etc. This will further generate employment.

Participation in Water Users Association (WUA) and increased interaction with different

Irrigation Department personnel and officials will add to awareness. Piped irrigation is a

new technology for the community of this area for which training of different durations on

different related aspects will be considered.



Negative Impacts

Project would require acquisition of 225.019 ha of private land leading to displacement of

162 families. These families will be resettled and rehabilitated as per the provisions of The

Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act, 2013.

In addition, influx of workers and floating population during project construction phase can

lead to cultural clashes, law and order concerns and health issues. Such impacts are best

managed by involving NGOs, local panchayat/community leaders and local administration.

Project construction may bring about some changes in the socio-economic environment of

the area including increased threats to the health of the community. Possible threats to

public health are briefly discussed below along with the management measures.

Chances of spread of new diseases in the area due to migrant workers.

Chances of increase in respiratory troubles due to increase in suspended particles

during the construction phase are expected mainly for the labour.

Chances of occurrence of gastroenteritis, cholera and typhoid in the labour camp.

Possibility of some site accidents cannot be ruled out and therefore, use of PPEs

should be strictly followed and provisions should be made for emergency medication

and ambulance

Workers health and hygiene issues need to be addressed to minimize the impact on

this count especially for female workers with/without child(ren).

ANNEXURES

Annexure I

Annexure - II

ToR Compliance - Gond Major Irrigation Project

S. No

Clause in ToR Compliance

A Physical and Chemical Environment 1 Geological and Geophysical Aspects and

Seismo-Tectonics:

Physical Geography, Topography, Regional Geological aspects and structure of the catchment.

Tectonics, Seismicity and History of past earthquakes in the area. A site-specific study of earthquake parameters will be done. The results of the site-specific earthquake design shall be sent for approval of the NCSDP (National Committee of Seismic design parameters, Central Water Commission, New Delhi for large dams.

Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the study area should be examined.

Presence of important economic mineral deposit, if any.

Justification for location & execution of the project in relation to structural components (dam height).

Impact of project on geological environment.

Chapter 2 Project Description Chapter 3 Baseline Environment Chapter 5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts

2 Meteorology, Air and Noise Meteorology (viz., Temperature, Relative

Humidity, wind speed/direction etc.) to be collected from nearest IMD station.

Ambient Air Quality with parameters viz., Suspended ParticuLate Matter (SPM), Respirable Suspended ParticuLate Matter (RSPM) i.e., suspended particulate materials <10-microns, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), in the study area at 6 locations.

Existing noise levels and traffic density in the study area at 6 locations.

EIA Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section 3.4.1 Section 3.4.5 Section 3.4.6

3 Soil Characteristics Soil classification, physical parameters

(viz., texture, porosity, bulk density and water holding capacity) and chemical parameters (viz. pH, electrical conductivity, Magnesium, calcium, total alkalinity, chlorides, sodium, potassium,

EIA Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section 3.4.3

organic carbon, available potassium, available phosphorus, SAR, nitrogen and salinity, etc.,) (6 locations).

4 Remote sensing and GIS Studies Generation of thematic maps viz., slope

map, drainage map, soil map, land use and land cover map, etc. Based on these, thematic maps, an erosion intensity map should be prepared.

New Configuration map to be given in EIA report

EMP Chapter 1 CAT Plan Figure 1.1, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8 and 1.10

5 Water Quality History of the ground water table

fluctuation in the study area. Water quality for both surface water and

ground water for (i)Physical parameters'(pH, temperature, electrical conductivity, TSS); (ii)Chemical parameters (Alkalinity, Hardness, BOD, COD, NO2, PO4, CI, SO4, Na, K, Ca Mg, Silica, Oil & Grease, phenolic compounds, residual sodium carbonate); (iii)Bacteriological parameters (MPN, Total coliforms) and (iv) Heavy Metals (Pb, As, Hg, cd, cr-6, total Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe).

Delineation of sub and micro-watersheds, their locations and extent based on the All India Soil and Land Use Survey of India (AISLUS), Department of Agriculture, Government of India. Erosion levels in each micro-watershed and prioritization of micro-watershed through silt yield index (SYI) method of AISLUS.

EIA Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section 3.4.4 Section 3.4.7 EMP Chapter 1 CAT Plan Section 1.4.1

B Water Environment & Hydrology Hydro-Meteorology of the project viz.

precipitation (snowfall, rainfall), temperature, relative humidity, etc. Hydro-meteorological studies in the catchment area should be established along-with real time telemetry and data acquisition system for inflows monitoring.

Run-off, discharge, water availability for the project, sedimentation rate, etc.

Basin characteristic’s Catastrophic events like cloud bursts and

flash floods, if any, should be documented.

For estimation of Sedimentation Rate, direct sampling of river flow is to be done during the EIA study. The study should be conducted for minimum one

EIA Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section 3.4.1 Section 3.4.4 EIA Chapter 1 Project Description Section 2.1

year. Actual silt flow rate to be expressed in ha-m km2 year-1.

Set-up a G&D monitoring station and a few rain gauge stations in the catchment area for collecting data during the investigation.

Flow series, 10 daily with 90%, 75% and 50% dependable years discharges.

A table of 10-daily water discharges corresponding to 90% dependable year showing the intercepted discharge at the barrage, the environmental flow to be released and the other flow releases downstream of the barrage and spills to be provided in hydrology section of EIA.

Norms for release of Environmental flow i.e. 30% in monsoon, 20% in lean season and 25% in non-monsoon & non-lean season to be followed corresponding to 90% dependable year. A site-specific study on minimum environmental flow should be carried out.

Hydrological studies/data as approved by CWC shall be utilized in the preparation of EIA/ EMP report. Actual hydrological annual yield may also be given in the report.

A minimum of 1 km distance from the top of the reservoir to the tail race tunnel should be maintained between upstream and downstream projects.

C Biological Environment Flora:

Characterization of forest types (as per Champion and Seth method) in the study area and extent of each forest type as per the Forest Working Plan.

Documentation of all plant species i.e. Angiosperm, Gymnosperm, Pteridophytes, Bryophytes (all groups).

General vegetation profile and floral diversity covering all groups of flora including lichens and orchids. A species wise list may be provided.

Assessment of plant species with respect to dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value index (IVD, Shannon Weiner index etc. of the species to be provided. Methodology used for calculating various diversity indices along with details of locations of quadrates, size of quadrates etc. to be


reported within the study area in different ecosystems.

Existence of National park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc. in the study area, if, any, should be detailed.

Economically important species like medicinal plants, timber, fuel wood etc.

Details of endemic species found in the project area.

Flora under RET categories should be documented using International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) criteria and Botanical Survey of India's Red Data list along-with economic significance. Species diversity curve for RET species should be given.

Biodiversity study, a sub-component of EIA study, is to be carried out by associating a reputed organization/ institution as recommended by WII, Dehradun or by ICFRE, Dehradun.

Cropping pattern and Horticulture Practices in the study area.

Fauna: Fauna study and inventorisation should

be carried out for all groups of animals in the study area. Their present status along with Schedule of the species.

Documentation of fauna plankton (Phyto and zooplankton), periphyton, benthos and fish should be done and analyzed.

Information (authenticated) on Avi-fauna and wildlife in the study area.

Status of avifauna their resident/ migratory/ passage migrants etc.

Documentation of butterflies, if any, found in the area.

Details of endemic species found in the project area.

RET species-voucher specimens should be collected alongwith GPS readings to facilitate rehabilitation. RET faunal species to be classified as per IUCN Red Data list and as per different schedule of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

Existence of barriers and corridors, if any, for wild animals.

Compensatory afforestation to compensate the green belt area that will be removed, if any, as part of the proposed project development and loss of biodiversity.


Collection of primary data on agricultural activity, crop and their productivity and irrigation facilities components.

D Aquatic Biology Documentation of aquatic fauna like

macro-invertebrates, zooplankton, phyto-planktons, benthos etc.

Fish and fisheries, their migration and breeding grounds.

Fish diversity composition and maximum length & weight of the measured populations to be studied for estimation of environmental flow.

Conservation status of aquatic fauna.


E Socio-economic Environment Collection of baseline data on human

settlements, health status of the community and existing infrastructure facilities for social welfare including sources of livelihood, job opportunities and safety and security of workers and surroundings population.

Collection of information with respect to social awareness about the developmental activity in the area and social welfare measures existing and proposed by project proponent.

Collection of information on sensitive habitat of historical, cultural and religious and ecological importance.

The socio-economic survey/ profile within 10 km of the study area for demographic profile; Economic Structure; Developmental Profile; Agricultural Practices; Infrastructure, education facilities; health and sanitation facilities; available communication network etc.

Documentation of demographic, Ethnographic, Economic Structure and development profile of the area.

Information on Agricultural Practices, Cultural and aesthetic sites, Infrastructure facilities etc.

Information on the dependence of the local people on minor forest produce and their cattle grazing rights in the forest land.

List of all the Project Affected Families with their names, age, education, land holdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, land and other

EIA Chapter 4 Description of Social Environment

properties to be acquired, etc. In addition to socio-economic aspects of

the study area, a separate chapter on socio-culture aspects based upon study on Ethnography of the area should be provided.

G Impact Prediction and Mitigation Measures The adverse impact due to the proposed

project should be assessed and effective mitigation steps to abate these impacts should be described.

EIA Chapter 5 Anticipated Impact Assessment

1 Air Environment Changes in ambient and ground level

concentrations due to total emissions from point, line and area sources.

Effect on soil, material, vegetation and human health.

Impact of emissions from DG set used for power during the construction, if any, on air environment.

Pollution due to fuel combustion in equipment and vehicles

Fugitive emissions from various sources Impact on micro climate

EIA Chapter 5 Anticipated Impact Assessment Section 5.2

2 Water Environment Changes in surface and ground water

quality. Steps to develop pisci-culture and

recreational facilities Changes in hydraulic regime and

downstream flow. Water pollution due to disposal of

sewage Water pollution from labor colonies/

camps and washing equipment.


3 Land Environment Adverse impact on land stability,

catchment of soil erosion, reservoir sedimentation and spring flow (if any) (a) due to considerable road construction/widening activity (b) interference of reservoir with the inflowing stream (c) blasting for commissioning of HRT, TRT and some other structures.

Changes in land use / land cover and drainage pattern

Immigration of labour population Quarrying operation and muck disposal Changes in land quality including effects

of waste disposal. River bank and their stability Impact due to submergence.


4 Biological Environment Impact on forests, flora, fauna including

wildlife, migratory avi-fauna rare and endangered species, medicinal plants etc.

Pressure on existing natural resources. Deforestation and disturbance to

wildlife, habitat fragmentation and wild animal's migratory corridors.

Compensatory afforestation-identification of suitable native tree species for compensatory afforestation and green belt.

Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation due to decreased flow of water.

Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of animals and fish.


5 Socio – Economic Aspects Impact on local community including

demographic profile. Impact on socio-economic status. Impact on economic status. Impact on human health due to water /

water borne disease Impact on increase traffic. Impact on Holy Places and Tourism. Impacts of blasting activity during

project construction which generally destabilize the land mass and leads to landslides, damage to properties and drying-up of natural springs and cause noise pollution will be studied. Proper record shall be maintained of the baseline information in the post project period.

Positive and negative impacts likely to be accrued due to the project are listed.


H Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

1 Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan should be prepared micro-watershed wise. Identification of free draining/ directly draining catchment based upon Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System (GIS) methodology and Sediment Yield Index (SYI) Method of AISLUS, Dept. of Agriculture, Govt. of India coupled with ground survey. Areas or watersheds falling under 'very severe' and 'severe' erosion categories should be provided and required to be treated. Both biological as well as engineering measures should be proposed

EMP Chapter 1 CAT Plan

in consultation with State Forest Department for areas requiring treatment. Year-wise schedule of work and monetary allocation should be provided. Mitigation measures to check shifting cultivation in the catchment area with provision for alternative and better agricultural practices should be included.

2 Command area Development(CAD) Plan details of implementation Schedule with a sample CAD plan

EMP Chapter 2 Command Area Development Plan

3 Compensatory Afforestation in lieu of the forest land required for the project needs to be proposed. Choice of plants should be made in consultation with State Forest Department including native and RET species, if any.

EMP Chapter 16 Compensatory Afforestation Plan

4 Biodiversity and Wild Life Conservation & Management Plan for conservation and preservation of endemic, rare and endangered species of flora and fauna to be prepared in consultation with State Forest Department

EMP Chapter 3 Biodiversity Management and Wildlife Conservation Plan

5 Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan-Fish fauna inhabiting the affected stretch of river, a specific fisheries management plan should be prepared for river and reservoir.

EMP Chapter 4 of Fisheries Conservation and Management Plan

6 Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan needed to be prepared on the basis of findings of the socio-economic survey coupled with the outcome of public consultation held. The R&R package shall be prepared after consultation with the representatives of the project affected families and the State Government. Detailed budgetary estimates are to be provided. Resettlement site should be identified. The plan will also incorporate community development strategies. R&R Plan is to be formulated as per land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Act, 2013 which came into force w.e.f. 1.1.2014

EMP Chapter 5 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

7 Green Belt Development Plan along the periphery of reservoir, colonies, approach road, canals etc. Local plant species must be suggested with physical and financial details. Local plant species suitable for greenbelt development should be selected

EMP Chapter 6 Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan

8 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for stabilization of land slide/land slip zones if any, around the reservoir periphery to be prepared. Suitable engineering and biological measures for treatment of the

EMP Chapter 7 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan

identified slip zones to be provided with physical and financial schedule.

9 Muck Disposal Plan- suitable sites for dumping of excavated material should be identified in consultation with the State Pollution Control Board and Forest Department. All Muck disposal sites should be minimum 30 m away from the HFL of river. Plan for rehabilitation of muck disposal sites should also be given. The L- section/ cross section of muck disposal sites and approach roads to be given. The plan shall have physical and financial details of the measures proposed.

EMP Chapter 8 Muck Management Plan

10 Plan for Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of colony areas, working areas, roads, etc.

EMP Chapter 6 Landscaping, Restoration & Green Belt Development Plan

11 Study of Design Earthquake Parameters: A site specific study of earthquake parameters should be done. Results of the site-specific earthquake design parameters should be approved by National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Central Water Commission (NCSDP) New Delhi.

NA

12 Dam Break Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: The outputs of Dam Break Model should be illustrated with appropriate graphs and maps clearly bringing out the impact of Dam break scenario. Provision for early warning systems should be provided

EMP Chapter 14 Dam Break Modeling and Disaster Management Plan

13 Water, Air and Noise Management Plans to be implemented during construction and post construction periods.

EMP Chapter 13 Environmental Safeguards during Construction

14 Mitigating measures for impacts due to Blasting on the structures in the vicinity.

NA

15 Ground Water Management Plan EMP Chapter 12 Ground Water Management Plan 16 Public Health Delivery Plan including the

provisions of drinking water supply for local community

EMP Chapter 10 Public Health Delivery System

17 Labour Management Plan for their Health and Safety.

EMP Chapter 9 Solid Waste Management Plan EMP Chapter 10 Public Health Delivery System EMP Chapter 11 Energy Conservation Measures EMP Chapter 13 Environmental Safeguards during Construction

18 Sanitation and Solid-waste management plan for domestic waste from colonies and labour camps etc.

EMP Chapter 9 Solid Waste Management Plan

19 Local Area Development Plan to be formulated in consultation with the Revenue Officials and Village Panchayats. Local skill development schemes should be given. Details of various activities to be


undertaken along with its financial out lay should be provided.

20 Environmental Safeguards during construction activities including Road Construction.

EMP Chapter 13 Environmental Safeguards during Construction

21 Energy Conservation Measures EMP Chapter 11 Energy Conservation Measures 22 Environmental Monitoring Programme with

physical & financial details covering all the aspects of EMP. A summary of cost estimate for all the plans, cost for implementing all Environmental Management Plans

EMP Chapter 15 Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP Chapter 17 Cost Estimates

I In the EMP, a sample CAD plan for a distributary outlet command is also included. Such a plan is to show the alignment of irrigation and drainage channels. The components of the On Farm Development (OFD) works to be undertaken may be clearly mentioned along with a time schedule for their completion vis-&-vis the progress of irrigation development.

EMP Chapter 3 Fishery Conservation & Management plan.

J Additional Conditions 1 Three (3) season’s data should be collected

for the entire project. EMP Chapter 3 Fishery Conservation & Management plan.

2 A detailed irrigation management plan should be worked out so that at least 10% of the CCA would be covered by micro-irrigation scheme

EIA Chapter 2 Project Description

3 The issue of conjunctive irrigation may also be considered in the project right from the formulation stage


4 Land acquired for the project shall be suitably compensated in accordance with the law of the land with the prevailing guidelines. Private land shall be acquired as per provision of Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in land acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013


5 The project involves about 356.967 ha of forest land. Forest clearance should be obtained as per the prevailing norms of FC Act, 1980.


6

The Sanjay Tiger Reserve National Forest is within 10 km radius of the project site. If required, wildlife clearance from Standing Committee on NBWL is to be obtained.


Annexure III

Annexure-IV Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Details

Monitoring Location

No. of samplings in a Week

Monitoring Schedule in December 2017

Parameters (μg/m3)

PM 2.5 PM 10 SOx NOx

AQ 1 Bhadeli Village

1 3-12-2017 to 4-12-2017 14.5 44.3 5.6 10.0

2 6-12-2017 to 7-12-2017 15.4 42.0 5.8 10.7

1 10-12-2017 to 11-12-

2017 14.2 41.6 6.0 11.7

2 13-12-2017 to 14-12-

2017 15.4 44.0 5.2 10.0

1 17-12-2017 to 18-12-

2017 16.5 43.4 5.6 11.4

2 20-12-2017 to 21-12-

2017 14.5 42.8 6.1 10.7

1 24-12-2017 to 25-12-

2017 14.8 41.7 6.0 11.2

2 27-12-2017 to 28-12-

2017 14.2 40.9 5.7 11.0

98 Percentile values 16.3 44.3 6.1 11.7

AQ2 Jalpani Village

1 3-12-2017 to 4-12-2017 16.7 50.2 5.6 8.9

2 6-12-2017 to 7-12-2017 15.6 48.7 5.4 9.6

1 10-12-2017 to 11-12-

2017 17.3 48.6 5.5 9.2

2 13-12-2017 to 14-12-

2017 15.6 47.2 5.8 8.8

1 17-12-2017 to 18-12-

2017 16.3 49.6 6.1 9

2 20-12-2017 to 21-12-

2017 17 50 6 8.6

1 24-12-2017 to 25-12-

2017 15.3 48.2 6.1 9

2 27-12-2017 to 28-12-

2017 16.9 47.2 5.8 9.5


AQ3 Chamrach

1 4-12-2017 to 5-12-2017 15.4 54.3 5.2 7.8

2 7-12-2017 to 8-12-2017 14.2 54.5 5.5 7.8

1 11-12-2017 to 12-12-

2017 14.5 56.5 5.7 8.8

2 14-12-2017 to 15-12-

2017 16.5 53.4 5.1 8.9

1 18-12-2017 to 19-12-

2017 14.8 52.3 5.5 8.4

2 21-12-2017 to 22-12-

2017 15.6 55.5 5.8 9.7

1 25-12-2017 to 26-12-

2017 15.6 51.3 5.4 9.5

Monitoring Location



Parameters (μg/m3)


2 28-12-2017 to 29-12-

2017 15.8 50.8 5 7.9


AQ4 Niwas

1 4-12-2017 to 5-12-2017 16.5 54.3 5.5 8.7

2 7-12-2017 to 8-12-2017 15.4 49.5 5.4 8.9

1 11-12-2017 to 12-12-

2017 16.5 52.4 5.6 8.8

2 14-12-2017 to 15-12-

2017 14 55.4 6.2 8.7

1 18-12-2017 to 19-12-

2017 16.5 49.5 5.6 8.4

2 21-12-2017 to 22-12-

2017 14.1 50.56 5.4 8

1 25-12-2017 to 26-12-

2017 15.4 54.3 5.4 7.9

2 28-12-2017 to 29-12-

2017 16.5 54.5 6 7.3


AQ5 Sarai Village

1 5-12-2017 to 6-12-2017 22.3 58.7 5.7 9.9

2 8-12-2017 to 9-12-2017 24.3 56.5 5.5 8.7

1 12-12-2017 to 13-12-

2017 25.4 59.8 5.8 8.9

2 15-12-2017 to 16-12-

2017 23.4 57.6 6.7 9

1 19-12-2017 to 20-12-

2017 21.2 54.4 6.5 9.6

2 22-12-2017 to 23-12-

2017 24.3 55.5 5.4 9.7

1 26-12-2017 to 27-12-

2017 25.4 56.5 5.6 8.9

2 29-12-2017 to 30-12-

2017 25.6 55.6 6.2 9.4


AQ6 Khajuriha

Village

1 5-12-2017 to 6-12-2017 17.5 45.4 5.4 8.9

2 8-12-2017 to 9-12-2017 15.4 44.4 5.5 8.8

1 12-12-2017 to 13-12-

2017 15.4 43.4 5.2 8.6

2 15-12-2017 to 16-12-

2017 16.5 39.8 4.8 7.3

1 19-12-2017 to 20-12-

2017 17.3 38.9 5.5 7.6

2 22-12-2017 to 23-12-

2017 14.2 44.5 5.7 7.8

1 26-12-2017 to 27-12-

2017 16.5 45.7 5.5 8

Monitoring Location



Parameters (μg/m3)


2 29-12-2017 to 30-12-

2017 17.6 43.4 5.8 9.2


Permissible Limit

24 h NAAQS 2009 60 100 80 80

December 2017 (98 Percentile Readings (Sampling done twice a week for 4 weeks)

Site Location PM2.5 PM10 SOx NOx

AQ1 Bhadeli Village 16.3 44.3 6.1 11.7

AQ2 Jalpani Village 17.3 50.2 6.1 9.6

AQ3 Chamrach Village 16.4 56.4 5.8 9.7

AQ4 Niwas Village 16.5 55.3 6.2 8.9

AQ5 Sarai Village 25.6 59.6 6.7 9.9

AQ6 Khajuriha Village 17.6 45.7 5.8 9.2

24 h NAAQS 2009 60 100 80 80

Monitoring schedule

Starting time 8.30 am

Ending time 8.30 am next day

Monitoring Location

No. of samplings in a

Week

Monitoring Schedule in May 2018

Parameters (μg/m3)



1 1-4-2018 to 2-4-2018 12.7 51.2 6.6 7.2

2 4-4-2018 to 5-4-2018 11.1 55.3 6.2 7.0

1 8-4-2018 to 9-4-2018 10.8 53.4 6.6 7.0

2 11-4-2018 to 12-4-

2018 11.5 52.4 6.4 6.7

1 15-4-2018 to 16-4-

2018 12.2 54.3 6.8 7.3

2 18-4-2018 to 19-4-

2018 12.4 54.5 6.5 6.9

1 22-4-2018 to 23-4-

2018 12.7 54.5 6.7 7.4

2 25-4-2018 to 26-4-

2018 11.8 53.4 6.6 7.2


AQ2 Jalpani Village

1 1-4-2018 to 2-4-2018 14.2 44.5 4.5 6.3

2 4-4-2018 to 5-4-2018 12.3 45.4 4.2 6.4

1 8-4-2018 to 9-4-2018 10.9 48.7 4.5 6.6

Monitoring Location


Week


Parameters (μg/m3)


2 11-4-2018 to 12-4-

2018 14.2 49.5 4.6 6.2

1 15-4-2018 to 16-4-

2018 13.8 44.5 4.2 5.8

2 18-4-2018 to 19-4-

2018 13.5 45.8 4 6.6

1 22-4-2018 to 23-4-

2018 14.2 49.2 4.4 6.2

2 25-4-2018 to 26-4-

2018 12.8 47.5 4.5 6.7


AQ3 Chamrach

1 2-4-2018 to 3-4-2018 14.2 55.6 5.4 6.2

2 5-4-2018 to 6-4-2018 13.5 56.3 5.6 6.5

1 9-4-2018 to 10-4-

2018 12.5 56.7 5.6 6.6

2 12-4-2018 to 13-4-

2018 13.8 55.4 5.4 6.4

1 16-4-2018 to 17-4-

2018 13 53.5 5.2 6.4

2 19-4-2018 to 20-4-

2018 14.2 52.4 5.3 6.5

1 23-4-2018 to 24-4-

2018 12.8 55.4 5.9 6.2

2 26-4-2018 to 27-4-

2018 14 52.3 5.6 6.6


AQ4 Niwas

1 2-4-2018 to 3-4-2018 15.4 56.4 5.2 7.2

2 5-4-2018 to 6-4-2018 14.5 54.3 5.4 6.7

1 9-4-2018 to 10-4-

2018 14.5 55.5 5.5 6.9

2 12-4-2018 to 13-4-

2018 15.4 57.2 5.1 7

1 16-4-2018 to 17-4-

2018 14.8 55.6 6.5 7.2

2 19-4-2018 to 20-4-

2018 15.4 56.8 5.5 6.7

1 23-4-2018 to 24-4-

2018 14.6 57.2 5.7 7.2

2 26-4-2018 to 27-4-

2018 15.2 55.3 6.7 6.7


AQ5 Sarai Village

1 3-4-2018 to 4-4-2018 20.3 55.4 5.2 7.7

2 6-4-2018 to 7-4-2018 23.2 55.6 4.8 7.4

1 10-4-2018 to 11-4-

2018 20.4 57.5 5 8.9

Monitoring Location


Week


Parameters (μg/m3)


2 13-4-2018 to 14-4-

2018 22.3 58.3 5.6 9.6

1 17-4-2018 to 18-4-

2018 22.8 58.2 5.3 7.8

2 20-4-2018 to 21-4-

2018 22.3 55.4 5.9 8.4

1 24-4-2018 to 25-4-

2018 23.2 56.5 4.8 8.8

2 27-4-2018 to 28-4-

2018 20.3 55.6 5.1 9.4


AQ6 Khajuriha Village

1 3-4-2018 to 4-4-2018 15.6 40.5 4.8 8.6

2 6-4-2018 to 7-4-2018 16.7 39.5 5.2 8.9

1 10-4-2018 to 11-4-

2018 18.5 40.4 4.9 9

2 13-4-2018 to 14-4-

2018 18.2 41.5 5 9.6

1 17-4-2018 to 18-4-

2018 17.8 42.4 5.2 9.4

2 20-4-2018 to 21-4-

2018 18 39.5 4.7 8.2

1 24-4-2018 to 25-4-

2018 17.4 42.4 4.9 8.9

2 27-4-2018 to 28-4-

2018 15.6 38.8 4.5 9.5


Permissible Limit 24 h NAAQS 2009 60 100 80 80

Monthly (98 Percentile Readings (Sampling done twice a week for 4 weeks)








Monitoring schedule



Monitoring Location


Week

Monitoring Schedule in August 2018

Parameters (μg/m3)

PM 2.5 PM 10 SO2 NO2


1 4-8-2018 to 5-8-2018 10.4 25.2 3.1 6.1

2 7-8-2018 to 8-8-2018 9.0 27.4 3.2 6.2

1 11-8-2018 to 12-8-2018 10.4 25.2 3.0 6.4

2 14-8-2018 to 15-8-2018 9.0 25.2 2.9 5.7

1 18-8-2018 to 19-8-2018 10.1 25.8 3.3 6.2

2 21-8-2018 to 22-8-2018 10.9 27.7 3.4 6.4

1 25-8-2018 to 26-8-2018 11.1 26.8 3.1 5.8

2 28-8-2018 to 29-8-2018 9.2 27.4 2.9 5.5


AQ2 Jalpani Village

1 4-8-2018 to 5-8-2018 8.3 22.6 2.9 4.7

2 7-8-2018 to 8-8-2018 9.8 23.9 2.6 4.4

1 11-8-2018 to 12-8-2018 8.9 21.6 2.3 4.5

2 14-8-2018 to 15-8-2018 8.3 22.6 2.4 4.5

1 18-8-2018 to 19-8-2018 9.9 21.2 2.8 4.7

2 21-8-2018 to 22-8-2018 8.3 23.4 2.9 4.8

1 25-8-2018 to 26-8-2018 9.6 23.3 2.7 4.6

2 28-8-2018 to 29-8-2018 9.3 22.3 2.6 4.4


AQ3 Chamrach

1 5-8-2018 to 6-8-2018 10.4 26.8 3.2 4.7

2 8-8-2018 to 9-8-2018 10.2 25.0 3.1 5.0

1 12-8-2018 to 13-8-2018 11.2 25.8 2.9 4.4

2 15-8-2018 to 16-8-2018 10.1 26.6 3.2 4.7

1 19-8-2018 to 20-8-2018 10.5 25.6 2.8 4.5

2 22-8-2018 to 23-8-2018 10.9 23.6 2.9 4.4

1 26-8-2018 to 27-8-2018 10.9 24.4 3.1 4.2

2 29-8-2018 to 30-8-2018 10.4 26.0 3.4 4.9

Monitoring Location


Week


Parameters (μg/m3)



AQ4 Niwas

1 5-8-2018 to 6-8-2018 12.6 22.1 3.8 4.9

2 8-8-2018 to 9-8-2018 11.4 25.0 4.0 4.6

1 12-8-2018 to 13-8-2018 11.4 25.3 4.3 5.1

2 15-8-2018 to 16-8-2018 12.2 22.0 3.9 5.0

1 19-8-2018 to 20-8-2018 11.4 23.6 3.8 4.5

2 22-8-2018 to 23-8-2018 12.6 23.6 3.5 4.9

1 26-8-2018 to 27-8-2018 11.4 21.8 3.6 5.1

2 29-8-2018 to 30-8-2018 12.2 24.5 4.1 4.7


AQ5 Sarai Village

1 6-8-2018 to 7-8-2018 17.9 40.4 4.6 7.3

2 9-8-2018 to 10-8-2018 16.9 38.2 4.5 6.8

1 13-8-2018 to 14-8-2018 15.1 40.6 5.0 6.5

2 16-8-2018 to 17-8-2018 16.2 41.2 4.3 7.4

1 20-8-2018 to 21-8-2018 17.1 39.0 4.4 6.9

2 23-8-2018 to 24-8-2018 17.9 40.4 4.9 6.5

1 27-8-2018 to 28-8-2018 17.2 39.6 5.0 6.7

2 30-8-2018 to 31-8-2018 16.1 38.5 4.7 7.3


AQ6 Khajuriha Village

1 6-8-2018 to 7-8-2018 13.3 3.2 4.1 7.6

2 9-8-2018 to 10-8-2018 14.7 33.1 4.3 8.2

1 13-8-2018 to 14-8-2018 14.2 32.3 3.9 7.3

2 16-8-2018 to 17-8-2018 13.6 30.9 3.6 7.0

1 20-8-2018 to 21-8-2018 14.2 31.5 4.1 6.9

2 23-8-2018 to 24-8-2018 14.6 32.4 4.0 7.2

Monitoring Location


Week


Parameters (μg/m3)


1 27-8-2018 to 28-8-2018 13.5 33.0 3.7 7.2

2 30-8-2018 to 31-8-2018 13.8 31.1 3.9 6.7


Permissible Limit 24 h NAAQS 2009 60 100 80 80

August 2018 (98 Percentile Readings (Sampling done twice a week for 4 weeks)








24 h NAAQS 2009 60 100 80 80

Monitoring schedule



Annexure-V

List of Angiosperms Species recorded from the Study Area along with their

conservation status according to OUCN Redlist Version 2018-2 accessed in

February 2019

S. No. Family Name of the Species Common name IUCN (2018-2)

1 Acanthaceae Justicia adhatoda Adhusa NE

2 Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera NE

3 Amaranthaceae Alternanthera philoxeroides NE

4 Amaranthaceae Alternanthera sessilis LC

5 Amaranthaceae Amaranthus viridis NE

6 Anacardiaceae Lannea coromandelica NE

7 Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Aam DD

8 Apocynaceae Alstonia scholaris LC

9 Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea NE

10 Apocynaceae Calotropis procera Madar Safed NE

11 Araliaceae Schefflera stellata NE

12 Asparagaceae Asparagus racemosus NE

13 Asteraceae Ageratum conyzoides NE

14 Asteraceae Conyza stricta NE

15 Asteraceae Echinops echinatus Utkarara NE

16 Asteraceae Emilia sonchifolia Hirenkuri NE

17 Asteraceae Vernonia aspera Sahdevi NE

18 Asteraceae Xanthium indicum NE

19 Boraginaceae Cordia dichotoma NE

20 Boraginaceae Heliotropium indicum NE

21 Burseraceae Boswellia serrata Salai NE

22 Cannabaceae Cannabis sativa Bhang NE

23 Cannabaceae Trema orientalis Jibhi LC

24 Caryophyllaceae Plumbago zeylanica NE

25 Celastraceae Cassine glauca NE

26 Cleomaceae Cleome viscosa Hurhur NE

27 Combretaceae Terminalia alata Saja NE

28 Combretaceae Terminalia arjuna Arjun NE


29 Combretaceae Terminalia bellirica NE

30 Combretaceae Terminalia chebula Harra NE

31 Commelinaceae Commelina longifolia NE

32 Convolvulaceae Ipomoea carnea NE

33 Cyperaceae Cyperus diformis NE

34 Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus LC

35 Cyperaceae Fimbristylis dichotoma LC

36 Dilleniaceae Dillenia indica NE

37 Dipterocarpaceae Shorea robusta Sal LC

38 Ebenaceae Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu NE

39 Euphorbiaceae Acalypha ciliata NE

40 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia hirta NE

41 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia neriifolia NE

42 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia neriifolia Sehdu NE

43 Euphorbiaceae Mallotus philippensis Sindur NE

44 Euphorbiaceae Ricinus communis NE

45 Fabaceae Acacia catechu Khair NE

46 Fabaceae Acacia leucophloea Imli NE

47 Fabaceae Acacia nilotica Babul LC

48 Fabaceae Albizia lebbeck Kala Siris NE

49 Fabaceae Albizia procera NE

50 Fabaceae Bauhinia malabarica LC

51 Fabaceae Bauhinia purpurea Shisham LC

52 Fabaceae Cassia fistula Amltas NE

53 Fabaceae Dalbergia sissoo NE

54 Fabaceae Delonix regia Gulmohr LC

55 Fabaceae Erythrina variegata Hadua LC

56 Fabaceae Flemingia macrophylla NE

57 Fabaceae Indigofera linnaei NE

58 Fabaceae Melilotus indicus NE

59 Fabaceae Pongamia pinnata LC

60 Fabaceae Prosopis cineraria Khejri NE


61 Fabaceae Tamarindus indica Imli LC

62 Fabaceae Butea monosperma Karanj NE

63 Gentianaceae Exacum pedunculatum NE

64 Lamiaceae Anisomeles indica NE

65 Lamiaceae Colebrookea oppositifolia Ameda NE

66 Lamiaceae Gmelina arborea NE

67 Lamiaceae Pogostemon benghalensis NE

68 Lamiaceae Tectona grandis Sagaun NE

69 Lamiaceae Vitex negundo NE

70 Lythraceae Lagerstroemia parviflora Sidha NE

71 Lythraceae Woodfordia fruticosa LC

72 Malvaceae Abultilon indicum NE

73 Malvaceae Bombax ceiba Semal NE

74 Malvaceae Grewia hirsuta NE

75 Malvaceae Sida acuta NE

76 Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Neem LC

77 Menispermaceae Tinospora cordifolia NE

78 Moraceae Ficus bengalensis NE

79 Moraceae Ficus elastica NE

80 Moraceae Ficus hispida NE

81 Moraceae Ficus racemosa Gular NE

82 Moraceae Ficus religiosa Pipal NE

83 Moringaceae Moringa oleifera NE

84 Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Jamun NE

85 Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia crispa NE

86 Nyctaginaceae Boerhavia diffusa NE

87 Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata Teenpatti NE

88 Papaveraceae Argemone mexicana Sawaranshiri NE

89 Papaveraceae Fumaria indica Pitpapra NE

90 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus emblica Aonla NE

91 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus reticulatus NE

92 Poaceae Apluda mutica NE


93 Poaceae Cenchrus ciliaris LC

94 Poaceae Cymbopogon martinii Musale NE

95 Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Dub NE

96 Poaceae Dendrocalamus strictus NE

97 Poaceae Desmostachya bipinnata LC

98 Poaceae Eragrostis cilianensis NE

99 Poaceae Eragrostis gangetica NE

100 Poaceae Saccharum spontaneum

101 Poaceae Senna tora NE

102 Rhamnaceae Ziziphus jujuba Ber NE

103 Rhamnaceae Ziziphus oenoplia NE

104 Rhamnaceae Ziziphus rugosa NE

105 Rubiaceae Haldina cordifolia Haldu NE

106 Rubiaceae Mitragyna parvifolia NE

107 Rutaceae Aegle marmelos Bel NE

108 Rutaceae Limonia acidissima Kaitha NE

109 Rutaceae Murraya koenigii aadhil NE

110 Salicaceae Casearia elliptica Berri NE

111 Salicaceae Salix tetrasperma NE

112 Sapindaceae Schleichera oleosa Kusum NE

113 Sapotaceae Madhuca longifolia Mahua NE

114 Simaroubaceae Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh NE

115 Solanaceae Datura stramonium Datura NE

116 Solanaceae Solanum surattense Kateri NE

117 Urticaceae Boehmeria macrophylla NE

118 Verbenaceae Lantana camara NE

IUCN 2018-2- Redlist Conservation Status; LC = Least Concern; LR/LC = Low Risk; DD=Data Deficient; NE = Not Evaluated

SECTION – II

ENVIRONMETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Water Resources Division No. 2 Singrauli EMP Report of Gond Major Irrigation Project


1.1 NEED FOR CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT

It is a well-established fact that reservoirs formed by dams on rivers are subjected to

sedimentation. The process of sedimentation embodies the sequential processes of

erosion, entrainment, transportation, deposition and compaction of sediment. The steady

erosion and sediment in reservoir reduces its capacity, and thus affecting the water

availability for the designated use. The eroded sediment from catchment when deposited

on streambeds and banks causes braiding of river reach. The removal of top fertile soil

from catchment adversely affects the land productivity in the area. Thus, a well-designed

Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan is essential to ameliorate the above mentioned

adverse effects of soil erosion. Soil erosion can be defined as detachment, transportation

and deposition of soil particles from one place to other by means of transporting agent like

air, water or animals. Soil erosion is mainly affected by rainfall intensity and runoff, slope

gradient and length, soil erodibility and vegetation cover (landuse pattern). Therefore,

study of erosion and sediment yield from catchments are of great importance. Soil erosion

leads to:

loss in production potential

reduction in infiltration rates

reduction in water-holding capacity

loss of nutrients

increase in tillage operation costs

reduction in water supply

To control the rate of soil erosion in the catchment, Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) is an

ineluctable part. The CAT plan pertains to preparation of a management plan for treatment

of erosion prone areas through adequate preventive measures. An effective CAT plan is a

key factor to make the project eco-friendly and sustainable. Thus, a well-designed

Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan is essential to ameliorate the above mentioned

adverse process of soil erosion. CAT plan essentially consist of following steps.

1. Calculation of soil erosion using Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE), combined

with Remote Sensing (RS) and Geographic Information System (GIS) technologies.

2. Prioritizing the areas for treatment using Silt Yield Index (SYI).

3. Planning of suitable erosion control measures.

4. Cost estimation for CAT plan.

1.2 RIVER SYSTEM Gopad River, one of the right bank tributaries of the Son River, emerges from the hills on

the north of Sonhat plateau in Sarguja district of Chattishgarh. It receives water from Goini

and Neur rivers. After that it flows towards north and west in stages and meets with other

rivers such as the Sehra, the Kandas and the Mohan during its course through Singrauli

Chapter 1 CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN



district. Then the stream merges with the Son near Bardi and joins the Ganges after a long

journey.

1.3 CATCHMENT AREA The catchment area of the project up to the proposed dam site is 2095 km2. The elevation

of the catchment varies from about El. 397.0m to about El. 1048.0m. Length of Gopad river

up to the proposed dam site is around 90.0 km.

1.4 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY The various steps, covered in the study, are as follows:

Defining study area

Defining data requirement

Data acquisition and preparation

Output presentation

The above mentioned steps are briefly described in the following paragraphs:

1.4.1 Defining Study Area

As stated above, purpose of the study is preparation of CAT plan for the catchment of

Gond Major Irrigation Project. Hence, study area is defined as catchment area of Gond

Major Irrigation Project. In order to plan watershed management and to formulate action

plans it requires sub-watershed delineation, therefore, catchment area was further

delineated into sub-watersheds. For the delineation of sub-watershed, Watershed Atlas of

India prepared by Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSI) has been referred.

Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSI) has Watershed Atlas of India under digital

environment using GIS and produced a Digital Watershed Atlas (DWA) where the

delineation and codification of watersheds in the country has been undertaken in GIS

environment. The delineation for DWS has been done in seven stages starting with Water

Resource Regions and their subsequent division and subdivisions into Basins, Catchments,

Sub-catchments, Watershed, Sub watershed and Micro-watersheds in decreasing size of

the delineated hydrologic unit.

As per Watershed Atlas of India, the catchment area of Gond Major Irrigation Project falls

in 37 sub-watersheds. Out of these 37 sub-watersheds, 35 sub-watersheds falls completely

within the catchment area while 2 sub-watersheds fall partially within the catchment area.

Of the 37 sub-watersheds, 27 sub-watersheds falls in Chhattisgarh state, 8 falls in Madhya

Pradesh state while 2 falls in both the states. The nomenclature of sub-watersheds has

been assigned as follows: Ganga Region (2); Left Bank of Ganga Basin (2A); Son Catchment

(2A5); Gopad Sub-Catchment (2A5F); Biniao (2A5F7), Bijadur & Pairi (2A5F8) and Herdrona

& Neur (2A5F9) Watersheds; and 37. The detail of sub-watersheds delineated for the

catchment area is given below (Table 1.1 and Figure 1.1).



Table 1.1: Names and Codes of Sub-watersheds Delineated for the Catchment Area

S. No

Water Resource

Region Basin Catchment

Sub-Catchment

Watershed Sub-

Watershed Code

Sub-Watershed Area (ha)

1.

Ganga (2)

Left Bank of Ganga (2A)

Son (2A5) Gopad (2A5F)

Biniao (2A5F7)

2A5F7k 2205.53 2. 2A5F7m 4911.74 3. 2A5F7n 3250.22 4. 2A5F7p 4353.51 5. 2A5F7q 3775.74 6. 2A5F7r 1645.90 7.

Bijadur & Pairi (2A5F8)

2A5F8a* 4130.55 8. 2A5F8a^ 1644.69 9. 2A5F8b 4129.30 10. 2A5F8c 6156.70 11. 2A5F8d 6015.13 12. 2A5F8f 6513.38 13. 2A5F8g 8265.08 14. 2A5F8h 8567.20 15. 2A5F8j 6575.29 16. 2A5F8k 5240.46 17. 2A5F8m 5646.20 18. 2A5F8n 6343.01 19. 2A5F8p 6747.67 20. 2A5F8q 3637.12 21. 2A5F8r 5109.26 22. 2A5F8s 8667.04 23. 2A5F8t 4342.15 24. 2A5F8u 5843.53 25. 2A5F8v 6475.59 26. 2A5F8w 9369.92 27.

Herdrona & Neur

(2A5F9)

2A5F9a 1922.48 28. 2A5F9b 5417.16 29. 2A5F9c 6321.40 30. 2A5F9d* 4618.43 31. 2A5F9d^ 1943.03 32. 2A5F9f 4375.57 33. 2A5F9g 5775.51 34. 2A5F9h 5717.36 35. 2A5F9j 5000.93 36. 2A5F9k 7161.64 37. 2A5F9m 10213.59 38. 2A5F9n 6503.10 39. 2A5F9p 4967.89

TOTAL 209500.00

Note: * Part of sub-watershed falling in Madhya Pradesh

^ part of sub-watershed falling in Chhattisgarh



Figure 1.1: Sub-Watershed Map of Catchment Area



1.4.2 Defining Data Requirement

Soil loss has been calculated through RUSLE (Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation) model which is

computed by the following equation:

Soil Loss (A) = R*K*LS*C*P

Wherein;

A = Soil loss (Tons/ha/year)

R is Rainfall & Runoff Erosivity Factor (MJ mm/ha-1/h-1/year-1), which depends upon the annual

average rainfall in mm. Data required for R factor is rainfall intensity.

K is Soil Erodibility Factor (Tons/ha/h/ha-1/MJ-1/mm-1), which depends on the organic matter,

texture permeability and profile structure of the soil. Also, it is a constant value for each soil type.

Data required for K factor is soil type.

LS is Topographic Factor (dimensionless) which depends upon flow accumulation and steepness

and length of slope in the area. Data required for LS factor is slope length and slope gradient.

C = Vegetation Cover and Crop Management Factor (dimensionless), which is the ratio of bare

soil to vegetation and non- photosynthetic material. It is a constant value for each land use

category. Data required for C factor is land use/ land cover.

P is Conservation Supporting Practice Factor (dimensionless), which takes into account specific

erosion control practices like contour bunding, bench terracing etc.

1.4.3 Data Acquisition and Preparation

The base map of study area as already discussed was prepared from Survey of India Toposheets

at 1:50,000 scale. The data on various aspects was collected from different sources. The rainfall

data in the Study area was procured from the Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission (TRMM) of

NASA from their website https://pmm.nasa.gov/data-access/downloads/trmm. Soil map of the

study area was prepared from soil map of Madhya Pradesh procured from Regional Centre

of National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning (NBSS&LUP), New Delhi.

For the preparation of DEM and preparation of Slope map, Shuttle Radar Topography Mission

(SRTM) 3 Arc-Second Global Digital Terrain Elevation Data (DTED) data has been used. For the

preparation of land use/ land cover, map prepared by National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC),

Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with Remote Sensing Applications

Centre, MP Council of Science & Technology and Chhattisgarh Council on Science & Technology

as partners has been used.

1.4.3.1 Rainfall Erosivity (R) Factor

R factor is a function of the falling raindrop and rainfall intensity and is estimated as the product

of the kinetic energy (E) of the raindrop and the maximum intensity of rainfall (I30) over duration

of 30 min in a storm. The erosivity of rain is calculated for each storm, and these values are

summed up for each year.

In this study, the storm wise rainfall data were not available for the computation of rainfall

erosivity factor (R); therefore, the relationship between seasonal value of R and average rainfall

https://pmm.nasa.gov/data-access/downloads/trmm



has been used. The rainfall erosivity factor has been defined as R = 81.5 + 0.38X, where, R is the

average seasonal erosivity factor (MJ mm/ha-1/h-1/year-1), and X is the annual average rainfall

(mm).

For the estimation of rainfall erosivity in the catchment area, average rainfall of 10 years has

been taken from the Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission (TRMM) data (Figure 1.2). In the

absence of site specific periodic data, TRMM data from the year 1998 to 2009 has been used for

the calculation of R factor for both the periods i.e. prior and post implementation of CAT plan. As

can be seen in the Figure 1.2, the catchment area comprises of two average annual rainfall

ranges i.e. 1000-2000 mm/year and 500-1000 mm/year. Similarly, catchment area was divided

into two zones and was assigned with X values 1500 mm and 750 mm for the average annual

rainfall range of 1000-2000 mm/year and 500-1000 mm/year respectively. The R factors thus

arrived are 366.5 and 651.5 for the zones having average annual rainfall range of 500-1000

mm/year and 1000-2000 mm/year respectively and zones have been shown on study area map

given at Figure 1.3.

Figure 1.2: Average Annual Rainfall map of the Catchment Area as per TRMM



Figure 1.3: R Factor Values map of the Catchment Area

1.4.3.2 Soil Erodibility (K) Factor

The K factor is an expression of the inherent erodibility of the soil or surface material at a

particular site under standard experimental conditions. It is a function of the particle-size

distribution, organic-matter content, structure, and permeability of the soil or surface

material. Prior to deciding the K values, soil map for the area is prerequisite. Soil map

procured from NBSS&LUP, Nagpur was digitized. The dominant soil unit is 590 (34.80%),

which is characterised by very Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy-skeletal soils

on very steep sloping hills and ridges with very severe erosion and strong stony. Equally

prominent type in the study area is soil unit 609 (33.87%), which is characterised by deep,

well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping undulating plateau with moderate erosion. Soil

map has been shown in Figure 1.4. The legend for soil unit classes is given in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2: Description of Soil Units in the Catchment Area

Soil

Unit Description Soil Taxonomy Area (ha)

Area

(%)

586

Very Shallow, somewhat excessively drained,

loamy soils on moderately steep sloping hills

and ridges with severe erosion and strong

stony; associated with:

Very shallow, excessively drained, loamy-

skeletal soils on steeply sloping with very

severe erosion and strongly stony.

Lithic

Ustorthents

Typic

Ustorthents

1251.65 0.60

588 Very Shallow, somewhat excessively drained,

loamy-skeletal soils on moderately steep

Lithic

Ustorthents 6887.93 3.29



Soil

Unit Description Soil Taxonomy Area (ha)

Area

(%)

sloping hills and ridges with severe erosion and

strong stony; associated with:

Slightly deep, somewhat excessively drained,

loamy soils on moderately steep sloping with

very severe erosion and strongly stony.

Typic

Ustorthents

590

Very Shallow, somewhat excessively drained,

loamy-skeletal soils on very steep sloping hills

and ridges with very severe erosion and strong


Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy

soils on moderately sloping with severe erosion

and moderately stony.

Lithic

Ustorthents

Typic

Udorthents

72895.99 34.80

596

Extremely shallow, excessively drained, loamy

soils on steeply sloping isolated hills with

pediments with severe erosion and moderately


Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained,

loamy-skeletal soils on steeply sloping with very

severe erosion and moderately stony.

Typic

Udorthents

Typic

Udorthents

5560.37 2.65

601

Slightly deep, excessively drained, loamy soils

on moderately steep sloping elongated ridges

with severe erosion; associated with:

Shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy

soils on moderately steep sloping with very

severe erosion.

Typic

Rhodustalfs

Lithic

Haplustalfs

12052.42 5.75

607

Deep, well drained, sandy soils on very gently

sloping undulating plateau with moderate

erosion and slightly stony; associated with:

Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently

sloping with moderate erosion.

Arenic

Haplustalfs

Typic

Haplustalfs

14356.38 6.85

609

Deep, well drained, loamy soils on gently

sloping undulating plateau with moderate

erosion; associated with:

Shallow, well drained, loamy soils on gently


Typic

Haplustalfs

Typic

Ustochrepts

70953.10 33.87

624

Slightly deep, well drained, loamy soils on

gently sloping plateau (slightly dissected) with

moderate erosion; associated with:

Shallow, well drained, loamy soils on gently

sloping with slight erosion.

Typic

Haplustalfs

Lithic

Ustochrepts

1903.22 0.91

644

Deep, moderately well drained, clayey soils on

very gently sloping plain land with moderate

erosion; associated with:

Deep, well drained, sandy soils on gently


Vertic

Ustochrepts

Typic

Haplustalfs

23638.95 11.28

TOTAL 209500.00 100



Figure 1.4: Soil Map of Catchment Area

(For details of Soil Unit legend refer Table 1.2)

As per the soil map of the catchment area, the soil can be classified in four major categories.

Slightly deep to deep with moderate erosion have low K values i.e. 0.15 because of high

infiltration resulting in low runoff even though these particles are easily detached. Slightly

deep to deep with severe erosion have moderate K value i.e. 0.20, because they are less

susceptible to particle detachment and they produce runoff at moderate rates. Very shallow

with severe erosion have slightly high K value i.e. 0.25. Extremely shallow to very shallow

with very severe erosion have high K value i.e. 0.325. Various classes of soil and the values of

K are shown in Figure 1.5 and given in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3: Soil Erodibility Factor for different soil types in the Catchment Area

S.

No. Soil Unit Soil Type Erosion Intensity K Value

1 609, 624, 644 Slightly deep to deep Moderate erosion 0.15

2 601, 607 Slightly deep to deep Severe erosion 0.20

3 586, 588 Very shallow Severe erosion 0.25

3 590, 596 Extremely shallow to very

shallow Very severe erosion 0.325



Figure 1.5: K Factor Value Map of the Catchment Area

1.4.3.3 Topographic (LS) Factor

The LS factor is an expression of the effect of topography, specifically hill slope length and

steepness, on rates of soil loss at a particular site. The value of ‘LS’ increases as hill slope

length and steepness increase, under the assumption that runoff accumulates and

accelerates in the down-slope direction. Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and Slope of a

particular area is prerequisite for LS factor. As already discussed, SRTM data has been used

for DEM and the sae DEM has been used for the preparation of slope map. The slope map

in degrees prepared for the catchment area is given at Figure 1.6. As can be seen from the

figure, in the catchment area, the slope ranges from 0° to more than 60°. Though a

marginal area fall under more than 60°slope. The LS factor prepared for the catchment area

is given at Figure 1.7.



Figure 1.6: Slope Map of Catchment Area



Figure 1.7: LS Factor Map of Catchment Area

1.4.3.4 Crop Management (C) Factor

The C factor is an expression of the effect of surface cover and roughness, soil biomass, and

soil-disturbing activities on rates of soil loss at a particular site. The value of C decreases as

surface cover and soil biomass increase, thus protecting the soil from rain splash and

runoff. In the present study, the land use/land cover map prepared from Landsat Data has

been used in the allocation of C factor for different land use classes.

For the present study, land use/land cover maps prepared by National Remote Sensing

Centre (NRSC), Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with Remote

Sensing Applications Centre, MP Council of Science & Technology and Chhattisgarh Council

on Science & Technology as partners has been used; Google Earth was also referred.

The classified land use/ land cover map of the catchment area is shown as Figure 1.8. The

land use/ land cover pattern of the catchment area has been given in Table 1.4. As can be

seen from the map and table, the land use/ land cover pattern can be classified into six

classes, out of these seven classes, open forest agricultural land covers the maximum area

i.e. 85.36%, rest all the other classes are in the order of 10%.



Figure 1.8: Land use/ Land cover map of the Catchment Area



Table 1.4: Area falling under different land use/ land cover classes in Catchment Area

Land use/ Land cover Classes Area (ha) Area (%)

Open Forest 178838.83 85.36

Scrub Forest Land 3150.68 1.50

Scrub Land 6233.81 2.98

Fallow Land 2306.25 1.10

Agricultural Land 13010.18 6.21

Settlement 1356.49 0.65

Waterbody 4603.75 2.20

Total 209500.00 100

Table 1.5 describes the cover management factors used in the model under different land

use/land cover categories and the same is shown in the map of cover management factors given

at Figure 1.9.

Table 1.5: Crop Management Factor used for the Catchment Area

S. No. Land use/ Land cover Type C Value

1 Open Forest 0.02

2 Scrub Forest 0.03

3 Scrub Land 0.03

4 Fallow Land 0.05

5 Agricultural Land 0.01

6 Settlement & Waterbody 0.00

1.4.3.5 Conservation Support Practice (P) Factor

The P factor is an expression of the effects of supporting conservation practices, such as

contouring, buffer strips of vegetation, and terracing, on soil loss at a particular site. It is

the ratio of soil loss with specific support practice to the corresponding loss with up- or

down-slope cultivation. In the present study, the P factor has been considered as 1.



Figure 1.9: C Factor value map of the Catchment Area



1.4.4 Output Presentation

A thematic map for soil loss of the catchment area has been prepared using RUSLE model

mentioned in the above section. The catchment area was then demarcated into different

soil erosion intensity mapping units or classes based upon the extent of soil loss (see Table

1.6 & Figure 1.10). The catchment area under different Erosion Intensity categories is given

in Table 1.7. As can be seen from the figure and table, around 44% of the catchment area is

prone to less than 1 tons/ha/annum soil erosion, i.e. under negligible erosion intensity

category. Around 6% of its area is prone to Severe and Very Severe soil erosion.

Table 1.6: Soil Loss Range and Erosion Intensity Categories

S.

No.

Soil loss in

tons/hectare/annum

Erosion Intensity

Category

1 <1 Negligible

2 1-5 Slight

3 5-10 Very Low

4 10-20 Low

5 20-40 Moderate

6 40-80 Severe

7 >80 Very Severe

Total

Table 1.7: Area falling under different Erosion Intensity Categories in Catchment Area

Erosion Intensity Category Area (ha) Area (%)

Negligible 92228.55 44.02

Slight 37477.40 17.89

Very Low 25017.62 11.94

Low 24352.79 11.62

Moderate 19280.17 9.20

Severe 9187.23 4.39

Very Severe 1956.24 0.93

Total 209500.00 100



Figure 1.10: Erosion Intensity Map of Catchment Area



1.5 PRIORTIZATION OF SUB-WATERSHEDS USING SILT YIELD INDEX (SYI) METHOD `Silt Yield Index’ (SYI), method has been used for prioritization of sub-watersheds in the

catchment for treatment. The Silt Yield Index (SYI) is defined as the Yield per unit area and

SYI value for hydrologic unit is obtained by taking the weighted arithmetic mean over the

entire area of the hydrologic unit by using suitable empirical equation. The Silt Yield Index

Model (SYI) considers sedimentation as product of erosivity, morphometry and delivery

ratio of a particular sub-watershed and was conceptualized by Soil and Land Use Survey of

India (SLUSI) as early as 1969 and has been operational since then to meet the

requirements of prioritization of smaller hydrologic units within river valley project

catchment areas. Silt yield index (SYI) was calculated using following empirical formula:

SYI = (Ai * Wi ) * Di * 100 ; where i = 1 to n

Aw

where,

Ai = Area of ith unit (EIMU)

Wi = Weightage value of ith mapping unit

n = No. of mapping units

Aw = Total area of sub-watershed.

Di = Delivery ratio

1.5.1 Erosion Intensity Mapping Unit

Erosion Intensity Mapping Units (EIMU) are demarcated and defined as per the soil erosion

intensity map prepared above. Various EIMU categories, such as Very Severe, Severe,

Moderate, Low, Very Low, and Negligible & Slight (clubbed together), were then used to

calculate sub-watershed-wise SYI. Erosion Intensity Mapping Units (EIMU) is a composite

expression of physiography, land use, and conservation practices adopted. While

computing soil erosion intensity in a catchment all the factors (physiography, land use, and

conservation practices) are already taken into consideration. Therefore, EIMUs are

assumed as per the soil erosion intensity in the sub-watershed.

1.5.2 Weightage Value

Each erosion intensity unit is assigned a weightage value. When considered collectively, the

weightage value represents approximately the comparative erosion intensity. A basic

factor of K = 10 was used in determining the weightage values. The value of 10 indicates a

static condition of equilibrium between erosion and deposition. Any addition to the factor

K (10+X) is suggestive of erosion in ascending order whereas subtraction, i.e. (10-X) is

indicative of deposition possibilities. The weightage value assigned to erosion mapping unit

in a sub-watershed ranges from 11-20.

1.5.3 Delivery Ratio

Delivery ratios were adjusted for each of the erosion intensity unit. The delivery ratio

suggests the percentage of eroded material that finally finds entry into reservoir or river/

stream. Delivery ratios are assigned to all erosion intensity units depending upon their

distance from the nearest stream. The criteria adopted for assigning the delivery ratio are

as follows:



Nearest Stream Delivery ratio

0 - 0.9 km 1.00

1.0 - 2.0 km 0.95

2.1 - 5.0 km 0.90

5.1 - 15.0 km 0.80

15.1 - 30.0 km 0.70

1.5.4 Silt Yield Index

The area of each of the mapping units is computed and silt yield indices of individual sub-

watersheds are calculated using the equations mentioned above. The SYI values for

classification of various categories of erosion intensity rates are given in Table 1.8.

Table 1.8: Calculation of SYI in Sub-Watersheds in Catchment Area

Sub-Watershed

EIMU EIMU Area (hectare)

(EA)

Weightage factor (WF)

Silt Yield (SY) = EA *

(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)

SYI = (SY*DR*100)/SA

2A5F7k

1 0.27 20 5.45

0.9 1159

2 16.06 20 321.20 3 90.07 18 1621.32 4 193.16 16 3090.56 5 244.65 14 3425.09 6 1661.32 12 19935.80

Total

2205.53

28399.42

1159

2A5F7m

1 63.62 20 1272.45

0.9 1184

2 164.59 20 3291.84 3 266.36 18 4794.55 4 340.81 16 5453.00 5 457.69 14 6407.68 6 3618.66 12 43423.95

Total

4911.74

64643.47

1184

2A5F7n

1 0.09 20 1.81

0.85 1074

2 8.63 20 172.68 3 67.67 18 1218.04 4 201.67 16 3226.68 5 390.61 14 5468.52 6 2581.55 12 30978.60

Total

3250.22

41066.33

1074

2A5F7p

1 36.73 20 734.61

0.8 1120

2 206.75 20 4135.06 3 507.66 18 9137.93 4 642.03 16 10272.53 5 562.87 14 7880.23 6 2397.45 12 28769.45

Total

4353.51

60929.82

1120

2A5F7q

1 81.47 20 1629.34

0.8 1199

2 364.23 20 7284.69 3 721.70 18 12990.58 4 657.71 16 10523.36 5 384.98 14 5389.75 6 1565.65 12 18787.78

Total

3775.74

56605.50

1199

2A5F7r

1 8.26 20 165.23

0.9 1257 2 75.56 20 1511.17 3 183.60 18 3304.85 4 255.80 16 4092.86 5 224.16 14 3138.31



Sub-Watershed


(EA)



(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)


6 898.51 12 10782.09 Total

1645.90

22994.51

1257

2A5F8a

1 18.91 20 378.25

0.9 1151

2 69.97 20 1399.36 3 154.43 18 2779.73 4 227.22 16 3635.45 5 358.08 14 5013.15 6 3301.95 12 39623.35

Total

4130.55

52829.28

1151

2A5F8a

1 13.43 20 268.56

0.9 1229

2 60.24 20 1204.84 3 136.60 18 2458.88 4 227.01 16 3632.10 5 204.47 14 2862.52 6 1002.94 12 12035.33

Total

1644.69

22462.23

1229

2A5F8b

1 8.71 20 174.19

0.9 1168

2 64.71 20 1294.16 3 219.84 18 3957.12 4 326.29 16 5220.65 5 419.13 14 5867.81 6 3090.62 12 37087.46

Total

4129.30

53601.39

1168

2A5F8c

1 26.15 20 522.91

0.9 1226

2 222.35 20 4446.94 3 570.93 18 10276.69 4 759.01 16 12144.21 5 763.01 14 10682.13 6 3815.26 12 45783.10

Total

6156.70

83855.99

1226

2A5F8d

1 65.77 20 1315.48

0.9 1279

2 357.01 20 7140.13 3 797.77 18 14359.77 4 926.84 16 14829.43 5 727.47 14 10184.60 6 3140.28 12 37683.34

Total

6015.13

85512.75

1279

2A5F8f

1 41.38 20 827.66

0.9 1252

2 300.49 20 6009.74 3 729.52 18 13131.33 4 928.46 16 14855.38 5 807.46 14 11304.50 6 3706.07 12 44472.81

Total

6513.38

90601.43

1252

2A5F8g

1 65.18 20 1303.53

0.9 1231

2 394.92 20 7898.32 3 765.20 18 13773.58 4 890.81 16 14253.01 5 1037.55 14 14525.72 6 5111.43 12 61337.14

Total

8265.08

113091.30

1231

2A5F8h

1 76.03 20 1520.63

0.9 1223

2 372.13 20 7442.63 3 737.42 18 13273.58 4 895.64 16 14330.19 5 1031.09 14 14435.22 6 5454.89 12 65458.67



Sub-Watershed


(EA)



(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)


Total

8567.20

116460.91

1223

2A5F8j

1 64.71 20 1294.28

0.9 1242

2 358.54 20 7170.80 3 610.29 18 10985.16 4 762.46 16 12199.35 5 858.20 14 12014.78 6 3921.09 12 47053.05

Total

6575.29

90717.41

1242

2A5F8k

1 87.28 20 1745.57

0.9 1244

2 311.80 20 6235.96 3 495.33 18 8915.90 4 562.57 16 9001.05 5 580.14 14 8121.93 6 3203.35 12 38440.23

Total

5240.46

72460.65

1244

2A5F8m

1 62.42 20 1248.39

0.9 1294

2 416.80 20 8335.93 3 853.54 18 15363.78 4 810.24 16 12963.83 5 604.95 14 8469.27 6 2898.25 12 34779.01

Total

5646.20

81160.20

1294

2A5F8n

1 146.48 20 2929.52

0.9 1351

2 717.39 20 14347.78 3 1191.30 18 21443.46 4 972.47 16 15559.46 5 573.67 14 8031.38 6 2741.71 12 32900.48

Total

6343.01

95212.07

1351

2A5F8p

1 58.30 20 1166.06

0.85 1197

2 279.31 20 5586.28 3 798.55 18 14373.82 4 1170.01 16 18720.16 5 943.19 14 13204.71 6 3498.31 12 41979.69

Total

6747.67

95030.72

1197

2A5F8q

1 40.27 20 805.44

0.8 1180

2 317.91 20 6358.17 3 648.72 18 11676.94 4 610.93 16 9774.81 5 399.68 14 5595.46 6 1619.62 12 19435.43

Total

3637.12

53646.26

1180

2A5F8r

1 3.47 20 69.36

0.8 1053

2 63.01 20 1260.22 3 294.71 18 5304.71 4 525.18 16 8402.84 5 760.45 14 10646.31 6 3462.45 12 41549.38

Total

5109.26

67232.82

1053

2A5F8s

1 217.29 20 4345.82

0.8 1144

2 689.86 20 13797.22 3 1071.18 18 19281.16 4 1115.77 16 17852.35 5 888.45 14 12438.25 6 4684.49 12 56213.90

Total

8667.04

123928.70

1144



Sub-Watershed


(EA)



(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)


2A5F8t

1 100.66 20 2013.29

0.85 1153

2 285.87 20 5717.35 3 303.57 18 5464.26 4 271.66 16 4346.63 5 385.59 14 5398.22 6 2994.80 12 35937.56

Total

4342.15

58877.30

1153

2A5F8u

1 91.62 20 1832.41

0.8 1178

2 560.98 20 11219.58 3 1021.79 18 18392.29 4 859.85 16 13757.65 5 560.01 14 7840.07 6 2749.28 12 32991.37

Total

5843.53

86033.37

1178

2A5F8v

1 82.13 20 1642.57

0.8 1101

2 306.54 20 6130.76 3 654.87 18 11787.63 4 752.10 16 12033.52 5 696.12 14 9745.65 6 3983.84 12 47806.11

Total

6475.59

89146.24

1101

2A5F8w

1 23.76 20 475.17

0.8 1072

2 182.53 20 3650.64 3 661.82 18 11912.72 4 1244.88 16 19918.13 5 1276.72 14 17874.14 6 5980.20 12 71762.40

Total

9369.92

125593.20

1072

2A5F9a

1 27.55 20 550.95

0.9 1252

2 107.84 20 2156.72 3 202.93 18 3652.65 4 229.50 16 3671.97 5 228.86 14 3204.11 6 1125.81 12 13509.67

Total

1922.48

26746.07

1252

2A5F9b

1 42.44 20 848.76

0.8 1058

2 149.39 20 2987.88 3 282.60 18 5086.77 4 507.48 16 8119.67 5 689.69 14 9655.59 6 3745.57 12 44946.84

Total

5417.16

71645.51

1058

2A5F9c

1 10.48 20 209.68

0.85 1126

2 102.29 20 2045.73 3 414.41 18 7459.33 4 696.74 16 11147.81 5 864.96 14 12109.49 6 4232.52 12 50790.28

Total

6321.40

83762.33

1126

2A5F9d

1 88.18 20 1763.68

0.8 1095

2 215.57 20 4311.46 3 364.32 18 6557.73 4 489.88 16 7838.01 5 621.62 14 8702.68 6 2838.86 12 34066.27

Total

4618.43

63239.82

1095 2A5F9d 1 24.07 20 481.49 0.8 1135



Sub-Watershed


(EA)



(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)


2 116.30 20 2325.92 3 236.11 18 4249.94 4 308.25 16 4931.96 5 235.20 14 3292.81 6 1023.10 12 12277.19

Total

1943.03

27559.32

1135

2A5F9f

1 77.22 20 1544.36

0.85 1194

2 267.71 20 5354.15 3 495.44 18 8917.86 4 537.94 16 8607.03 5 549.15 14 7688.09 6 2448.12 12 29377.41

Total

4375.57

61488.90

1194

2A5F9g

1 2.23 20 44.57

0.85 1117

2 52.89 20 1057.85 3 335.72 18 6042.90 4 627.95 16 10047.25 5 827.73 14 11588.29 6 3928.98 12 47147.76

Total

5775.51

75928.61

1117

2A5F9h

1 26.02 20 520.34

0.85 1137

2 159.79 20 3195.76 3 452.70 18 8148.52 4 604.25 16 9668.07 5 621.40 14 8699.53 6 3853.21 12 46238.55

Total

5717.36

76470.77

1137

2A5F9j

1 63.44 20 1268.76

0.85 1161

2 255.09 20 5101.73 3 438.21 18 7887.71 4 508.71 16 8139.37 5 542.34 14 7592.73 6 3193.15 12 38317.80

Total

5000.93

68308.10

1161

2A5F9k

1 57.38 20 1147.52

0.8 1079

2 248.01 20 4960.14 3 555.69 18 10002.44 4 792.19 16 12675.05 5 847.66 14 11867.18 6 4660.72 12 55928.66

Total

7161.64

96580.98

1079

2A5F9m

1 32.51 20 650.12

0.85 1088

2 166.06 20 3321.29 3 338.05 18 6084.98 4 600.74 16 9611.91 5 1080.07 14 15121.01 6 7996.14 12 95953.73

Total

10213.59

130743.04

1088

2A5F9n

1 16.85 20 336.94

0.85 1130

2 137.92 20 2758.41 3 376.37 18 6774.71 4 746.82 16 11949.04 5 974.82 14 13647.52 6 4250.32 12 51003.85

Total

6503.10

86470.47

1130

2A5F9p 1 3.48 20 69.62

0.8 1051 2 40.21 20 804.14



Sub-Watershed


(EA)



(WF)

Delivery Ratio (DR)


3 233.21 18 4197.80 4 571.77 16 9148.34 5 793.73 14 11112.25 6 3325.49 12 39905.87

Total

4967.89

65238.02

1051

1.5.5 Prioritization of Sub-Watersheds

The sub-watersheds are subsequently rated into various categories corresponding to their

respective SYI values. The criteria followed for priority categorization of sub-watersheds

depending upon their SYI values is given below and the priority classification of individual

sub-watershed is given in Table 1.9 and Figure 1.11.

Priority categories SYI Values

Very high > 1300

High 1200-1299

Medium 1100-1199

Low 1000-1099

Very Low <1000

Table 1.9: Priority Number as per SYI Classification in Catchment Area

S. No.

Sub-Watershed

SYI Priority Priority Number

1 2A5F7k 1159 Medium 3 2 2A5F7m 1184 Medium 3 3 2A5F7n 1074 Low 4 4 2A5F7p 1120 Medium 3 5 2A5F7q 1199 Medium 3 6 2A5F7r 1257 High 2 7 2A5F8a 1151 Medium 3 8 2A5F8a 1229 High 2 9 2A5F8b 1168 Medium 3

10 2A5F8c 1226 High 2 11 2A5F8d 1279 High 2 12 2A5F8f 1252 High 2 13 2A5F8g 1231 High 2 14 2A5F8h 1223 High 2 15 2A5F8j 1242 High 2 16 2A5F8k 1244 High 2 17 2A5F8m 1294 High 2 18 2A5F8n 1351 Very High 1 19 2A5F8p 1197 Medium 3 20 2A5F8q 1180 Medium 3 21 2A5F8r 1053 Low 4 22 2A5F8s 1144 Medium 3 23 2A5F8t 1153 Medium 3 24 2A5F8u 1178 Medium 3 25 2A5F8v 1101 Medium 3 26 2A5F8w 1072 Low 4 27 2A5F9a 1252 High 2 28 2A5F9b 1058 Low 4 29 2A5F9c 1126 Medium 3 30 2A5F9d 1095 Low 4



S. No.

Sub-Watershed

SYI Priority Priority Number

31 2A5F9d 1135 Medium 3 32 2A5F9f 1194 Medium 3 33 2A5F9g 1117 Medium 3 34 2A5F9h 1137 Medium 3 35 2A5F9j 1161 Medium 3 36 2A5F9k 1079 Low 4 37 2A5F9m 1088 Low 4 38 2A5F9n 1130 Medium 3 39 2A5F9p 1051 Low 4

Figure 1.11: Sub-watersheds Priority Classification Map of Catchment Area

1.6 TREATMENT PLAN

1.6.1 Area to be taken up for Treatment

Area under severe and very severe erosion intensity category in all the 37 sub-watersheds

will be taken up for treatment. To arrive at such an area, first of all area under severe and

very severe erosion intensity category was extracted for each sub-watershed, which comes

out to be 11143.47 ha. Thereafter, area under severe and very severe erosion intensity

category falling inside proposed submergence area was excluded, the area thus arrived at is

11072.30 ha.

Lastly, area under severe and very severe erosion intensity category (11072.30) falling

under settlements, agricultural land and waterbody classes of land use/ land cover have

been excluded as they are not being disturbed. The sub-watershed wise and land use/ land



cover wise area thus arrived at and considered as treatable area is 11053.024 ha (or say

11053 ha) and is presented below in Table 1.10. Out of the total 11053 ha to be treated, it is

proposed to treat 2842 ha by biological measures and the rest 8211 ha by engineering

measures.

Table 1.10: Sub-watershed wise treatable area under different Landuse/ Landcover

classes in Catchment Area Sub-

Watersheds Land use/ Land cover Classes Wise Area (ha) Total Area

(ha) Open Forest Scrub Forest Land Scrub Land Fallow Land 2A5F7k 0.70 5.01 3.53 4.36 13.60 2A5F7m 212.48 1.11 8.10 3.75 225.44 2A5F7n 2.19 0.50 4.28 0.60 7.57 2A5F7p 235.81 1.80 0.00 3.80 241.41 2A5F7q 440.71 1.74 0 0.15 442.60 2A5F7r 80.18 0 0.04 0.58 80.80 2A5F8a 87.88 0.12 0 0.27 88.27 2A5F8a 72.91 0 0 0 72.91 2A5F8b 72.71 0 0 0 72.71 2A5F8c 243.38 0.13 0.45 2.93 246.89 2A5F8d 418.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 418.96 2A5F8f 332.85 0.18 2.45 4.48 339.96 2A5F8g 456.72 0.00 0.00 0.09 456.81 2A5F8h 444.05 0.00 0.00 1.01 445.06 2A5F8j 419.01 0 0 0.6 419.61 2A5F8k 395.73 0 0 1.36 397.09 2A5F8m 474.18 0 0.29 0 474.47 2A5F8n 856.55 0 1.32 0 857.87 2A5F8p 335.31 0 0 0 335.31 2A5F8q 355.62 0 0 0.61 356.23 2A5F8r 65.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 65.85 2A5F8s 899.20 0.21 0.36 0.24 900.01 2A5F8t 383.54 0.00 0.00 0.00 383.54 2A5F8u 648.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 648.09 2A5F8v 386.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 386.15 2A5F8w 198.18 0 0 6.36 204.54 2A5F9a 128.65 0 5.41 0 134.06 2A5F9b 173.7 0 16.66 0 190.36 2A5F9c 111.41 0 0.09 0.44 111.94 2A5F9d 277.6 0.72 23.4 0 301.72 2A5F9d 139.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 139.64 2A5F9f 340.57 0.00 0.57 1.64 342.78 2A5F9g 54.11 0.08 0.27 0.18 54.64 2A5F9h 180.24 0.00 0.60 3.41 184.25 2A5F9j 315.83 0 0.26 0.62 316.71 2A5F9k 302.17 0 0 0.09 302.26 2A5F9m 195.63 0.71 0.09 0.23 196.66 2A5F9n 151.36 1.26 0.71 0.07 153.40 2A5F9p 26.72 16.18 0 0.17 43.07

Total 10916.57 29.75 68.88 38.04 11053.24

The period for implementing CAT plan interventions including maintenance has been taken

as 9 years. It is proposed to establish nursery, other entry point activities and implement

treatment measures in sub-watershed falling under very high priority in the first year itself,

followed by implementation of treatment measures in sub-watershed falling under high

priority in second year, sub-watershed falling under medium priority in third year and sub-



watershed falling under low priority in fourth year. Maintenance period will be subsequent

5 years.

1.6.2 Treatment Measures

Watershed management is the optimal use of soil and water resources within a given

geographical area so as to enable sustainable production. It implies changes in land use,

vegetative cover, and other structural and non-structural action that are taken in a

watershed to achieve specific watershed management objectives. The overall objectives of

watershed management programme are to:

increase infiltration into soil;

control excessive runoff;

manage & utilize runoff for useful purpose.

The basis of site selection for different engineering treatment measures under CAT are

given in Table 1.11.

Table 1.11: Basis for selection of catchment area treatment measures

Treatment measure Basis for selection

Afforestation Open forest and Scrub forest land

Energy Plantation Scrub land

Staggered Trenches Fallow land

Brushwood Check Dams Gullies formed around the streams

Dry Stone Masonry Check Dams In the streams of 3rd and 4th order

Gabion Check Dams Wherever loose boulders are not stable in particular

stretch of a stream

1.6.2.1 Biological Measures

The biological measures would comprise of:

Afforestation

Energy Plantation

Staggered Trenches

Development of nurseries

1.6.2.1.1 Afforestation

A well stocked forest is the best insurance against soil loss as well as for ecological

rehabilitation. It is therefore proposed to increase the vegetation cover in the tract. For

this, patches of open forest and scrub forest land falling under sever and very severe

erosion intensity category shall be brought under afforestation. The locality factors

prevalent in the area such as fires, grazing etc. are fairly adverse to the establishment of

plantations. Thus special and intensive efforts are needed to ensure the success of

afforestation work. Owing to the above enumeration factors, the plantation will require

higher levels of maintenance also. This will include raising of multi-tier mixed vegetation of

suitable local species. 1100 plants per hectare will be planted under this scheme. Planting

will be done in pits. Earth work should be done well in advance. Plants should be healthy

with strong stems. Planting should be done in June when the water supply starts. RCC

fence posts with 4 strand barbed wire fencing, interlaced with thorny bushes will be done

in the plantation areas. Further, it is assessed that it is essential to make provision for soil



and moisture conservation measures in the areas proposed for afforestation. Provision had

been made for undertaking various necessary soil and moisture conservation measures in

these areas. Provision is also made for five years maintenance of afforestation undertaken

as part of the catchment area treatment. The unit cost for afforestation including

maintenance cost for five years is estimated to be Rs 74,400 per ha consisting of Rs 56,400

for afforestation and Rs 18,000 for maintenance for five years. The detailed break-up of

item-wise cost for afforestation is furnished in Annexure I. The area to be brought under

afforestation and its unit cost is given at Table 1.12.

1.6.2.1.2 Energy Plantation

Energy plantation scheme is essential for a continuous supply of fuel and fodder. It can be

easily carried out and it is economical to carry out. Agricultural land will not be used for

energy plantation, instead, fallow land falling under severe and very severe erosion

intensity category will be used for energy plantation. 1100 plants per hectare will be

planted under this scheme. The plantation will be maintained for subsequent three years.

Wooden fence posts with 4 strand barbed wire fencing, interlaced with thorny bushes will

be done in the plantation areas. The unit cost for energy plantation including maintenance

cost for three years is estimated to be Rs. 69,560 per ha consisting of Rs. 51,900 for

plantation and Rs. 17,660 for maintenance for three years. The detailed break-up of item-

wise cost for energy plantation is furnished in Annexure I. The area to be brought under

energy plantation and its unit cost is given at Table 1.12.

1.6.2.1.3 Staggered Trenches

Staggered trenches with plantation will be constructed for treatment of scrub land for

detention and conservation of rain water and eroded soil. Run-off water from mixed crop

strips will flow through staggered trenches in silvi-horticultural strip, resulting in settling of

sediments and arrest of run-off water to recharge soil profile and ground water. Staggered

contour trenches will be constructed in rows spaced at 5 m, with a spacing of 3.30 m within

the rows. In the alternate row, the trenches will be located directly below one another. The

trenches in successive rows will be staggered, with the trenches in the upper row and inter-

space in the lower row being directly below each other. After every 5 rows of staggered

trenches on contours, one continuous trench will be laid out to arrest escaped run-off water.

The trenches may be of trapezoidal in section with side slope of 1:1 for stability purposes.

Each trench will be followed by a bund on the downstream side, with 1.00 m top width, 0.85

m height and 1.1 side slopes. These bunds will be constructed by the excavated materials

from the trenches. As per design, there will be 180 trenches of 5.00 m (length) x 0.50 m

(depth) x 0.45 m (width) per hectare and their capacity to conserve run-off volume will be

202.5 cum. As this storage will be available reportedly during monsoon period, their total

storage capacity will be about 5 times of above volume. In accordance to rate analysis, cost

for constructing staggered trenches works out to Rs. 13,950 per hectare. Details of design

and cost analysis per ha estimate have been provided in Annexure I. The area to be brought

under staggered trenches suggested and its unit cost is given at Table 1.12.

1.6.2.1.4 Development of Nurseries

Nursery is defined as an area where plants are raised for eventual planting out in the forest

area or elsewhere selected for afforestation in field. Nursery should preferably be

rectangular or square in shape with well laid out beds, separated by main paths, around



the fence and within the Nursery for the movement of small machinery, wheel barrows,

etc. Nursery should be properly fenced; 5 to 7 strands barbed wire (with criss-cross barbed

wire), with distance of strands closer below the ground and gradually increasing upwards.

It should have gate for day to day labour movements. Nursery should have Mali’s quarter,

tool shade, store, and labour shed, with in nursery or just adjoining it for constant

supervision and better success of the nursery. Water supply should have assured from

perennial water sources/ springs/ streams throughout the year.

Some of the important points for nursery raising are:-

Nature of Nursery (Permanent or Temporary), Choice of site (Preferably Northern Aspect),

Lay-out of nursery (Flat or Terraced), Dimensions of beds, Soil Preparations, Level & Edging,

Inoculation with mycorrhiza (if required), Inputs in the soil (Forest Manure/ Farm Yard

Manure), Pre-germination (Treatment), Method of Sowing (Line/ Broadcasting), Quality of

Seed, Time of Sowing (Pre Monsoon/ Post Monsoon), Protection/ Covering the seed

against birds & Rodents, Shading, Protection from Frost, Protection from rain & hail, Types

of shade (Polythene/ Brush wood/ Grass), Hardening off (Permeability/ Texture of soil),

Watering and damping off (Drainage/ Aeration), Weeding & soil working, Herbicides for the

nursery Hoeing/ weeding etc.

A provision of Rs. 20.00 lakh has been made for establishment of a 2 new nurseries and Rs.

8.00 lakh as maintenance cost for 4 subsequent years.

1.6.2.2 Engineering Measures

The engineering treatment measures require less time to be put in place and can provide

quick solutions. These would comprise mainly of Brushwood check dams, Dry stone

masonry check dams and Gabion check dams.

1.6.2.2.1 Brushwood Check Dams

Brushwood check dams are very feasible where vegetative material for construction is

abundant. Brushwood check dams can only be constructed in small gullies not deeper than

1m depth. As material required for construction of these types of dam is available locally

these can be constructed faster and in very short span of time thereby effectively reducing

the erosion in early phase of Project. The numbers of check dams are estimated using

number of first order streams in an area under severe and very severe erosion intensity,

and constructed at an interval of 100 m. The detailed break-up of item-wise cost is

furnished in Annexure I. The number of brushwood check dams suggested and its unit cost

is given at Table 1.12.

1.6.2.2.2 Dry Stone Masonry Check Dams

Dry stone masonry check dams can be made of boulder piled up across the gulley and

along the banks if they are locally available. Such structures for damming a gulley or a

stream to refine the flow velocity and to control bank erosion are called dry stone

masonry/ loose bolder check dams. The detailed break-up of item-wise cost is furnished in

Annexure I. The number of dry stone masonry check dams suggested and its unit cost is

given at Table 1.12.



1.6.2.2.3 Gabion Check Dams

If dry stone masonry check dams are considered not to be stable in a particular reach of

the stream, Gabion structure can be installed. This is not very much encouraged therefore

with proper judgment about the site conditions these structures may be installed. The

detailed break-up of item-wise cost is furnished in Annexure I. The number of gabion check

dams suggested and its unit cost is given at Table 1.12.

1.6.2.3 Summary of Treatment Measures

Sub-Watershed wise areas identified for treatment with different treatment measures is

given in Table 2.12. The total cost required for the treatment of 11053 ha by the means of

different treatment measures is Rs. 2775.35 lakh. The summary of treatment measures

and their cost is given in Table 1.12.

Table 1.12: Sub-Watershed wise Summary of treatment measures

S. No.

Sub-Watershed

Administrative Jurisdiction

Afforestation (ha)

Energy Plantation

(ha)

Staggered Trenches

(ha)

Brushwood Check Dams

(No)

Dry stone Masonry Check

Dams (No)

Create Wire Check Dams

(No)

1 2A5F7k Madhya Pradesh

1 4 4 18 12 9

2 2A5F7m Madhya Pradesh

53 8 4 41 27 20

3 2A5F7n Madhya Pradesh

1 4 1 27 18 13

4 2A5F7p Madhya Pradesh

59 0 4 36 24 18

5 2A5F7q Madhya Pradesh

111 0 0 31 21 16

6 2A5F7r Madhya Pradesh

20 0 1 14 9 7

7 2A5F8a Madhya Pradesh

22 0 0 34 23 17

8 2A5F8a Chhattisgarh 18 0 0 14 9 7

9 2A5F8b Chhattisgarh 18 0 0 34 23 17

10 2A5F8c Chhattisgarh 61 0 3 51 34 25

11 2A5F8d Chhattisgarh 105 0 0 50 33 25

12 2A5F8f Chhattisgarh 83 2 4 54 36 27

13 2A5F8g Chhattisgarh 114 0 0 68 46 34

14 2A5F8h Chhattisgarh 111 0 1 71 47 35

15 2A5F8j Chhattisgarh 105 0 1 54 36 27

16 2A5F8k Chhattisgarh 99 0 1 43 29 22

17 2A5F8m Chhattisgarh 119 0 0 47 31 23

18 2A5F8n Chhattisgarh 214 1 0 53 35 26

19 2A5F8p Chhattisgarh 84 0 0 56 37 28

20 2A5F8q Chhattisgarh 89 0 1 30 20 15

21 2A5F8r Chhattisgarh 16 0 0 42 28 21

22 2A5F8s Chhattisgarh 225 0 0 72 48 36

23 2A5F8t Chhattisgarh 96 0 0 36 24 18

24 2A5F8u Chhattisgarh 162 0 0 48 32 24

25 2A5F8v Chhattisgarh 97 0 0 54 36 27

26 2A5F8w Chhattisgarh 50 0 6 78 52 39

27 2A5F9a Madhya 32 5 0 16 11 8



S. No.

Sub-Watershed

Administrative Jurisdiction

Afforestation (ha)

Energy Plantation

(ha)

Staggered Trenches

(ha)

Brushwood Check Dams

(No)

Dry stone Masonry Check

Dams (No)

Create Wire Check Dams

(No)

Pradesh

28 2A5F9b Madhya Pradesh

43 17 0 45 30 22

29 2A5F9c Chhattisgarh 28 0 0 52 35 26

30 2A5F9d Madhya Pradesh

70 23 0 38 26 19

31 2A5F9d Chhattisgarh 35 0 0 16 11 8

32 2A5F9f Chhattisgarh 85 1 2 36 24 18

33 2A5F9g Chhattisgarh 14 0 0 48 32 24

34 2A5F9h Chhattisgarh 45 1 3 47 32 24

35 2A5F9j Chhattisgarh 79 0 1 41 28 21

36 2A5F9k Chhattisgarh 76 0 0 59 40 30

37 2A5F9m Chhattisgarh 49 0 0 85 56 42

38 2A5F9n Chhattisgarh 38 1 0 54 36 27

39 2A5F9p Chhattisgarh 11 0 0 41 27 21

Total (Madhya Pradesh) 412 61 14 300 201 149

Total (Chhattisgarh) 2326 6 23 1434 957 717

Total 2738 67 37 1734 1158 866

Table 1.13: Summary of treatment measures and their cost for CAT Plan

Treatment Measures Quantity Unit Cost (Rs)* Total Cost (Rs.)

Afforestation (Ha) 2,738 74,400 20,37,07,200

Energy Plantation (Ha) 67 69,560 46,60,520

Staggered Trenches (Ha) 37 13,950 5,67,765

Nurseries (including maintenance) 2 14,00,000 28,00,000

Brushwood Check Dams (Nos) 1,734 2,200 38,14,800

Dry Stone Masonry Check Dams (Nos) 1,158 29,260 3,38,83,080

Gabion Check Dams (Nos) 866 32,450 2,81,01,700

TOTAL 27,75,35,065

Note*: Unit Cost has been taken as per the cost norms given in Annexure I

1.7 OTHER COMPONENTS OF CAT PLAN

Apart from the biological and engineering treatment measures in the catchment area there

are other aspects of the CAT Plan to be addressed and their cost included in the overall

cost estimate of the plan. The charges for operational support, forest protection, social

mobilization, documentation and publication, monitoring and evaluation and providing

environmental services are some of the integral ingredients which have to be considered

and included while formulating the CAT plans.

1.7.1 Administrative Charges

For an efficient management of forest resources, it is essential that operational support to

the Forest Department is adequately developed. Similarly, in remote localities there are no

places for shelter for the staff, people and trekkers. Therefore, a budgetary provision of Rs

138.77 lakh has been kept for this component. Out of which, Rs 23.94 lakh has been kept

for Madhya Pradesh and Rs 114.82 lakh has been kept for Chhattisgarh.



1.7.2 Provision for Micro Planning

The year-wise areas requiring treatment measures have been suggested but have not been

marked. The spatial location of specific treatment to be carried out in the catchment area

would require extensive detailing during the implementation of CAT and a provision for

micro-planning has been made in the total CAT financial allocation. For this purpose a

provision of Rs 55.51 lakh is being made. Out of which, Rs 9.58 lakh has been kept for

Madhya Pradesh and Rs 45.93 lakh has been kept for Chhattisgarh.

1.7.3 Monitoring & Evaluation

Monitoring and evaluation will be undertaken as a part of project management. A process

of self-evaluation at specified intervals of time will ensure the field level verification of

suggested treatment measures and efficacy of the CAT plan.

The year-wise areas requiring treatment measures have been suggested but have not been

marked. The spatial location of specific treatment to be carried out in the catchment area

would require extensive detailing during the implementation of CAT and a provision for

micro-planning has been made in the total CAT financial allocation. Thereafter, annual

work plan would be prepared well in advance after undertaking initial ground surveys

during micro-planning, specifying physical and financial targets, sites, locations and

beneficiaries of each component of the project activity. Month-wise work schedule of

various items of each component for the financial year would also be prepared in advance

and its timely implementation would be ensured. Monthly progress report on all activities

would be submitted by the Range Officers to Divisional Forest Officer. The monitoring

committee shall be constituted at the project level for this purpose which too would

monitor on a regular basis the quality and quantity of works being carried out under the

CAT plan area.

A provision of Rs 83.26 lakh has been made for this component. Out of which, Rs 14.37

lakh has been kept for Madhya Pradesh and Rs 68.89 lakh has been kept for Chhattisgarh.

1.7.4 Contingencies

A provision of Rs 277.54 lakh has been kept under this component for some leeway to

adjust any unforeseen expenditure. Out of which, Rs 95.77 lakh has been kept for Madhya

Pradesh and Rs 459.30 lakh has been kept for Chhattisgarh.

1.8 COST ESTIMATE The estimated cost of implementation of CAT plan is Rs. 3330.42 lakh and is given at Table

1.14. Out of which, Out of which, Rs 574.65 lakh has been kept for implementation of CAT

plan in Madhya Pradesh (Table 1.15) and Rs 2755.78 lakh has been kept for

implementation of CAT plan in Chhattisgarh (Table 1.16).

Table 1.14: Estimated Cost of CAT Plan Implementation

S. No.

Item Rate (Rs)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs) I Biological Measures 1 Afforestation i) Creation 56,400 Ha 2,738 15,44,23,200.00



S. No.

Item Rate (Rs)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs) ii) Maintenance for 5 years 18,000 Ha 2,738 4,92,84,000.00 2 Energy Plantation i) Creation 51,900 Ha 67 34,77,300.00 ii) Maintenance for 3 years 17,660 Ha 67 11,83,220.00 3 Staggered Contour Trenches i) Creation 13,950 Ha 37 5,16,150.00 ii) Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 51,615.00 4 Nursery Development i) Creation of 2 nurseries LS 20,00,000.00 ii) Maintenance for 4 years LS 8,00,000.00 SubTotal I (1+2+3+4) 21,17,35,485.00 II Engineering Measures 5 Brushwood Check Dams 2,000 No 1,734 34,68,000.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 3,46,800.00 6 Check Dams (DRSM) 26,600 No 1,158 3,08,02,800.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 30,80,280.00 7 Gabion Check Dams 29,500 No 866 2,55,47,000.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 25,54,700.00

Sub Total II (5+6+7) 6,57,99,580.00

A Treatment Cost (Sub Total I + II) 27,75,35,065.00

III Administrative Measures 8 Administrative Charges @5% of Total 1,38,76,753.25 9 Micro planning @2% of Treatment Cost 55,50,701.30

10 Monitoring & Evaluation Cost @3% of Treatment Cost

83,26,051.95

11 Contingencies @10% of Treatment Cost 2,77,53,506.50 B Sub Total III 5,55,07,013.00

Total CAT Plan Cost (A + B) 33,30,42,078.00

Table 1.15: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation in Madhya Pradesh

S. No.

Item Rate (Rs)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs) I Biological Measures 1 Afforestation i) Creation 56,400 Ha 412 2,32,36,800.00 ii) Maintenance for 5 years 18,000 Ha 412 74,16,000.00 2 Energy Plantation

i) Creation 51,900 Ha 61 31,65,900.00 ii) Maintenance for 3 years 17,660 Ha 61 10,77,260.00 3 Staggered Contour Trenches

i) Creation 13,950 Ha 14 1,95,300.00 ii) Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

19,530.00

4 Nursery Development

i) Creation of 2 nurseries LS

10,00,000.00

ii) Maintenance for 4 years LS

4,00,000.00 SubTotal I (1+2+3+4)

3,65,10,790.00

II Engineering Measures

5 Brushwood Check Dams 2,000 No 300 6,00,000.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

60,000.00

6 Check Dams (DRSM) 26,600 No 201 53,46,600.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

5,34,660.00

7 Gabion Check Dams 29,500 No 149 43,95,500.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 4,39,550.00



S. No.

Item Rate (Rs)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs) Sub Total II (5+6+7) 1,13,76,310.00


III Administrative Measures 8 Administrative Charges @5% of Total 23,94,355.00 9 Micro planning @2% of Treatment Cost 9,57,742.00


14,36,613.00

11 Contingencies @10% of Treatment Cost 47,88,710.00 B Sub Total III 95,77,420.00


Table 1.16: Estimated cost of CAT Plan Implementation in Chhattisgarh

S. No.

Item Rate (Rs)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs) I Biological Measures 1 Afforestation i) Creation 56,400 Ha 2,326 13,11,86,400.00 ii) Maintenance for 5 years 18,000 Ha 2,326 4,18,68,000.00 2 Energy Plantation

i) Creation 51,900 Ha 6 3,11,400.00 ii) Maintenance for 3 years 17,660 Ha 6 1,05,960.00 3 Staggered Contour Trenches

i) Creation 13,950 Ha 23 3,20,850.00 ii) Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

32,085.00

4 Nursery Development

i) Creation of 2 nurseries LS

10,00,000.00

ii) Maintenance for 4 years LS

4,00,000.00 SubTotal I (1+2+3+4)

17,52,24,695.00

II Engineering Measures

5 Brushwood Check Dams 2,000 No 1,434 28,68,000.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

2,86,800.00

6 Check Dams (DRSM) 26,600 No 957 2,54,56,200.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost

25,45,620.00

7 Gabion Check Dams 29,500 No 717 2,11,51,500.00 Maintenance Cost @ 10% of the cost 21,15,150.00

Sub Total II (5+6+7) 5,44,23,270.00


III Administrative Measures 8 Administrative Charges @5% of Total 1,14,82,398.25 9 Micro planning @2% of Treatment Cost 45,92,959.30


68,89,438.95

11 Contingencies @10% of Treatment Cost 2,29,64,796.50 B Sub Total III 4,59,29,593.00




2.1 GENERAL The Command Area Development Plan (CAD) must be implemented in a holistic manner

with irrigation project so that irrigation potential created gets utilized with improvement

in water use efficiency, increase in agricultural productivity and production and to bring

sustainability in the irrigated agriculture in a participatory environment. The main

objective is reducing the gap between irrigation potential created and that utilized. The

programme aims at enhancing agricultural production and productivity in irrigated

commands by judicious and equitable distribution of the available irrigation water with

active involvement of farmers through participatory irrigation management (PIM).

2.2 COMMAND AREA A command area to be benefited from the project lies downstream of the proposed Gond

reservoir and covers 147 villages. Out of the total 147 villages, 65 villages falls in Majhauli

tehsil of Sidhi district while the rest 82 villages falls in Sarai and Deosar tehsils of Singrauli

district. The proposed Culturable Command Area (CCA) of 28,000 ha is irrigated by piped

irrigation system. The proposed command area is divided into 3 commands namely

Jalpani, Nigri and Majhuali. The details are given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1: Command Area

S. No. Command Area GCA (ha) CCA (ha)

1 Jalpani 19340 9959

2 Nigri 11415 8118

3 Majhauli 18245 9923

2.2.1 Climate of the Command Area

Climate is the principal aspect of the physical environment affecting agriculture. The

characteristics of the soil - the essential medium for plant growth, are largely the product

of present and past climates and the vegetation that has flourished in them. It consists of

the elements like rainfall, temperature, length of growing session, sunlight, frost, fog

conditions, hailstorms and winds. All these elements of weather have direct and indirect

influence on the cropping pattern of a region. Consequently, the expression of agriculture,

the cultivable area, the spatial and temporal cropping pattern and above all strategy of

farm economy and its ecology depend on climatic conditions.

The year is divided into three main seasons i.e. (1) Summer Season (middle of March to

middle of June), (2) Rainy Season (middle of June to September), (3) Winter Season

(October to middle of March).

The climate of command area experiences mostly semi-arid condition, sub-tropical zone

with long dry season. The south-west monsoon hit the months of June to September,

maximum rainfall occurring between these months. The temperature in the command area

Chapter

2

COMMAND AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN



start rising in the month of February and reaches maximum in the month of May and then

decrease till January. May and January are the hottest and coldest months of the year

respectively. In summer, through day temperature remains high, nights are colder and

pleasant. The normal maximum temperature received during the month of May is 41.1º C

and minimum during the month of January around 12.7ºC. The Relative Humidity is

generally low throughout the year, except during monsoon months when average relative

humidity is close to 82% in the month of August. Summer are generally the dry months of

the year with average relatively humidity as low as 17%. The wind speed is higher during

the pre-monsoon period as compared to the post-monsoon period. The average maximum

wind speed of 17.8 Kmph is observed during the month of June. The area receives

maximum rainfall during south west monsoon i.e. between June and September, where

about 91% of the annual average rainfall is received. Only 9% of the annual average rainfall

occurs between October and May.

2.2.2 Irrigation Facilities in the Command Area

The proposed command area at present is not being facilitated by surface (gravity

canal) or ground water source (tube wells) by state agency. The prevalent practice of

irrigation in some chunks in the command is by river pumping and harnessing

underground water through private tube wells /wells.

2.2.3 Soil of the Command Area

The main functions of the soils, from agricultural point of view, are to give mechanical

support to plants and store and supply the required nutrients and water for plant growth.

These functions of the soil depend on its physical, chemical and biological characteristics.

Among physical properties texture and structure are very important which determine such

characteristics of soil as water absorbing and retentive capacity and movement of air and

water. Chemical and biological properties determine its fertility status. The soil of the

command area has already been described in Chapter 3 of EIA report.

2.3 EXISTING CROPPING PATTERN IN COMMAND AREA Based upon DPR, the command area under 147 villages is being cultivated in Rabi

and Kharif crop seasons. The total area being cultivated in Kharif and Rabi season is

4000 ha and 20000 ha respectively. During Kharif, paddy and maize crops are being

grown in 3000 ha and 1000 ha respectively. During Rabi, wheat, gram and mustard are

being grown in 8000 ha, 9000 ha and 3000 ha respectively. The existing cropping pattern

is shown in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Existing Cropping Pattern in the Command Area

S. No. Kharif Crops Area (ha) Rabi Crops Area (ha)

1 Paddy 3,000 Wheat 8,000

2 Maize 1,000 Gram 9,000

3 Mustard 3,000

Total 4,000 Total 20,000

2.4 PROPOSED CROPPING PATTERN IN COMMAND AREA At present the area under Rabi crop is 20,000 ha which implies that about 8,000 ha area

is not being sown. Based on the existing cropping pattern and for boosting the



production per hectare emphasis has been laid on development of improved varieties of

wheat and the gram. The crop intensity has been adopted as 100% of the CCA viewing

the availability of water earmarked in the reservoir for irrigation purpose. The proposed

cropping pattern is shown in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3: Proposed Cropping Pattern in Command Area

S. No. Rabi Crops Area (ha) Percentage of CCA 1 Wheat-ORD 12,500 44.64 2 Gram 12,500 44.64 3 Mustard 3,000 10.72

Total 28,000 100

2.5 PROPOSED WORKS STIPULATED UNDER CAD The various components of works underlined in the revised guidelines for CAD&WM

programme issued by the Government of India, MoWR, River Development and Ganga

Rejuvenation SP Wing, New Delhi, dated 17th September, 2015 in conjunction with the

guidelines issued by the MPWRD have been followed along with the cost norms

suggested therein.

The command area development programme is an integrated action plan tailor made

to accomplish the desired benefits due to irrigation through efficacy in the system

with equitable distribution of water to the fields of stake holders on pro rata basis in the

command of a specific project without degrading the command. It also includes such

programme which are necessary for facilitating marketing of the produce. The other

term Water Management connotes judicious and efficient management of the water

resource created by participatory irrigation management by users by inculcating in

them a sense of belongingness and ownership of the system created. The latter is

achieved by formulating Water User’s Association for management and water

distribution below outlet among beneficiaries. Besides formation of WUA, Distributary

and Project Committee shall be formulated to dwell on the matters touching and

arising from the regulation, operation, and maintenance of the system under their

administrative jurisdiction. All aspects need to be taken up in an integrated and

coordinated manner to achieve the envisaged objectives of raising food grains

production to meet the increasing need for growing population.

2.5.1 Topographic Survey in Command Area

Topographical survey is carried out departmentally by the technical staff in the total

command area of the project for fixing alignment of distribution network. The work of

carrying out topographical and cadastral survey for command area including alignment

of canal/ distributary/minors by using Total Station, DGPS etc., with minimum of 20

readings per ha to generate 30mx30m grid and 0.5m contour interval. The topography

survey has been carried out as part of DPR preparation and its cost is considered in DPR

cost.

2.5.2 On Farm Development Works

This comprises laying of distribution network and micro irrigation through sprinklers/drip

irrigation. This is an important activity under the programme for efficient utilization of



irrigation water. Again the activity is considered as part of the DPR and its cost is built into

DPR cost.

2.5.3 Reclamation of Water Logged Areas

The command area is well dissected with streams of up to 5th order like Gopad river,

Sehra Nadi, Karaundla Nala, Bardiya Nala, Dhamar Nala, Mahan Nala, Bandha Nala, Jurni

Nala etc. Around 95% of the command area is below 10% slope. Thus, it is having good

surface drainage and suitable outlets are available for discharging the surface flow

resulting from rainfall excess. The problem of water logging is not encountered in the

command area and there is no occasion for development of surface/sub-surface drainage

for reclaiming the water-logged area. Besides, the soil of the command is neutral and the

water for irrigation has low SAR and shall be applied in small depth as compared to the

paddy, the salinity problem is not expected. At present no salinity problem is witnessed in

the area.

2.5.4 Ayacut Roads and Communication Networks

A well-connected network of service roads is necessary to provide access to the fields of

farmers, movement of bullock carts, tractors and for transport of seeds, fertilizers and

agricultural produce to the markets besides, for movement of equipment and materials for

maintenance and repairs by the O&M organization. Improved communications in and

around command area are necessary for integrated development of the project. These

may be achieved by

Ayacut Roads, which are necessitated within the command for transportation of

inputs to agriculture and produce.

Link Roads, which connect command area to Ayacut roads and inter alia include

works related to strengthening and reconstruction of existing roads to make them

compatible with latest norms.

Transmittal of messages from command area

This site is also connected with district head quarter Sidhi and Waidhan via NH-75 and SH-

55. MDRs, link roads under PMGSY run across the command area. However, the

strengthening and reconstruction of some roads shall be needed for expeditious transport

besides construction of new roads. In general, the following criteria shall be adopted for the

development of road network:

To provide all-weather road access within a distance of 1.5 Km from almost all parts

of irrigated area

To provide all-weather access to each village having population of 1500 and above.

To include roads located outside the command area boundaries to the extent

necessary and to link the network to market centres, railway stations, villages or

administrative headquarters to have full impact on development of command are

To limit the total provisions of roads to the minimum necessary subject to

organization of the above criteria

To provide minimum number of bridges or causeways necessary to comply with IRC

requirements, which specify the acceptable interruptions to traffic appropriate to

each category of road



To allocate construction priorities in such a manner as to enable road w works to be

completed well in advance of the commencement of constructions of irrigation

distribution network system.

All the Ayacut roads are classified as village roads and relevant IRC standards (IRC:64-1990),

specifications and code of practice for village roads are adopted for design and construction

of roads. Requirement of road construction has been assessed as part of DPR and its is part

of the DPR cost.

2.5.5 Water Management through WUA

After creation of an irrigation resource in a region it is of paramount importance to chalk

out a schedule of irrigation deliveries with details of the mode and duration of supplies

drawn up for regulation of irrigation in the command area of an irrigation system.

In order to develop participatory irrigation management through stake holders or farmers’

organization, the M.P Government promulgated “Madhya Pradesh Sinchai Prabandhan Me

Kishan Ki Bhagidari Adhiniyam, 1999”.

Under Chapter –II of the Act the power has been vested in the District Collector to cause

notification to

Delineation of water users’ area and constitution of an association

Delineation of Distributary area and constitution of the Distributary

Committee

Delineation of Project area and construction of project committee

The District Collector shall make arrangements for the election of President and members

of the Managing Committee of the Water Users’ Association by direct election. There

shall be a Managing Committee for every Distributary Committee and a Project

Committee called by its distinct name for every project area. All the Presidents, of the

Distributary Committees in the project area so long as they hold such office, shall constitute

the general body for the Project Committee.

The Project Committee shall have two nominated members, one of whom shall act as a

coordinator between various departments and farmers’ associations and who will be an

Executive Engineer of Water Resources Department and second member will act as

Advisor who will be from Agriculture or Ayacut Department.

The objects of the farmers’ organization shall be to promote and secure distribution of

water among its users; adequate maintenance of the irrigation system, efficient and

economical organization of water to organization agricultural production, to protect the

environment, and to ensure ecological balance by involving the farmers, inculcating a

sense of ownership of the irrigation system in accordance with the water budget and the

operational plan.

In view of the command area being three in numbers, it is proposed to have Farmers

Organization to comprise of three project committees. Further, as the commands are



sub divided into 10 sub-commands therefore, there shall be 10 WUAs for command

of each minor and each shall have four territorial constituencies.

One-time functional grant shall be payable to the elected/registered WUAs @ Rs. 500/ha.

Thus, on this account, functional grant for 28,000 ha works out to be Rs. 140.00 lakh. The

infrastructure grants for 10 WUAs @ Rs. 3 lakh works out to be Rs. 30 lakh.

2.5.6 Farmers Training, Monitoring and Evaluation

Training camps are organized in villages to educate the farmers on water management and

crop management. This is important activity for educating the farmers to adopt modern

technologies for achieving higher production with regulated water supply. Various

activities viz. farmers training, monitoring, evaluation, demonstration on micro irrigation,

mechanized land leveling, water use efficiency shall be covered under farmers training

programme. The cost on this head @ Rs. 1000/ha works out to be Rs. 280.00 lakh.

2.6 PROPOSED BUDGET FOR CAD Most of the activities under CAD form part of DPR and their cost budgeted therein. Budget

for two additional components viz. grants to WUA and Farmers training is given below in

Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Budget for Additional Activities under CAD

S. No. Item Cost (Rs Lakh)

7 One-time financial grant to WUAs 140.00

8 One-time Infra-Structure grant to WUAs 30.00

9 Training, Monitoring and Evaluation 280.00

Grand Total 450.00



3.1 BACKGROUND Habitat degradation that happens due to anthropogenic pressures leading to land use

/land cover changes, and activities like hunting and poaching, and invasion of exotic species

are main threats to the native biodiversity and wildlife. Most of these phenomena are

related to activities like population growth, increasing agricultural practices, urbanization,

road construction and other developmental activities. The rapid development phase in

recent years has led to additional pressures on biodiversity which as a result not only poses

threats to wildlife but also leads to increasing incidences of man – wildlife conflicts in many

areas of India. The biodiversity conservation plan therefore needs to face such challenges

and devise strategies to mitigate such threats to the biodiversity and wildlife of the area.

The biodiversity management plan is based upon the understanding of diversity and

distribution of floral and faunal species gathered during preparation of baseline,

identification of existing threats to biodiversity, concerns of local inhabitants and impacts

of developmental activities on animal and plant species.

3.2 PROJECT ACTIVITIES AND LIKELY IMPACTS The proposed project comprises of construction of earthen dam, open channel, balancing

reservoir and water conductor system which is a piped network designed to distribute

water in the command area. The command area of Gond Major Irrigation Project covering

28000 ha land will be irrigated by drip/sprinkler irrigation. Construction of various project

components like dam, reservoir, pumping station, etc. and related activities like

transportation, material handling, muck generation and disposal, etc. lead to high level of

noises, high concentration of particulate matter, and influx of migrant labourers. All these

activities can cause adverse impacts on the biodiversity of the project and its adjoining

areas unless such impacts are mitigated and managed. Likely impacts are discussed in EIA

study report.

3.3 BIODIVERSITY IMPORTANCE OF THE AREA As per biogeographic classification of India, the study area is covered under 6A Deccan

Penninsular Central Highlands. As per the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, 6 species

reported from the study area are listed in Schedule I species viz. Oriental Honey Buzzard,

White Eyed Buzzard, Crested Serpent Eagle, Shikra, Black Winged Kite and Egyptian

Vulture. In addition, there are a few plant species like Dalbergia latifolia, Azadirachta

indica (Tree), Justicia adhatoda (Shrub), which are having medicinal importance and are

under threats.

As discussed in Baseline Chapter the project is in the vicinity of the Sanjay Tiger and part of

Sanjay Dubri Tiger Reserve is located within the study area of the project. Sanjay National

Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary form a part of Bandhavgarh-Sanjay-Guru

Ghasidas-Palamau landscape which is one of the four potential Tiger meta-population

Chapter

3

BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT & WILDLIFE CONSERVATION PLAN



landscape. Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary provides corridor

connectivity with Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve for Tigers and corridor connectivity for wild

elephants of Palamau Tiger Reserve. The Elephant Migration corridor known as Sidhi

corridor comprises of migration of elephants from Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve, Sanjay

Dubri National Park and Guru Ghasidas National Park to Bagdara Wildlife Sanctuary and

passes through forested patches near the dam site and submergence area and forests

around Jalpani command. Sanjay National Park and Sanjay Dubri Wildlife Sanctuary

harbours populations of Tiger, Panther, Sloth bear, Cheetal, Sambhar, Four horned

antelopes, Chinkara, Barking Deer and Wild Pig.

The proposed biodiversity and conservation plan are focused mainly on the issues

discussed above.

3.4 CONCERNS OF LOCAL INHABITANTS Usually the livelihood of villagers is associated to forests and forest resources. However,

animal hunting and poaching for food, games and trophies is not reported from the zone of

influence of proposed project. It would be worthy to mention that a few species like Wild

Boar, Indian Hare, are reported to raid agricultural land and reportedly damage the crops,

which results in the man – wildlife conflicts. To control such conflicts, this issue is also

needed to address in biodiversity management plan.

3.5 PLAN OF ACTION The management and conservation strategies may affect the traditional rights of local

people. Taking these concerns into account, the involvement of local people in formulation

of effective management plan would be helpful in its implementation. Considering all

factors related to local people, biodiversity of the region, size of the project and magnitude

of the impacts, the present biodiversity management plan is proposed for the project.

3.5.1 Development of Grasslands

Jackal, Peacock, Common Indian Hare, etc. are grassland dwellers and forage around the

cultivated lands. Common Indian Hare reportedly invades cultivated fields and damages

the standing crops of local people. To prevent the crops from these animals, to control the

animal raids, and to avoid the man-animal conflicts and to protect these species, there is

need of more grasslands in the area. The development of grasslands can be achieved by

joint forest management mechanism by involving local people. Such grasslands can be

developed on the government and community lands. The development of new grasslands

would be beneficial to local people and would control the animal raids on private

agricultural lands. This programme would be implemented by Forest Department having a

sound Joint Forest Management mechanism. The detailed plan of action for this plan

would be formulated by forest department. Total financial outlay for this plan is Rs.

50,00,000 only.

3.5.2 Infrastructure Development & Strengthening of Patrolling

To protect the biodiversity of the zone of influence, improvement in infrastructure facilities

is warranted. In this plan project authorities would assist State Forest Department in

strengthening the infrastructures, so that State Forest Department can contribute to the



biodiversity protection of this area. This plan will be implemented in the zone of influence

of proposed project. Project authorities would provide one time grant to State Forest

Department to improve the infrastructure for the conservation of biodiversity. To improve

the vigilance, to monitor the wildlife movement, and to check the poaching, State Forest

Department shall be provided with grant to build necessary facilities like watch towers,

check posts and patrolling paths and also grant for purchase of equipment like, cameras,

binoculars, sleeping bags, search lights, health kits etc. Patrolling parties need to be

equipped with Wireless communication system for more efficient system. Project

authorities would provide funds to State Forest Department. Total financial outlay under

this head would be Rs. 25,00,000 only.

3.5.3 Conservation Measures for RET species

As already discussed, six Schedule I bird species are found in and around the project area.

Therefore, a conservation plan has been suggested for them. Schedule I species like Black

shouldered kite, and Shikra have been listed under Least Concern category in IUCN Redlist

2018-2. An Eco-park has been proposed for their protection. In addition, hunting should be

checked with the help of forest department.

3.5.4 Awareness Programme/ Establishment of Nature Park

An effective wildlife conservation plan is a participatory management, involving the local

communities in the conservation strategies. This approach requires a comprehensive

awareness programme on the significance, benefits and sustainable utilization of

biodiversity and forest resources. The awareness programme would focus on the

protection of avifauna species and small mammalian species.

For the preservation and conservation of biodiversity and wildlife in the area a Nature Park

is proposed to be established. Generally, most instruction in ecology and environment in

schools and colleges comes from textbooks. However, this form of education rarely results

in action. For any awareness programme to be successful people and children especially

need to go into nature to study the flora, fauna, and ecosystems and into the environment

to observe environmental problems, e.g., pollution, deforestation, and conservation

processes. There is a need to evoke love and curiosity for nature, so people can become

aware of the environment and motivated to take action to preserve it. Well-conceived

interpretive facilities with basic environmental information are needed in natural areas to

help people identify plants and animals and learn about their characteristics and their

interrelationships. They must incite joy and curiosity in what people can see rather than in

what they cannot see. Nature Park will have trails and walks for use by the visitors as an

important support mechanism for the environmental education process and

complementing the educational possibilities in more innovative ways.

The awareness programme would take certain issues like prevention of forest fire, to avoid

the man-wildlife conflicts, not to damage the eggs/nets of bird species. Awareness

programme can be implemented by organising the public meetings with the help of NGOs

and Forest Department, distributing pamphlets, posters and hoardings, etc.

The Nature Park would play an important role as creation of vegetation belt and cover in

otherwise degraded landscape in the study area and act as a check against possible dust



and noise pollution in the area and in creating awareness among the people. The Nature

Park can be used for walks, jogging, and other activities. Most importantly avenue

plantation at the boundaries of park can act as a natural barrier and the park area can

become roosting places for birds. The important plant species which are suggested to be

planted in the proposed park are Dalbergia sissoo, Azadirachta indica, Terminalia arjuna,

and Senna auriculata because of their height. The height of first branches of Dalbergia

sissoo and Azadirachta indica can offer better protection to birds from predators like stray

dogs and humans. The budget heads include development of a nursery, collection of seeds

and plant species, small laboratory and staff. The Park may be setup with the help of Forest

Department, Government of Madhya Pradesh. Total budget estimated for awareness

programme is Rs.1,00,00,000 only.

3.5.5 Conservation and Protection Measures for Elephant Migration Corridor

Elephant is included under Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. Some of the

activities to mitigate Man-Elephant conflict, improvement of Elephant Habitat, restoration

of Elephant Corridors and various awareness programmes are suggested under this plan.

These are:

(a) Improvement of habitats / corridors by enrichment plantation/eco-restoration

(b) Removal of invasive species

(c) Creation of water bodies

(d) Fire protection measures

(e) Eco-restoration of corridors/migration routes and paths including acquisition and

relocation

(f) Soil and water conservation measures

(g) Awareness programme among the local villagers are taken to minimize conflict with

wild elephants

3.5.6 Good Practices

Project authorities would follow a few precautionary and good practices in the project

areas. Such types of practices are not expensive but play a vital role in protecting the

biodiversity. The important safeguard measures as good practices are given below:

i. Project authorities shall organise a training programme for the workers. All project

workers must be aware of importance of biodiversity and all such types of activities

related to endangering the wildlife including plants and animals. All project workers

must be aware of presence of a few threatened and Schedule species in the area and

legal consequences of hunting, poaching of animals and harvesting of forest

produces.

ii. Each project worker shall be provided with an identity card and would not be allowed

to enter in the forest, grassland and protected areas without a valid permission.

iii. Project authorities will be bound by rules and regulation of Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972 of India and any others rule and guidelines, stipulated by the state Government.

iv. Project workers will be discouraged to plant any alien and/or invasive species in the

camp and colony areas, which may spread in the forest areas. State Forest

Department can provide the list of such plant species. Project authorities would

ensure to uproot all existing alien/invasive species from the colony and other working



areas. Restriction shall be imposed on the disposal of any types of pesticide, poison

and other toxic material in the forest areas.

v. Project authorities should control the noise pollution from the construction activities

especially during night time and in proximity to forest areas.

Total budget allocated for the implementation of good practices is Rs. 5,00,000 only.

3.6 SETTING UP OF BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE To monitor the implementation of proposed Biodiversity Management and Wildlife

Conservation plan, a biodiversity management committee (BMC) would be constituted for

the project. The committee shall follow the guidelines of National Biodiversity Authority,

State Biodiversity Board and State Forest Department. The Biodiversity Management

Committee of the project comprises the following members:

Chief Wildlife Warden/his/her representative Chairman

Project Director /his/her representative Member Secretary

Divisional Forest Officer Member

Chief (Environment), Project Member

Renowned wildlife expert (1 or 2 Nos) Member(s)

Local Body’s Representatives from at least 3 villages Member(s)

Representative of a well-known local NGO Member

Chairman will have right to assign different tasks to different members for proper

functioning of plan. Also, the number of members of committee mentioned above may be

increased or decreased or changed as per need. Project authorities would provide funds

and facilities for the functioning of committee. Total financial outlay for the functioning of

BMC is Rs. 5,00,000 (Five lakh) only.

3.7 BUDGETARY ESTIMATES Total budget allocated for the Biodiversity Management and Wildlife Conservation Plan for

the Project would be Rs. 1,85,00,000 (Rs. One hundred and Oriental Honey Buzzard eighty-

five lakh only). Break-up of the budget is given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Break-up of the Biodiversity Management and Wildlife Conservation Plan

S. No. Particulars Total Budget (in Rs.) 1 Development of Grasslands 50,00,000 2 Awareness Programme/Establishment of Nature Park 1,00,00,000 3 Infrastructure Development, Equipment, etc. 25,00,000 4 Good Practices 5,00,000 5 Biodiversity Management Committee 5,00,000 Total Budget 1,85,00,000



4.1 INTRODUCTION

The construction of dam across Gopad river shall lead to creation of reservoir resulting in

submergence area of 1263.401 ha of land. The formation of reservoir would bring about

significant changes in the riverine ecology, as the river will transform from a fast-flowing

water system to a quiescent lacustrine environment. Such an alteration of the habitat

would bring changes in physico-chemical and biotic characteristics of river water. The fish

community will be one of most affected biotic communities due to habitat alteration in

downstream as well as upstream section. The fishes in the riverine profile shows spatial

and temporal variation depending on water depth, velocity of current, substrate, water

discharge, physico-chemical conditions, etc. Among the biotic communities, certain species

are able to survive the transitional phase and adapt to the altered habitat. There are other

species amongst the biotic communities, which for various reasons are unable to

acclimatize to the changed environment. Under such conditions some of the biotic

communities may disappear in the early years of impoundment of water.

During the operation of the project, flow in Gopad river downstream of dam would be

considerably reduced. It will lead to drying of riverbed and very little water will remain in

the river restricted mainly in the central portion. The low flow in river will affect the

aquatic habitat. The condition will be more critical during the lean season when volume of

water is significantly reduced in the main river; therefore provision of ecological releases

are made to mitigate such impacts.

The conservation of fishes under such conditions is one of important task because they

typically use different habitats along the river stretch for spawning, feeding, shelter and

growth.

4.2 FISH COMPOSITION & STATUS As per the secondary sources and field visit survey was used to collect information on fish

diversity in the study area. According to information provided by locals 8 species are

found in the study area. Most common are Catla catla, Labeo rohita, Xenentodon cancila,

Mastacembelus armatus and Channa punctata. Other species was also recorded from the

area were Wallago attu, Clarias batrachus and Chanda nama (Syn. Ambassis nama). Local

fisherman use cast net, drag nets and gill net for harvesting of fish.

4.3 MITIGATION MEASURES To mitigate the adverse impact of Gond Major Irrigation project on the aquatic ecology of

the area, the following measures shall be adopted to protect and preserve existing aquatic

life:

Development of reservoir fishery

Releasing /ensuring minimum Environment flow in the river

Chapter

4

FISHERIES CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT PLAN



4.3.1 Fishery Development

The proposed reservoir will present an opportunity to develop fishery in the area as

fisheries are not well developed in the project area and large-scale fishing is not being

practiced. The proposed reservoir will provide opportunity for commercial fishery

development. Overall, this would improve the availability of fish for local population and

may play an important role in the growth of local economy.

It is proposed that the reservoir and river stretch downstream and upstream of the

proposed dam be stocked with fingerlings. It is proposed to implement supplementary

stocking programme for the project area. The setting up of fish hatchery will be executed

by the Department of Fisheries, Government of Madhya Pradesh and funds for the same

shall be provided by the project proponent.

4.3.2 Environmental flow/releases

Available annual 75% dependable total yield at dam site as 578.39 MCM. There are 7

upstream projects for which water allocation (u/s commitment) is 5.76 MCM. Hence net

available yield is 572.63 MCM. Approximately 95% of the yield is contributed by monsoon

flow and only about 5% yield will be come from non-monsoon period.

Therefore, to mitigate the impact of reduced flow or drying up of the river downstream of

the dam; the project is designed with live storage/proposed utilization of 96.49 MCM, and

remaining water from monsoon contribution will be continuously discharged for

downstream and upstream users. The quantum works out to be 476.14 MCM or almost

83% of the water available in pre-project conditions. Therefore, no additional environment

flow is required to be released during monsoon period.

To ensure that downstream conditions do not change substantially during non-monsoon

period, 80% of discharge of non-monsoon period is recommended to be released as

environmental flow.

4.4 COST ESTIMATES The cost required for non-recurring expenditure i.e. developing of hatchery, office

complex, laboratory etc. shall be Rs. 21.10 lakh. The dimension of the hatching nurseries

and rearing unit and their approximate cost is given in Table 4.1. The total recurring

expenditure for 3 years will be Rs.35.73 lakh. Thus, total cost for fish hatchery and farm will

be Rs. 62.50 lakh after adding 10% escalation of cost.

Table 4.1: Estimated cost of setting of hatchery

S. No.

Particulars Dimensions/

Rate (Rs.) Amount

(Rs. in lakh) A. Captital – Non-recurring Expenditure 1. Construction of Hatchery (Hatchery building (one concrete hall

with provision of hatching troughs each with 4 trays) for production of fingrines-1 No.

15mx6mx5m 7.30

2. Nursery ponds -10 No. 5mx2mx1m 1.20 3. Rearing Ponds -4 No. 10mx5mx2m 2.10 4. Stocking Ponds -2 No. 30mx10mx3m 4.70 5. Office Complex, with all infrastructure and separate provision

for store and two laboratories and fish feed room etc. -1 No. 8m x6 m 3.80

6. Watchmen hut -1 No. 1.00



S. No.

Particulars Dimensions/

Rate (Rs.) Amount

(Rs. in lakh) 7. Other items like Dragnet, wide mouth earthen pots, bucket,

bamboo patches etc. Lump Sum 1.00

Total A 21.10 B. Recurring Expenditure 1. Salaries (For 3 years)

Farm Manager -1 No. 25000/- per month

9

Farm cum Reservoir Assistant-1 No. 20000/- per month

7.2

Farm Attendants-2 Nos. 8000/- per month

7.2

Chowkidar-1 No. 7000/- per month

2.88

2. Fish seed (carried over seed with A V. Weight 25 gm each 10,000 nos.)

Lump Sum 0.25

3. Fish food (rice bran oil cake) 1:1 Lump Sum 1.0 4. Nursery and Rearing tanks management (Lime, natural

fertilizer, wages nursery and etc.) Lump Sum

1.8

5. Brooders tank management (Lime, fertilizer, artificial food, prophylactic measures, netting and etc.)

Lump Sum 1.0

6. Training and research Lump Sum 1.5 7. Maintenance for 5 years 50000/ year 1.5 8. Travel & transport – 5 years 50000/ year 1.5 9. Contingency & miscellaneous expenditure 30000/ year for

3 years 0.9

Total B 35.73 TOTAL A+B 56.83 GRAND TOTAL (After adding 10% escalation of cost) 62.50



5.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Gond Major Irrigation Project of Madhya Pradesh Irrigation Department,

Government of Madhya Pradesh would be located on Gopad River in Sarai Tehsil of District

Singrauli in the state of Madhya Pradesh. The project proposes construction of a 37.31 m

high dam across Gopad River near Jalpani village to irrigate a total designed area of 28,000

ha of Culturable Command Area (CCA). The project is envisaged to have a live storage

capacity of 96.49 MCM, of which, 5.50 MCM is reserved for domestic water supply.

The construction and operation of Gond Major Irrigation will result in a range of impacts to

the social and human environments of the project area. One of major impact of such

development requiring land acquisition is loss of land of local population in project area.

Such impacts cannot be fully mitigated, however, the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

has been prepared to comprehensively address the issues arising out of land acquisition,

assessment of land/house/asset coming under acquisition, estimation of extent of loss and

compensation to be offered in line with The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency

in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR). The R&R plan

has been prepared keeping in view the following objectives:

To compensate families whose land or other assets are acquired for the project.

To create better living conditions and to improve the quality of life of Project Affected

Families in particular and also of other people residing in the project area.

To contribute to the overall development of the project affected areas.

To create good rapport with the local people for long-term relationship and mutual

benefits.

5.2 LAND REQUIREMENT The total land requirement for proposed project is 1442.148 ha; out of which 833.259 ha



216.249 ha is private land and 347.97 ha is forest land. In addition to this 165 ha. of land

will be required on temporary basis for laying of pipeline for distribution of water. The

details are given in Table 5.1.


S.



(ha) Dam

Sheet

Waste

Weir Submergence

Power

Generation Canal

1 Government Land 40.741 32.35 699.182 60.986 0.00 833.259

2 Private Land

(unirrigated) 0.00 8.77 216.249 0.00 0.00 225.019

3 Forest Land 9.00 10.10 347.97 0.00 16.80 383.87

Total Area (ha) 49.741 51.22 1263.401 60.986 16.80 1442.148

Chapter 5 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN



The total forest proposed to be diverted is 383.87 ha. Out of which, 154.12 ha of forest

land under the jurisdiction of Singrauli Forest Division falls in Singrauli district while the

rest 229.748 ha of forest land under the jurisdiction of Sanjay Tiger Reserve falls in Sidhi

district. The details are given in Table 5.2. Proposal for Stage-I clearance for diversion of

forest land i.e. 383.87 ha has been submitted to MoEF&CC vide Proposal No.

FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016 dated 23/10/2017.

(http://forestsclearance.nic.in/viewreport.aspx?pid=FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016).


S.


Forest Land

(ha) Legal Status







TOTAL 383.868

5.3 PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES AND FAMILIES A detailed survey was carried out for the land which will come under submergence or

otherwise need acquisition for setting up of project along with the identification of

families who will get affected due to loss of land and/or houses. Total 9 villages shall be

affected due to acquisition of land for various components of proposed Gond Major

Irrigation project. The total non forest land required for the project is 1058.278 ha. Out

of which, 833.259 ha is government land and 225.019 ha is private land. The non forest

land falls in Kusmi tehsil of Sidhi district and Sarai and Mada tehsils of Singrauli district.

The village wise details of non forest land requirement is given in Table 5.3.

Table 5.3: Village & Component wise Non-Forest Land Requirement

S.

No. District Tehsil Village

Government

Land (ha)

Private

Land (ha) Total (ha)

1

Sidhi Kusmi

Kyoti 64.658 21.510 86.168

2 Amradandi 98.505 12.538 111.043

3 Kyurchu 6.100 0.010 6.11

4

Singrauli

Sarai Jalpani 127.806 8.770 136.576

5 Langhadol 84.535 25.056 109.591

6

Mada

Pura 33.727 5.904 39.631

7 Bhadeli 298.503 124.387 422.89

8 Singrawal 104.108 12.274 116.382

9 Buchro 15.317 14.570 29.887

TOTAL 833.259 225.019 1058.278

There are 162 project affected families, who are identified as the families whose land

and/or houses will be acquired for the project. Also, 2 government schools, 1 each at

Amradandi village in Sidhi district and at Langhadol village in Singrauli district will be

affected. Detail about project affected families is given in Table 5.4.




Table 5.4: Village Wise List of Project Affected Families

District Tehsil Village No. of SC Families

No. of ST Families

No. of OBC Families

No. of Gen. Families

Total

Sidhi Kusmi Kyoti - 31 - 04 35 Amradandi - 08 - - 08 Kyurchu - - - - -

Total (Sidhi District) 43

Singrauli

Sarai Jalpani 0 10 - - 10 Langhadol - 33 - - 33

Total (Sarai Tehsil) 43

Mada

Buchro 04 - - - 04 Singrawal - 05 05 - 10 Bhadeli - 51 08 02 61 Pura - 01 - - 01

Total (Mada Tehsil) 76 Total (Singrauli District) 119 Grand Total (Total of Sidhi & Singrauli Districts) 162

Government School, Village Amradandi, Sidhi 01 Government School, Village Langhadol, Singrauli 01

5.4 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION ACT AND POLICY The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR) has been made effective from January 01, 2014. As

per Chapter 1, para 1(2) of the Act, the Act extends to whole of India except the State of

Jammu and Kashmir. For the purpose of R&R awards, provisions/compensations as per the

new Act have been adopted. Following key definitions have been taken from RFCT_LARR,

2013:

(a) "Administrator" means an officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation and

resettlement of affected families under sub-section (l) of section 43;

(b) "affected area" means such area as may be notified by the appropriate Government

for the purposes of land acquisition;

(c) ‘’affected family" includes-

(i) a family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;

(ii) a family which does not own any land but a member or members of such

family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or

holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in

the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose

primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land;

(iii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any

of their forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to

acquisition of land;

(iv) family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the

acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes

gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such

livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land;

(v) a member of the family who has been assigned land by the State Government

or the Central Government under any of its schemes and such land is under

acquisition;



(vi) a family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three years or

more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood

for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the

acquisition of such land;

(d) "agricultural land" means land used for the purpose of--

(i) agriculture or horticulture;

(ii) dairy farming, poultry farming, pisciculture, sericulture, seed farming breeding

of livestock or nursery growing medicinal herbs;

(iii) raising of crops, trees, grass or garden produce; and

(iv) land used for the grazing of cattle;

(e) "appropriate Government" means,-

(i) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of, a State, the

State Government:

(ii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within a Union territory (except

Puducherry), the Central Government;

(iii) in relation to acquisition of land situated within the Union territory of

Puducherry, the Government of Union territory of Puducherry;

(iv) in relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one State,

the Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State

Governments or Union territories; and

(v) in relation to the acquisition of land for the purpose of the Union as may be

specified by notification, the Central Government:

Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not

exceeding such as may be notified by the appropriate Government, the

Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the appropriate Government;

(f) "Authority" means the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Authority established under section 5l;

(g) "Collector" means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes a Deputy

Commissioner and any officer specially designated by the appropriate Government to

perform the functions of a Collector under this Act;

(h) "Commissioner'' means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement

appointed under sub-section (l) of section 44;

(i) "cost of acquisition" includes-

(i) amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced

compensation ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Authority or the Court and interest payable thereon and any

other amount determined as payable to the affected families by such

Authority or Court;

(ii) demurrage to be paid for damages caused to the land and standing crops in

the process of acquisition;

(iii) cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or

adversely affected families;

(iv) cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement

areas;

(v) cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance with the

provisions of this Act:

(vi) administrative cost,-



(A) for acquisition of land, including both in the project site and out of project

area lands, not exceeding such percentage of the cost of compensation as

may be specified by the appropriate Government;

(B) for rehabilitation and resettlement of the owners of the land and other

affected families whose land has been acquired or proposed to be

acquired or other families affected by such acquisition;

(vii) cost of undertaking 'Social lmpact Assessment study';

(j) "company" means-

(i) a company as defined in section 3 of the Companies Act, 1956. Other than a

Government company:

(ii) a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or under any

corresponding law for the time being in force in a State;

(k) "displaced family" means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be

relocated and resettled from the affected area to the resettlement area;

(l) "entitled to act" in relation to a person, shall be deemed to include the following

persons, namely:

(i) trustees for other persons beneficially interested with reference to any such

case, and that to the same extent as the person beneficially interested could

have acted if free from disability;

(ii) the guardians of minors and the committees or managers of lunatics to the

same extent as the minors, lunatics or other persons of unsound mind

themselves, if free from disability, could have acted:

Provided that the provisions of Order XXXII of the First Schedule to the Code of Civil

Procedure, I908 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply in the case of persons interested

appearing before a Collector or Authority by a next friend, or by a guardian for the

case, in proceedings under this Act:

(m) "family" includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and

minor sisters dependent on him:

Provided that widows. divorcees and women deserted by families shall be considered

separate families:

Explanation.-An adult of either gender with or without spouse or children or

dependents shall be considered as a separate family for the purposes of this Act.

(n) "holding of land" means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or

tenant or otherwise;

(o) "infrastructure project" shall include any one or more of the items specified in clause

(b) of sub-section ( /) of section 2;

(p) "land" includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or

permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth:

(q) "landless" means such persons or class of persons who may be, -

(i) considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being in

force; or

(ii) in a case of landless not being specified under sub-clause (i), as may be

specified by the appropriate Government;

(r) "land owner" includes any person, -

(i) whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part thereof,

in the records of the authority concerned; or



(ii) any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)Act, 2006 or under

any other law for the time being in force; or

(iii) who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the

State including assigned lands: or

(iv) any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or

Authority;

(s) "local authority" includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set up

under any Iaw for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article 243 and a

Municipality as defined in article 243P, of the Constitution;

(t) "marginal farmer" means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to one

hectare or irrigated land holding up to one-half hectare;

(u) "market value" means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26;

(v) "notification" means a notification published in the Gazette of lndia or, as the case

may be, the Gazette of a State and the expression "notify" shall be construed

accordingly;

(w) "patta" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the relevant Central or Slate

Acts or rules or regulations made thereunder;

(x) "person interested" means-

(i) all persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on account of the

acquisition of land under this Act;

(ii) the Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost any

forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional

Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;

(iii) a person interested in an easement affecting the land;

(iv) persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including share-

croppers by whatever name they may be called; and

(v) any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely

affected;

(y) "prescribed" means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(z) "project" means a project for which land is being acquired, irrespective of the

number of persons affected;

(za) "public purpose" means the activities specified under sub-section (l) of section 2;

(zb) "Requiring Body" means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any other

organisation or person for whom land is to be acquired by the appropriate

Government, and includes the appropriate Government, if the acquisition of land is

for such Government either for its own use or for subsequent transfer of such land is

for public purpose to a company, body corporate, an institution, or any other

organisation, as the case may be, under lease, license or through any other mode of

transfer of land;

(zc) "Resettlement Area" means an area where the affected families who have been

displaced as a result of land acquisition are resettled by the appropriate Government;

(zd) "Scheduled Areas, means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the

Provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996;

(ze) “small farmer” means a cultivator with an un-irrigated land holding up to two

hectares or with an irrigated land holding up to one hectare, but more than the

holding of a marginal farmer.



5.5 R&R PACKAGE FOR PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES Rehabilitation and Resettlement benefits to be given to the project affected families have

been discussed in Schedule I, II and III of RFCT_LARR. Applicability of the provision of the

Act for R&R benefits is briefly discussed below:

5.5.1 Compensation for Land Owners

The following components shall constitute the minimum compensation package to be

given to those whose land is acquired and to tenants referred to in clause (c) of Section 3 in

a proportion to be decided by the appropriate Government.

S. No.

Component of compensation package in respect of land

acquired under the Act Manner of determination of value

1 Market value of land To be determined as provided under section 26.

2 Factor by which the market value is to be multiplied in the case of rural areas

1.00 (one) to 2.00 (Two) based on the distance of project from urban area, as may be notified by the appropriate Government

3 Factor by which the market value is to be multiplied in the case of urban areas

1 (One)

4 Value of assets attached to land or building

To be determined as provided under section 29

5 Solatium

Equivalent to one hundred per cent of the market value of land mentioned against serial number 1 multiplied by the factor specified against serial number 2 for rural areas pot serial number 3 for urban areas plus value of assets attached to land or building against serial number 4 under column (2)

6 Final award in rural areas

Market value of land mentioned against serial number 1 multiplied by the factor specified against serial number 2 plus value of assets attached to land or building mentioned against serial number 4 under column (2) plus solatium mentioned against serial number 5 under column (2).

7 Final award in urban areas

Market value of land mentioned against serial number 1 multiplied by the factor specified against serial number 3 plus value of assets attached to land or building mentioned against serial number 4 under column (2) plus solatium mentioned against serial number 5 under column (2).

8 Other component, if any, to be included

5.5.2 Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement

In addition to compensation for land, the second schedule provides following elements of

rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements for all the affected families (both land owners

and families whose livelihood is primarily dependent on land acquired).

S. No.

Elements of Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Entitlements Entitlement/ provision

1. Provisions of housing units in case of displacement

(1) If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house shall be provided as per the Indira Awas Yojana specifications. If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall be provided, which will be not less than 50 sq mtrs in plinth area.



S. No.



(2) The benefits listed above shall also be extended to any affected family which is without homestead land and which has been residing in the area continuously for a period of not less than three years preceding the date of notification of the affected area and which has been involuntarily displaced from such area:

Provided that any such family in urban areas which opts not to take the house offered, shall get a one-time financial assistance for house construction, which shall not be less than one lakh fifty thousand rupees:

Provided further that if any affected family in rural areas so prefers, the equivalent cost of the house may be offered in lieu of the constructed house:

Provided also that no family affected by acquisition shall be given more than one house under the provisions of this Act.

Explanation- The houses in urban areas may, if necessary, be provided in multi-storied building complexes.

2. Land for Land In the case of irrigation project, as far as possible and in lieu of compensation to be paid for the land acquired, each affected family owning agricultural land in the affected area and whose land has been acquired or lost, or who has, as a consequence of the acquisition or loss of land, been reduced to the status of a marginal farmer or landless, shall be allotted, in the name of each person included in the records of rights with regard to the affected family, a minimum of one acre of land in the command area of the project for which the land is acquired:

Provided that in every project those persons losing land and belonging to the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes will be provided land equivalent to land acquired or two and a one-half acres, whichever is lower.

3 Offer for Developed Land In case the land is acquired for urbanization purposes, twenty per cent of the developed land will be reserved and offered to land owning project affected families, in proportion to the area of their land acquired and at a price equal to the cost of acquisition and the cost of development.

Provided that in case the land owning project affected family wishes to avail of this offer, an equivalent amount will be deducted from the land acquisition compensation package payable to it.

4 Choice of Annuity or Employment

The appropriate Government shall ensure that the affected families are provided with the following options: (a) Where jobs are created through the project, after

providing suitable training and skill development in the required field, make provision for employment at a rate not lower than the minimum wages provided for in any other law for the time being in



S. No.



force, to at least one member per affected family in the project or arrange for a job in such other project as may be required; or

(b) One time payment of 5 lakh rupees per affected family; or

(c) Annuity policies that shall pay not less than 2000 rupees per month per family for 20 years, with appropriate indexation to the consumer price index for agricultural labourers

5 Subsistence grant for displaced families for a period of one year

Each affected family which is displaced from the land acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance equivalent to 3000 rupees per month for a period of one year from the date of award.

In addition to this amount, the schedule castes and the scheduled tribes displaced from scheduled areas shall receive and amount equivalent to 50000 rupees.

In cases of displacement from the scheduled areas, as far as possible, the affected families shall be relocated in a similar ecological zone, so as to preserve the economic opportunities, language, culture and community life of the tribal communities.

6 Transportation cost for displace families

Each affected family which is displaced shall get a one time financial assistance of 50000 rupees as transportation cost for shifting of the family, building materials, belongings and cattle.

7 Cattle shed / Petty shops cost Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop shall get one time financial assistance of such amount as the appropriate Government may, by notification, specify subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees for construction of cattle shed or petty shop as the case may be.

8 One time grant to artisan, small traders and certain others

Each affected family of an artisan, small traders or self employed person or an affected family which owned non agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional structure in the affected area, and which has been involuntarily displaced from the affected area due to land acquisition , shall get one time assistance of such amount as the appropriate Government may, by notification, specify subject to a minimum of 25000 rupees

9 Fishing rights In cases of irrigation or hydel projects, the affected families may be allowed fishing rights in the reservoirs, in such manner as may be prescribed by the appropriate Government

10 One time Resettlement Allowance

Each affected family shall be given a onetime “Resettlement Allowance” of 50000 rupees only

11 Stamp duty and registration fee

(1) The stamp duty and other fees payable for registration of the land or house allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body.

(2) The land for house allotted to the affected families shall be free from all encumbrances.

(3) The land or house allotted may be in the joint names of wife and husband of the affected family.



Keeping in view the above provisions, R&R Package has been developed for Project

Affected Families; and same is given at Table 5.5.

Table 5.5: Rehabilitation & Resettlement package for affected families

Clause No. as per II

Schedule

Provision as per " LA, R&R Act, 2013" No. of Eligible Families

Rate as per " LA, R&R Act,

2013"

Cost (for eligible

families) as per the ACT

5 Subsistence grant for Displaced Families for a period of one year

Each affected family which is displaced from the land acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance equivalent to three thousand rupees per month for a period of one year from the date of award.

162 Rs. 36,000.00

per family 58,32,000.00

6 Transportation cost for displaced families

Each affected family which is displaced shall get a one-time financial assistance of fifty thousand rupees as transportation cost for shifting of the family, building materials, belongings and cattle.

162 Rs. 50,000.00

per family 81,00,000.00

7 Cattle shed/petty shops cost Each affected family having cattle or

having a petty shop shall get one-time financial assistance of such amount as the appropriate Government may, by notification, specify subject to a minimum of twenty-five thousand rupees for construction of cattle shed or petty shop as the case may be.

162 Rs. 25,000.00

per family 40,50,000.00

10 One-time Resettlement Allowance Each affected family shall be given a

onetime “Resettlement Allowance” of 50000 rupees only

162 Rs. 50,000.00

per family 81,00,000.00

11 Stamp Duty and registration fee The stamp duty and other fees

payable for registration of the land allotted to the affected families shall be borne by the Requiring Body (approximately Rs. 5,000.00 per family)

162 Rs. 5,000.00 8,10,000.00

Total 2,68,92,000.00

*Cost of land as per market value including assets and solatium is in addition to the above budget and will be assessed by Collector

5.5.3 Resettlement of Displaced Families

As 162 families will be involuntarily displaced, a plan needs to be prepared to resettle these

families in a new village/colony with adequate infrastructure. For resettlement of

populations, infrastructural facilities and basic minimum amenities are to be provided at

the cost of the Requisitioning Authority to ensure that the resettled population in the new

village or colony can secure for themselves a reasonable standard of community life and

can attempt to minimise the trauma involved in displacement. A reasonably habitable and

planned settlement would have, as a minimum, the following facilities and resources, as



appropriate are proposed. Detailed breakup of the development activities are given in

Table 5.6:

Table 5.6: Infrastructural Facilities for Resettlement Area

S. No.

Proposed Activity Budgetary

Estimate (Rs)

1 Roads within the resettled villages and an all-weather road link to the nearest pucca road, passages and easement rights for all the resettled families be adequately arranged.

1,00,00,000.00

2 Proper drainage and sanitation 45,00,000.00 3 Assured sources of safe drinking water 15,00,000.00 4 Provision of drinking water for cattle 2,00,000.00 5 Grazing land 2,00,000.00 6 Two Fair Price Shops 2,00,000.00 7 One Panchayat Ghar 4,00,000.00 8 Burial or cremation ground 1,00,000.00

9 Electric connections for households and common lighting preferably solar

74,00,000.00

10 Anganwadi's providing child and mother supplemental nutritional services

5,00,000.00

11 Primary School 12,00,000.00 12 Playground for children 2,00,000.00 13 Two community centre 10,00,000.00 14 Two Place of worship and chowpal/tree platform 4,00,000.00 15 Animal Husbandry Centre 2,00,000.00

TOTAL 2,80,00,000.00

5.6 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT FOR R & R IMPLEMENTATION RFCT_LARR, 2013 defines the process of implementation of R&R Plan and institutional

arrangement in Chapter VI. It is proposed to follow the Act for implementation of R&R plan as

similar procedure is adopted in other projects in state. The procedure covers the following:

1. Where the appropriate Government is satisfied that there is likely to be involuntary

displacement of persons due to acquisition of land, then, the State Government shall by

notification appoint in respect of that project, an officer not below the rank of Joint

Collector or Additional Collector or Deputy Collector or equivalent official of Revenue

Department to be the Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement. The

Administrator shall, with a view to enable him to function efficiently and to meet the

special time-frame, be provided with such powers, duties and responsibilities as may be

prescribed by the appropriate Government and provided with office infrastructure and

be assisted by such officers and employees who shall be subordinate to him as the

appropriate Government may decide. Subject to the superintendence, directions and

control of the appropriate Government and the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and

Resettlement, the formulation, execution and monitoring of the Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Scheme shall vest in the Administrator.

2. The state government shall appoint an officer of the rank of Commissioner or Secretary

of that Government for Rehabilitation and Resettlement of affected families under this

Act, to be called the Commissioner of Rehabilitation and Resettlement. The

Commissioner shall be responsible for supervising the formulation of rehabilitation and

resettlement schemes or plans and proper implementation of such schemes or plans.

The Commissioner shall also be responsible for the post-implementation social audit in

consultation with the Gram Sabha in rural areas and municipality in urban areas.



3. Where land proposed to be acquired is equal to or more than one hundred acres, the

appropriate Government shall constitute a Committee under the chairmanship of the

Collector to be called the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee, to monitor and

review the progress of implementation of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement scheme

and to carry out post-implementation social audits in consultation with the Gram Sabha

in rural areas and municipality in urban areas. The Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Committee shall include, apart from officers of the appropriate Government, the

following members, namely:-

a) representative of women residing in the affected area;

b) representative each of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes residing in

the affected area

c) representative of a voluntary organisation working in the area

d) representative of a nationalised bank

e) Land Acquisition Officer of the project;

f) Chairpersons of the panchayats or municipalities located in the affected area or

their nominees

g) Chairperson of the District Planning Committee or his nominee;

h) Member of Parliament and Member of the Legislative Assembly of the concerned

area or their nominees

i) representative of the Requiring Body

j) Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement as the Member- Convener

5.7 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN The project developer would aim at the improvement in the living standards of inhabitants in the

project area not only by being a catalyst for development but also by developing infrastructure in

the area. The infrastructure development will be in addition to the rightful compensation to the

project affected families. Besides, meeting the mandatory requirement, certain works relating to

social welfare and community development are also considered in consultation with local

authorities and representatives of Gram Panchayats of project affected area where in the project

area is covered, so that more acceptability for implementation of the plan is achieved. The

irrigation projects are primarily welfare projects of the state and inter-alia include such works like

command area development which bring about overall development of project area. A provision

of 0.5% of the capital cost of project shall be made for local area development activities to be

financed by the project developer as corporate social initiative.

As large-scale investment is being made in the area by way of construction of project, benefits

should each to the local population so that there is remarkable improvement in their quality of

life. Provisions will be made by the project proponent for the infrastructure development

programme in the project area as per the needs of the local population. Thus, the proposed Local

Area Development strategy should be formulated by keeping in view the existing facilities and

giving due consideration to the views of the local people.

5.7.1 Local Area Development Committee

The entire contribution towards Local Area Development Activities to be maintained in the shape

of Local Area Development Fund (LADF), which will be administered by a committee, called Local

Area Development Committee (LADC) comprising of various stakeholders including Government

departments, project developers and local members from project affected areas.



5.7.1.1 Aims & Objectives

A special provision of Local Area Development Fund (LADF) under the State Policy has been made

to carry out Local Development Activities to ensure that while the projects are developed in the

State, the local communities in the project area also benefit in the process by way of enhanced

development at project cost. Further allocation of such resources also needs to be based on pre-

determined objective parameters. The people of the affected area should be aware of the

allocations likely to flow to them so that on the one hand gainful infrastructure and local

development activities can be planned well in advance and on the other hand local communities

develop an interest in expeditious completion of projects.

5.7.1.2 Institutional Arrangement for Administration of Fund

The fund will be administered by a committee called Local Area Development Committee (LADC)

which will be constituted as under: -

1 Deputy Commissioner of concerned district Chairman 2 Chairman, Zila Parishad concerned district Member 3 Representative of the Project Developer Member

4 District level officers of PWD, Irrigation, Forest, Rural Dev. Departments

Member

5 Representatives of Block Samiti Member 6 Pradhan(s) of all affected Panchayat(s) Member 7 Additional Divisional Magistrate Member Secretary

5.7.1.3 Functions and Responsibilities of LADC

The LADC is entrusted with, but not limited to, the following activities in its jurisdiction and will

be subject to directions of State Government from time to time: -

a) Realization of contributions to LADF from project promoters as per norms fixed by the State

Government.

b) Overall management, control and administration of LADF including documentation and

maintenance of accounts.

c) Approval of shelves of schemes and finalization of Annual Action Plan in respect of each

project, allotment of funds to executing agencies.

d) Monitoring and supervision of implementation of schemes under LADC.

e) Review the progress of all administrative and statutory clearances and removal of local

hurdles, if any, settlement of local issues to facilitate timely execution of the project.

5.7.1.4 Execution and Monitoring

The schemes sanctioned shall be executed by Gram Panchayat concerned or by Government

Department or by project authorities. LADC may also decide the agency for the execution of

schemes. Govt. departments executing the works will not levy Departmental Charges if such

scheme is mandated to be executed in normal course and LADF should be treated as one of the

source of funding. The funds for sanctioned schemes would be released to the executing agency

in installments. The Executing Agency shall furnish accounts along with Utilization Certificate and

Completion Certificate to the LADC which after consolidating the details will submit the

Certificates to Project Developer as well as to Secretary Water Resource to Govt. of MP. The

progress of LAD activities shall be monitored regularly by LADC.



5.7.1.5 Management of Fund and Utilization of Interest Amount

The interest earned on the funds deposited in LADF will become Part of LADF. The interest

earned may be used by LADC to cover cost for organizing LADC meetings, monitoring, office

expenses, audit, hiring experts/technical staff to check LADF works or hire services of experts for

quality assurance, dispute resolution etc. without any obligation on the State Government. The

assets created under LADF shall belong to the institutions for which they are constructed or to

Panchayat as the case may be. The funds of LADF would be kept in a joint account in Post Office

or nationalized bank. The deposits will be managed efficiently to secure best interest income. The

account of LADC shall be operated jointly by the chairman and Member Secretary of the

concerned LADC. The LADF would be subject to Audit and instructions of State Government as

issued from time to time.

5.7.2 Preparation of Shelf of Schemes

The Member Secretary, LADC will inform the concerned Panchayat about the tentative

amount that will be available for each project affected Panchayats.

A comprehensive shelf of projects for the entire amount would then be prepared by

Panchayat and approved by the Gram Sabha along with a yearly plan. The annual plan may

be again discussed in Gram Sabha/Gram Panchayat every year and altered if required. The

shelf as approved by Gram Sabha would then be sent to the Member Secretary of concerned

LADC. While preparing the shelf of schemes preference may be given in the following order

a. Income generating activities/assets - First Priority

b. Renovation/special repairs/maintenance of existing infrastructure – Second Priority.

c. New Infrastructural Schemes – Third Priority.

Note: Purchase of vehicle shall not be included in any schemes.

The shelves given by the various Project Affected Panchayats would be placed before the

LADC in its full meeting. The LADC will discuss and approve the schemes. LADC, however,

shall not change the Gram Sabha Priorities. The shelves of schemes for beyond Panchayat

level category shall be prepared by Block Samities or Zila Parishad in consultation with

Project Developers and the same shall be approved by LADC. The LADC shall be the final

authority to determine the Category of a scheme and allocation of funds. While preparing

the shelf, the Panchayat will follow the following:

Priorities: -

New Infrastructural Schemes: - Drinking water/irrigation/school buildings/health

centres/pucca roads/pucca paths, markets, bus stand, solid waste disposal, sanitation,

Community Centers, MM Bhawan, Panchayat Bhawan, sanitation waste disposal,

Creation of income generating assets for Panchayat, Creation of community places of

worship, cremation/burial – First Priority.

Renovation/special repairs/maintenance of existing infrastructure i.e. buildings like

school/health sub centres/community halls/roads/paths/water supply and irrigation

schemes/places of worship, shops/other income generating assets of Panchayats,

Panchayat Bhawan, MM Bhawan – Second Priority.

Soil – conservation / watershed / landscaping / parks / playgrounds / kuccha-paths /

flood protection works and retaining walls – 3rd Priority.



Following activities are proposed under the local area development plan, however exact

schemes will be formulated by LADC.

A. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT:

a) Training Courses

The willing and eligible youth from project affected families shall be imparted education and

training through technical institutes conducting diploma courses and ITI certificates with a

view to absorb them in the project construction and operation.

b) Tailoring, Knitting& Embroidery Training Centers

To create sustainable and long-term job opportunities & generate income levels among the

project affected and other local families; tailoring, knitting and embroidery centers shall be

opened in consultation with the local panchayats. Necessary equipment/kit, sewing

machines along with raw material and instructors shall be made available at subsidized rate.

Arrangements shall be made through government agencies to sell the products to M.P.

Handloom Department and other private/ state agencies involved in the trade.

c) Computer Courses

Computer training center at any appropriate place in consultation with local panchayats shall

be opened to train eligible candidates from either sex to help them to avail job opportunities

within and outside the project. Infrastructure and equipment for training courses along with

instructor shall be provided.

d) Income Generating Activities/Projects

Capacity building programmes would be implemented for the development of skills in dairy

farming, horticulture and host of other income generating activities.

e) Vocational Training

Creating institutions to impart vocational training for acquiring and upgrading technical skills

with a view to enhance employability. Establishing partnerships with District Administration

and various Non- Governmental Organizations to assist gainful self-employment schemes for

the unemployed youth in the area, such programs would include:

Organization of training programs in driving of 4 Wheelers,

Welding and fabrication,

Repair of TVs, Radio and other electronic gadgets.

B. INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT AND PUBLIC UTILITIES

a) Community Centers:

To facilitate project affected people to organize marriages/ other social functions community

centers at places selected by the locals shall be constructed & provided with required

furniture, tent house facilities and guard.

b) Hospital Facilities:

The project Hospital facilities shall be extended to the project affected persons free of cost.

Ambulance and provision of life support system shall be made to meet emergencies.



c) Sports and other activities:

The project proponent will endeavor to promote sports activities in affected Panchayats. For

promotion of sports, the corporation will go by the collective decision of all project

developers in the district. Facilities for different games shall be provided to inculcate interest

for sports amongst the youths.

d) Setting up of Recreation Facilities

There is a need to set up recreation facilities like development of gym, parks, etc. near the

project area.

e) Assistance to Schools:

The schools in the project affected villages shall be provided with computers, furniture,

library etc. to develop these Institutions as model Institutions.

f) Development of concrete paths from Village to Road heads &drainage system:

The affected villages shall be connected with the roads through concrete paths, wherever

required. Effective drainage system shall be developed in the villages.

g) Community Toilets:

Community toilets shall be constructed in the project affected villages in association with

panchayats and proper maintenance shall be ensured.

h) Enhancing Medicare in Govt. hospital:

The Govt. Medicare system at m nearby PHC shall be improved by providing the latest

equipment in consultation with hospital authorities.

i) Development of Graveyard/Cremation Center

On the request of PAF development of cremation center shall be carried out at suitable

location in consultation with the gram Panchayat / district authority.

C. SOCIAL SERVICES

a) Widow Grant:

One-time financial grant of Rs. 10000.00 shall be given to the widows, under BPL category in

the project affected villages, in the presence of Panchayat Sarpanches and Panches.

b) Assistance to Physically Handicap:

One-time financial assistance of Rs. 10000.00 in cash shall be provided to the physically

handicapped in the project affected Villages in presence of Panchayat Sarpanches and Panches.

c) Assistance for female marriages:

An amount of Rs. 10000.00 shall be provided to the project affected family under BPL

category, for the marriage of female in the family.

d) Medical Camps:

Medical Camps shall be organized every three months in the project affected Villages and

free medicines shall be provided to the patients.



e) Assistance to Critically ill:

As a goodwill gesture assistance of Rs. 10,000.00 shall be made available to the critically ill

persons in the project affected Villages.

5.7.3 Cost Under Human Resource and Local Area Development Plan

A fund under the name, LADF, will be created for development of infrastructure in the

project area. The project authorities will contribute 0.5% of the direct and indirect charges of

project cost (Rs. 109767.36 lakh) towards this fund i.e. Rs. 548.8368 lakh towards creation of

local area development fund to undertake works under corporate social responsibility.

5.7.4 Corporate Social Responsibility

The MoEFCC vide O.M. dated 11.8.2014 had issued guidelines on Environmental

Sustainability and CSR related issues. The Paragraph 4 of the Office Memorandum reads as

follows:

“Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 deals with. Corporate social responsibility and

Schedule-VII of the Act lists out the activities which may _be included by companies in their

CSR Policies. The activities relating to "ensuring environmental sustainability", are listed in

this schedule. Further, Ministry of Corporate Affairs has also notified the Companies

(Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014”.

The Paragraph 5 of the Office Memorandum reads as follows:

“The concept of CSR as provided for in' the Companies Act, 2013 and covered under the

Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2074 comes into effect only in case

of companies having operating projects and making net profit as also subject to other

stipulations contained in the aforesaid Act and Rules. The environment clearance given to a

project may involve a situation where the concerned company is yet to make any net profit

and / or is not covered under the purview of the aforesaid Act and Rules. Obviously, if such

cases, the provisions of aforesaid Act and Rules will not apply.”

In the wake of the fact that the Project is being manned by Water Resources Department of

Government of Madhya Pradesh and so it does not attract the provisions either under

Companies Act, 2013, or the Corporate Social Responsibility Policies issued by the concerned

Ministry. It is worthwhile to note that irrigation projects are primarily welfare projects of the

state and inter-alia include such works like command area development which bring about

overall development of project area. The projects are intended as social welfare measure for

meeting ever-increasing demand for increasing in food and fibre production, due to spiral

rise in population, along with opportunity for opening vista of employment in rural areas by

harnessing the available water resources to the optimum. The irrigation works are neither

profit making nor these are planned as revenue generating to the state exchequer.

5.8 MONITORING & EVALUATION Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) must be simultaneous with the implementation of

Rehabilitation Plan. It requires specialized skill for application of general project monitoring

procedures to the process of land acquisition and rehabilitation. Conventional monitoring,

normally carried out by the Government machinery, often misses focus on certain vital

aspects and does not identify certain shortcomings, which may otherwise prove very



important. While the conventional government monitoring will continue, an external M&E

agency will also be engaged to help in proper monitoring of land acquisition and

rehabilitation plans. The main purpose of involving such an agency is to bring the problems

and difficulties faced by the PAFs to the notice of Administrator R&R on a regular basis for

their redress as well as to help in formulating and undertaking corrective measures. The

external Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) agency can submit half yearly reports on the

progress of implementing Rehabilitation Master Plan (RMP) along with suggestions and

corrective measures required for improvement in the implementation of Rehabilitation Plan.

For Land Acquisition and rehabilitation plan, M&E system will consist of:

Administrative monitoring;

Socio-economic performance and

Impact evaluation.

Administrative monitoring will be conventionally carried out by the Land Acquisition Officer

of project authorities, Resettlement Commissioner and other concerned government

agencies/departments. The focus will be on physical (like number of land holders affected,

area identified for allotment to Village Level Committee, etc.) and financial (like

compensation paid, payment to M&E agency, office establishment cost, etc.) parameters.

The socio-economic monitoring, which will be carried out concurrently is the crux of M&E

exercise to provide interim measures based on the field level situations. This along-with

impact evaluation at the end of plan period will be carried out by the M&E agency. While

covering the affected community, monitoring will focus on the vulnerable groups like

women, physically handicapped, etc. The household information collected through the

socio-economic survey will form the benchmarks for comparison. However, these

benchmarks will be supplemented in order to create new reference points against

performance, effects and objectives.

5.8.1 Monitoring and Evaluation Guidelines

Monitoring of the progress of R&R is important because of the sensitivity of these issues.

The objective of monitoring is to assess the progress of resettlement activity, to identify

difficulties, ascertain problem areas, and provide indication for the need of calling

attention to some specific issues at an early stage. Following tasks have to be performed by

the group at different stages of the project:

Establish baseline information on individual PAFs and their pre-project standards of

living, health conditions, nutritional patterns, etc. This should precede the

implementation of R&R package in general after the completion of the project.

The planning of the monitoring studies could cover disbursement of compensation

and grants.

After the completion of the project, a few sensitive indicators using 100% survey

techniques should be undertaken mainly to understand how effective the R&R plan

and project economic development package has been in reality.

5.8.2 Post-Project Monitoring

It is suggested that the monitoring be conducted by an independent agency not connected

with the project. Therefore, an independent consultant having experience in R&R studies in



similar areas, i.e. central states and not connected with the project can be appointed for

monitoring the project.

5.8.3 Participation of PAFs

Involvement of affected communities in planning and implementation of rehabilitation

programmes according to their felt needs and socio-economic conditions is of vital importance.

To obtain co-operation, participation and feedback, PAFs need to be systematically informed

and consulted during preparation and implementation of R&R plan about their options and

rights. In the proposed project, co-operation and participation of PAFs in this process could be

ensured through their involvement in each of the following stages.

As a part of participatory planning, community meetings should be held on a routine basis

to explain about the project and the benefits of the project. Direct communication with the

PAFs will negate the politicization of the R&R Process. The communication with the PAFs

can be through the Village Level Committee.

The Consultant/Expert Agency will review the rehabilitation and resettlement programme

every year till the completion of the project. A total provision of Rs. 50.00 lakh has been

kept in the cost estimate for this purpose.

5.9 FINANCIAL PACKAGE The summary of the financial requirement for implementation of the Rehabilitation and

Resettlement plan and Economic Development Package is Rs. 11.48 crore as per the

summary given below at Table 5.7.

Table 5.7: Summary of Budgetary Estimates

S. No. R&R Components Cost (Rs in crore) 1 Rehabilitation Grant 2.6892 2 Infrastructure in Resettlement Area 2.8000 3 Local Area Development Plan 5.4884 3 Monitoring and Evaluation 0.5000

Total 11.4776

*Cost of land as per market value including assets and solatium is in addition to the above budget and will be assessed by Commissioner



Chapter LANDSCAPING, RESTORATION & GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN 6

6.1 INTRODUCTION The proposed Gond Major Irrigation Project on River Gopad would require construction of

various project components and infrastructural facilities such as Dam, Pump houses, Open

Canal, Distribution chambers and residential colonies for its staff, offices; contractor’s and

labour colonies in addition to various access roads and other structures.

During construction phase of the project, number of temporary construction sites and

working areas will come up. In addition to this, mining for construction material will also be

carried out. To restore these areas to its original landscape as much as possible and retain

its aesthetic values following restoration measures have been suggested. In addition

avenue plantations around the colonies and working sites will be carried out.

6.2 LANDSCAPING AND RESTORATION OF CONSTRUCTION AREAS The proposed project would involve construction of dam, canal, residential and staff

colonies, roads, etc. These activities will result either in the modification or destruction of

the existing landscape of the area. It is therefore imperative that after the project work and

related activities are over restoration work should be carried out in these disturb areas to

bring them back to their similar or near-similar pre-construction conditions and land use.

Different project related activities will require acquisition of government as well as private

land. The acquired land will also be used for dumping of muck and other garbage from the

colony area. In addition to the habitat disturbance, project related activities will also result

in the accumulation of large amounts of dumps at various construction sites, which need to

be either relocated or as an alternative can be utilized for landscaping. Restoration success

will, however largely depend on the topography of the area, the type of constructional

activities and their detrimental effects on the terrain and the natural habitats.

6.2.1 Restoration/ Landscaping of Disturbed Areas/Sites

The construction activities like roads, quarry sites, colonies, batching plants, etc. will

change the existing land use/ land cover in the region. After completion of the construction

work, these areas are required to be restored to their original condition. Various

engineering and biological measures have been suggested for the restoration of proposed

project affected areas.

Setting up of infrastructure for construction including colonies for labor will lead to clearing

of the vegetation and forests. The forest land may also be cleared for the movement of

heavy equipments required for different project related activities which would lead to the

fragmentation and destruction of the habitats at these sites.

Following measures would be adopted at for the rehabilitation and landscaping of colony

areas and construction sites.

On completion of construction area will be restored by proper leveling



Retaining walls will be built to avoid the landslides and slips. Slopes will be covered with

geotextiles.

The open area will be covered with the vegetation. Ornamental plants and trees will be

planted in rows along the roads and lanes.

Parks and play grounds for children would be developed on the restored land.

The estimated cost of restoration of construction is 30.00 lakh (see Table 6.1).

Table 6.1: Cost estimates for bio-engineering measures for construction areas

S. No. Item of work Quantity Rate/ unit

(in Rs.) Amount

Rs. (In lakh ) 1 Leveling of the area 5 ha 50000/ha 2.50

2 Covering the slopes with geo-textiles like coir, etc.

5000 sq m 500/sq.m 25.00

3 Grass seeding Lump sum

2.50 Total 30.00

6.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Green belt development will comprise of plantations at various places like alongside roads

and around the periphery of reservoir rim. The green belt is proposed to be developed

within the project area around reservoir periphery, along the network of approach roads,

residential areas and other working areas restored. The strategy worked out for

development of green belt consists of the following:

Generally local/indigenous fast-growing trees shrubs should be planted.

The species should form a dense crown cover.

The trees should be protected by plantation of non-palatable shrub species to avoid

browsing by animals.

Placement of tree guards should be provided to save avenue plantation.

Against biotic interference, thorn fencing around the plantation and circular trench

around the planting pit should be followed.

Before development of green belt in surrounding of project area extensive survey shall be

undertaken to observe the vegetation type. Soil characteristics were also kept in mind.

Based on the survey and environmental conditions suitable plant species have been

proposed for green belt development. The supply of seedlings for green belt development

shall be maintained through the forest department nursery.

It is proposed that extensive plantation in land around the periphery of dam and reservoir

will be taken up besides road side plantation along approach roads. In areas, wherever

private land falls along the periphery of the project area the plantation will be done by

distributing saplings free of cost to villagers, so that they are motivated to take up

plantation in their land.

A list of indigenous trees found suitable for development of green belt around the

project area is given in Table 6.2.



Table 6.2: Plant species suggested for landscaping and restoration works and other

plantations For Residential Colonies & Office Complex

S. No. Family Name of species Trees

1 Fagaceae Castanopsis hystrix 2 Altingiaceae Altingia excelsa 3 Meliaceae Toona ciliata 4 Mimosaceae Albizia lebbeck 5 Rosaceae Pyrus communis 6 Fabaceae Cassia fistula 7 Morus alba

Shrubs 1 Fabaceae Indigofera spp. 2 Liliaceae Asparagus racemosus 3 Myrsinaceae Ardisia macrocarpa 4 Poaceae Bambusa tulda 5 Rosaceae Rosa spp. 6 Rosaceae Rubus ellipticus 7 Rutaceae Murraya paniculata 8 Rutaceae Zanthoxylum armatum

Herbs 1 Lamiaceae Ocimum sanctum 2 Musaceae Musa balbisiana 3 Poaceae Eleusine coracana 4 Zingiberaceae Alpinia allughas 5 Zingiberaceae Zingiber officinale 6 Zingiberaceae Hedychium spicatum

For Roadside/Avenue Plantation

S. No. Family Name of species Trees

1 Anacardiaceae Lannea coromandelica 2 Combretaceae Terminalia spp. 3 Fagaceae Castanopsis hystrix 4 Hamamelidaceae Exbucklandia populnea 5 Magnoliaceae Michelia champaca 6 Meliaceae Toona ciliata 7 Mimosaceae Albizia spp. 8 Rosaceae Cassia fistula 9 Rosaceae Pyrus communis

Shrubs 1 Araliaceae Brassaiopsis aculeata 2 Cyatheaceae Alsophila spinulosa 3 Fabaceae Indigofera spp. 4 Hydrangeaceae Hydrangea robusta 5 Liliaceae Asparagus racemosus 6 Poaceae Bambusa tulda 7 Rosaceae Rosa spp. 8 Rutaceae Murraya paniculata

Table 6.3: Cost estimates for Green Belt Development

S. No. Green Belt Development Cost

(Rs. in lakh) 1 Roadside plantation 15.00 2 Green belt around dam and Reservoir periphery 25.00 Total 40.00



6.4 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION The landscaping and restoration plan will be implemented with help of landscaping experts

and in consultation with State Horticulture Department as well as concerned Forest

Division and the coordination and funding will be provided by the project proponent for

successful implementation of this plan.

6.5 COST ESTIMATES The estimated cost for the restoration works, landscaping of working areas, road side

plantations, and creation of green belt around reservoir and colonies and working sites

would be Rs. 70.00 lakh (Table 6.4).

Table 6.4: Total budget for landscaping of project components

S. No. Item Amount

(Rs. In lakh)

1. Cost estimates for bio-engineering measures for construction areas

30.00

2. Green belt Development 40.00 TOTAL 70.00



7.1 INTRODUCTION

The Gond Major Irrigation project is proposed on the Gopad River and total extent of the

reservoir is about 1263.401 ha. The total gross storage volume at FRL (El. 423.0) is 100.35

MCM and the Minimum Draw Down Level (MDDL) has is at El. 408.0 m. During operation

reservoir level would fluctuate between FRL and MDDL level, and in addition at FRL the

water movement due to waves induced by wind. It makes the slopes along the reservoir

prone to slips and minor slides due to repeated water level fluctuation and charging of slips

and soil erosion along the reservoir periphery. Therefore, the susceptible slopes along the

reservoir would require treatment to avoid any slope failure.

7.2 RESERVOIR AREA Within the submergence area up to tailend of reservoir at left bank soil was classified

under Lithic Ustorthents class described as very shallow loamy soils on moderately steep

sloping hills and ridges with severe erosion. Most of the area along the reservoir at left

bank is pre dominantly categorized under open deciduous forest (Figures 7.1 and 7.2).

Similarly, at right bank and along the bank soil was categorized under Typic Haplustalfs

type and described as slightly deep loamy soils on gently sloping plateau with moderate

erosion. The main land use along the right bank of reservoir is river bed agriculture (Figures

7.1 and 7.3).

Figure 7.1: View of right and left bank of Gopad river

Chapter 7 RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT



Figure 7.2: Left Bank view of proposed reservoir area

Figure 7.3: Right bank view of proposed reservoir

7.3 NEED FOR RESERVOIR RIM TREATMENT The reservoir would lead to submergence of more than 1263.401 ha of land at FRL. Two

types of factors e.g. internal factors and external factors are responsible for sliding in such

water spread conditions. The reduction in the shearing strength of the rocks, the water

content of the rock masses, change in their mineralogical composition and meteorological

character, structural features and the state of stress are some of the important internal

factors. External factors include mainly vibrations either naturally by an earthquake or

artificial due to heavy traffic and rock blasting. The rock mass which had not before



experienced the flow of river shall be subjected to hydraulic conditions apart from many

other direct and indirect factors responsible for instability of land masses. The water level of

the reservoir will fluctuate during operational period. However, the variation is not very

frequent and does not last over a considerable long period/duration, there are little

chances of sudden draw down of water in the reservoir, yet due to presence of loose

material at the banks of reservoir sliding cannot be ruled out.

7.4 TREATMENT MEASURES A combination of engineering as well as biological measures have been suggested for slope

stability and control of landslides in the reservoir area. The slides observed in the reservoir

area and the places where mass movement has been noted can be treated by biological

and engineering methods depending upon the cause of land slips and soil erosion and its

disposition with respect to the reservoir LSL. These would be controlled by engineering

means by constructing retaining walls, wire bolsters along with wire mesh treatment in the

submergence zone in combination with biological measures such as planting of shrubs and

spraying of seeds, brush layering in the non-submergence zone i.e. above the MWL.

Various proposed measures both engineering and biological depending upon the slide

characteristics have been described below:

7.4.1 Stabilization of slopes

For stabilization and restoration of slopes and landslips gabion walls are proposed. Wire

bolster, wire mesh and plantation of deep rooted fast growing tree species and shrubs

followed by spray of seeds are proposed in the non-submergence zone. Above the

submergence zone retaining walls of varying lengths have been proposed. Below the

submergence zone, retaining wall and gabion walls would be provided. Retaining walls of 2

m and 5 m length respectively would also be provided to modify the slope cause landslips

just above the submergence zone. The depletion zone shall be treated with shrub and tree

plantation. The rocky surface shall be reinforced with wire mesh. This treatment shall be

clubbed with Green Belt development and part cost has already been included in the same.

7.5 COST ESTIMATES The cost of various activities for protection works for under reservoir rim treatment plan is

Rs. 50.00 lakh. As details of quantities of various treatments are not available presently, an

estimated cost of each proposed treatment measure is given in table below. Cost of

plantation is already estimated under Green belt development plan.

Table 7.1: Estimated cost of proposed treatment measure

Type of work Total cost Rs. In lakh

Construction of Gabion walls, Gabion basket works to protect landslips and unstable slopes 25.00

Catchwater drains, side channels and protection walls 10.00 Benching, Contour bunding and terracing 15.00 Plantation works* -- Total 50.00

* Cost towards this is already considered under CAT plan



8.1 INTRODUCTION

Large quantity of material would be excavated due to construction of dam, canal, and

distributary network. Muck generation is considered a significant impact on land

environment as the project involves laying of underground pipelines of MS and HDPE of

various diameters. The excavation shall result in large quantity of excavated material i.e.

muck which shall have to be evacuated and disposed of in a planned manner so that it

takes a least possible space and is not hazardous to the environment.

8.2 QUANTITY OF MUCK TO BE GENERATED The proposed system is a closed conduit system for conveyance of water up to farm level.

To understand the impact of muck generation, quantification of this impact was carried out

by calculating the muck volume which shall be generated from excavation of earth for laying

of pipeline, adding a swell factor of 25% to the muck generated and subtracting the quantity

of back filling. The resultant quantum is the muck generation requiring disposal.

For calculation of the trench volume, depth is taken 1 m plus pipe dia; bottom width is

taken as 9 cm more than the pipe dia on each side and top width is taken as ½ of the

trench depth in addition to the bottom width i.e. ¼ depth on each side. Muck expected to

be generated from pump houses and sub-stations construction has also been added. Muck

from dam’s foundation has been computed assuming depth of foundation considering 9 m

foundation depth with 2:1 upstream face slope and 1.5:1 downstream face slope and 6.5 m

top width.

Muck generated from dam’s foundation:

1660 m (length of dam) * 9 m (foundation depth) * 104.5 m (side face of dam) =

15,61,230 cum

Assuming swell factor of 25%, total muck to be disposed off = 19,51,538 cum

Muck from rising main and gravity main:

105 km (approximate length) * 3.09 (depth of trench) * ((2.0+0.09+0.09) (bottom width of

trench) + (3.725+2.18) (top width of trench))/2

Total quantity of muck excavated = 8,32,620 cum

Total quantity of muck with swell factor of 25% = 10,40,775 cum

Backfill quantity = 5,02,920 cum

Muck requiring disposal = 5,37,855 cum

8.3 DISPOSAL OF MUCK Muck generated from dam’s foundation after assuming swell factor of 25% has been

estimated as 19,51,538 cum which is substantial amount; however, most of the muck

generated will be utilized during the construction of earthen dam, producing coarse and

fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction

facilities.

Chapter 8 MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN



Muck requiring disposal from laying pipe line network especially rising and gravity mains

has been estimated as 5,37,855 cum. In addition, some muck will also be generated while

lying distributary network and field channels. The total muck so generated will be utilized

for refilling of the trenches and the approach road proposed to be constructed along the

canal.

For laying of the pipeline network in command area, muck generation will be along the

linear route of pipeline. Care will be taken that top fertile soil is kept aside and will be used

for re-filling the top area after laying of pipe line. The surplus soil requiring disposal will be

spread on low lying farmers field with their consent. Balance muck will be managed by

spreading along the route in the low lying areas. As the topography is undulating, such low

lying areas are available along the route. Any further surplus muck, shall be laid in the

community undulating area of the connected villages, backfilling/ reclaiming of pits in

designated borrow area with the consent of concerning Gram-panchayat or Janpad

Panchayat. The muck may also be used by nearby Gram Panchayats for construction of

village roads etc.

Therefore, muck generated from the construction work and laying of pipeline, though of

significant quantity can be managed without creating a serious impact on this count. For

management, transportation and temporary storage of muck, a lump sum provision of

capital expenditure of Rs. 95 lakh has been made to ensure proper management.



9.1 INTRODUCTION

The construction of the proposed Gond Major Irrigation Project will involve different

categories of manpower like labour, technical staff, other officials and service providers.

Most of these technical and non- technical workers will be temporary and will leave the

region as soon as the construction phase of the project is over, which is estimated as 3

years. Some of the workers will be accompanied by their families. The total population of

workers and their families has been estimated as approximately 1050 persons during peak

construction time. These people will be living in temporary and permanent colonies/

settlements. The main sources of wastes in case of the proposed project can be divided

into following categories:

Municipal waste (includes commercial and residential wastes generated in either

solid or semi-solid form excluding industrial hazardous wastes and bio-medical

wastes)

Construction and demolition debris (C&D waste)

Bio-medical waste (waste generated by health-care and veterinary establishments)

Hazardous waste (generated from construction machinery and equipment)

e-Waste (computer parts, Printer cartilages, electronic parts, etc.).

Solid Waste Management is one of the essential requirement for public health and aesthetic

surroundings. Therefore, the removal of any scattered and littered waste is important. This

also brings to focus the necessity of synergy in the design, construction and maintenance of

roads, surface (storm water) drains and storage, collection and transport of solid waste.

Solid waste generated from temporary and permanent colonies in construction as well as

operation phase requires special management to dispose off as warranted under the Solid

Wastes Management Rules (SWM) 2016. For that an efficient waste management system

will be required to put in place to keep the environment of the region clean and healthy.

These colonies and temporary settlements will also require adequate water supply for

drinking and cleaning.

The project authorities will ensure sewage treatment from the colonies of labours and

workers, water supply, cleaning of the colony area and solid waste disposal. Dwellings will

be provided with septic tanks and soak pits along with water supply for drinking and other

daily needs for each and proper waste disposal by adopting various disposable methods.

9.2 INFLUX OF MIGRANT POPULATION At the time of peak construction work in the project, maximum of 500 persons may be

engaged, most of these will be from the local population. Around 350 nos. of the work

force, which will include technical, non-technical and service class, will come from outside.

Chapter 9 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN



To calculate the human pressure during the peak construction of the project the, the peak

migrant population has been calculated as approximately 1050 persons (Table 9.1). This

population is expected to reside in the project area at any given time.

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migrant Population (Peak time)

Migrant Population of Labourers

Total labour force 350

Married labourers (80% of 350) 280

Single labourers (20% of 350) 70

Husband and wife both working (90% of 280) 252

Number of families where both husband and wife work (280/2)

140

Number of families where only husband work (10% of 280)

28

Total number of labourer’s families 168

Total Migrant Population of Labourers (168 x 5 + 70) 910

Total technical staff 20

Married technical staff 10

Single technical staff 10

Total migrant population of technical staff (10x5+10) 60

Migrant Workforce (Labour plus Technical) 970

Service Providers

Total service providers (approx. 2% of total migrant workforce)

20

Married service providers (50% as assumed) 10

Single service providers 10

Total migrant population of service providers (10 x 5 + 10)

60

1030 Say 1050

approximately

Waste generation rate in Indian cities ranges between 200 - 870 grams/capita/day,

depending upon the region’s lifestyle and the size of the city. The per capita waste

generation is increasing by about 1.3% per year in India (Annepu, 2012). State-wise data

show that Madhya Pradesh average is about 400 gm/capita/day. It is assumed for the

estimation of quantum of waste generation, for the purpose of preparation of solid waste

management plan, that migrant labour population will follow the local pattern. Therefore,

when project will go for construction, about 400 gram/capita/day is expected to be

generated. Further, the peak labour population is estimated to be 500 persons and it is also

expected that locals in the proximity will also use solid waste management facilities;

keeping this in view, the plan is prepared for about 1500 persons.

For 1500 persons an estimated amount of about 219 tons/annum (0.4 kg x 1500 individuals

x 365 days = 219 ton) of solid waste will be generated. A figure of 220 tonnes per annum

has been taken to prepare the solid waste management plan. This waste will be collected,



segregated and disposed off in line with the provisions laid down in Solid Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

9.3 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE The project authority shall, within the territorial area of the project complex/ colony, be

responsible for the implementation of the provision of Solid Wastes Management.

Adequate facilities for collection, transportation and disposal of solid waste will be

developed. Any solid waste generated in the project complex/ project colony/ labour

colony, shall be managed and handled appropriately. Various aspects of solid waste

management include:

Reuse/Recycling

Storage/Segregation

Collection and Transportation

Disposal

9.3.1 Reuse/Recycling

Project proponent will explore opportunity to recycle the waste generated at the project

site, in this context project will identify authorized vendors for recycling or disposal of used

batteries, used oil and used oil filters (as these are hazardous waste).

Bio-degradable waste will be disposed by composting and the manure generated will be

provided to local community for cultivating vegetables and flowers and other agricultural

activities.

9.3.2 Storage and Segregation

In the labour colony, provisions shall be made to separately store the degradable and non-

degradable solid waste. Two different coloured bins will be supplied to each labour family,

who will segregate the waste generated in their household. Green and Biodegradable

waste is to be deposited in one container and non-biodegradable waste in another

container. In case of canteens and community kitchens also, two different coloured dust

bins will be used for separately storing the biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste

generated. A sustained awareness programme will be conducted to educate workers

about the segregation of degradable and biodegradable wastes.

9.3.3 Collection and Transportation

The project authorities shall prohibit littering of solid wastes in the area under their control

by resorting to following collection practices:

Organizing house-to-house collection of solid waste on regular pre-informed timing by

using tractor mounted trolley.

Collected waste from residential areas shall be transferred to community bin by hand-

driven containerized carts or other small vehicle

Collection of wastes from office complexes and commercial areas

Construction / demolition wastes or debris shall be separately collected and disposed off

Wastes from vegetable and fruit shops and meat shops shall be separately collected



Solid waste collected shall be disposed-off at a common storage point. Three trucks will be

commissioned to collect the solid waste and dispose the same at sites designated for

disposal of solid waste.

9.3.4 Disposal

The solid waste will be transported for disposal at the designated landfill sites. The landfill

shall have impervious clay at the bottom most layers. The second layer shall be impervious

liner (Geo membrane), third layer will be of sand, after that well compacted solid waste is

to be put over the sand, then again a layer of clay, finally a layer of soil. Vegetation shall be

grown on the topmost layers. It will give a good aesthetic view of landfill.

9.3.4.1 Degradable component

The bio degradable portion of the solid waste would be disposed off by composting. The

degradable portion is expected to be about 50% of degradable portion of solid waste will

be generated. Composting process takes around 45 days to mature.

A pit of 2m x 1.75m x 1m deep (effective depth for waste disposal is considered 50 cm, after

keeping provision of bottom layer and free board) size can take 1.75 m3 (around 500 Kg) of

compostable waste. Therefore, 45 pits would be needed to store the biodegradable

waste with 45 days retention time, however, a provision of 50 pits should be kept. The

total area required would be almost two times the pit area as some area in between pits

will be required for transportation and stacking of waste. Hence, total area required will be

350m2. The pits will be covered with GI sheets. Additional 350m2 would be kept for storage

for compost plus screening and other activities.

The pits to be constructed will have around 25 cm of bottom lining consisting of about 5

cm thick stone grit over which 15 cm thick coarse sand followed by 15 cm thick earth lining

will be done. The refuse along with animal dung will have to be laid in layers of 5 to 10 cm

thickness. The pit will be then watered on alternate days. There after waste is laid in 5 to

10 cm thick layers twice in a week till the whole pits filled up. Every week the waste will

need to be turned up and water will have to be sprinkled every day to keep adequate

moisture. The process will take around 45 days where after the composted waste from the

pits taken out and after drying it is screened with screens having 2 mm dia holes. The

screened compost would be filled in plastic bags and used as good manure especially for

cultivation of vegetables and flowers.

9.3.4.2 Non-Degradable component

The non-degradable portion (about 110 tons /annum) such as plastic bottles, cans, etc.

shall be segregated and transported to dispose at designated sites. The details of land fill

site are given as below:

Waste Generation: 110 tons per annum

Design Life: 3 years (construction phase)

Total Waste Generation in 3 Years: 330 tons

Volume of waste: 508 m3 (assumed density = 0.65 tonnes/m3)

Provision of daily cover, liner, etc: 100 m3 (20% approx.)

Total Volume: 608 m3 say (625 m3)



Pits of Size (LxWxD): 16m x 16m x 3m (effective depth 2.7 m)

A provision of additional 50% of the total area, for accommodating infrastructure

facilities wi l l be included while working out requirement of space. The liner system will

comprise of the following layers below the waste:

0.30m thick drainage layer comprising of coarse sand or gravel

0.2m thick protective layer of sandy silt

1.50mm thick HDPE geo-membrane

1m thick clay layer/amended soil layer, comprising of local soil

9.3.5 Bio-medical Wastes

Biomedical waste is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunization of human

beings. It may include waste like scrap, anatomical waste, culture media, discarded

medicines, chemical waste, syringes, swabs, bandages, body fluids, human excreta, etc.

This waste is highly infectious and can be serious threat to human health if not managed in

a scientific and discriminate manner. In proposed project, biomedical waste will be

generated from first aid posts and other medical establishments in the area. As the

quantity of biomedical waste generated is not expected to be very significant requiring

separate incineration, it is proposed to have a tie up with district hospital or private

hospital in Baidhan to treat/ dispose-off biomedical waste generated from project activities

in their facility. Provision has been made in Local Area Development Plan to upgrade

medical facilities in the area; handling of biomedical waste generated from such facilities

will also be included as part of upgrading component as the existing facilities are not in

place.

9.4 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT The total budget in order to manage the solid waste generated from this population,

provisions for community toilets for labours and nearby villagers as well as septic tanks and

soak pits, has been proposed as Rs. 75.70 lakh (Table 9.2).

Table 9.2: Cost Estimate for Solid Waste Management Plan

S. No. Item Cost

(Rs. lakh) 1 Cost of land*

2

Construction at composting site and land fill site - digging of pits, construction of pits, boundary wall, drainage, lining, etc. 10.00

3 Reclamation and stabilization of land fill and composting site 8.00

4 Manpower cost for 3 persons @ Rs. 10,000 per person per month for 3 years

10.80

5 One covered truck for conveyance of solid waste to landfill site @ Rs. 12.50 lakhs per truck

12.50

6 1 tractors with trolleys @ Rs. 10.00 lakh per tractor with trolley 10.00

7 Running, operation and maintenance of trucks and trolleys including drivers salaries @ (Rs. 20,000 per vehicle per month for 1 vehicle)

14.40

8 Awareness programme/ Periodical Training for waste disposal and Management

5.00

9 Tools & Implements 5.00 Total Cost (Rs. lakh) 75.70

* Cost of land is taken in DPR



Chapter PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM

10

10.1 EXISTING MEDICAL FACILITIES Medical services at secondary level play a vital and complimentary role to the tertiary and

primary health care systems and together form a comprehensive district based health care

system.

In the study area most of the villages are not covered by the primary health facilities.

Primary Health Sub-centers in some of the villages provide basic medical facilities. The

district hospital at Baidhan provides all the basic medical facilities and also works as

referral center for complicated cases. Besides District Hospital, private hospitals and clinics

also provide basic health services primarily to the inhabitants of project areas.

10.2 THREATS TO PUBLIC HEALTH Project construction and operation will bring about several changes in the socio-economic

environment of the area including increased threats to the health of the community.

Possible threats to public health are briefly discussed below along with the management

measures.

i) New Diseases due to Migratory Population

During the project construction period there will be further increase in the population of

this region, particularly around the project area. The peak labour force population during

the construction period is estimated to be around 1050. These migrant workers and their

family members may be the potential carriers of new diseases hitherto

unknown/unreported from the project area. Diseases like AIDS, VDs, gastroenteritis, etc.

are some of the potential risks to human inhabitants of this area. The present available

health services in the area would be insufficient to cater influx of outside population in this

area. Therefore, it would be obvious for the project authorities and their contractors to

have all the laborers including their family members registered, quarantined, and

vaccinated against common diseases like malaria, TB, etc. The project authorities will hold

screening camps for the laborers, where rapid blood tests will be conducted for diseases

like AIDS, TB, etc. and health card will be issued. Only after valid certification a labour or his

family members will be registered with the contractor. The project authorities would

ensure that the contractors follow this strict quarantine procedure and this clause would

be included in the award of the contract/works. Adequate medical facilities will be

provided by the project authorities for this purpose in addition to strengthening the

existing medical facilities in the area.

ii) Chances of increase in water borne diseases as malaria, and dengue are high if

there is a stagnant water body in the vicinity, which are generally created during

construction phase. Therefore, proper monitoring, control and management needs to be

done to prevent outbreak of water-borne diseases.



iii) Chances of increase in respiratory troubles due to increase in suspended particles

during the construction phase. Air pollution control measures need to be strictly

implemented at construction sites and directly exposed workers need to be provided with

dust masks to minimize this impact.

iv) Chances of occurrence of gastroenteritis, cholera and typhoid in the labour

camps. The project should make proper arrangements for maintaining high hygienic

conditions in the colonies and labour camps, by providing good sanitation and drinking

water facilities. Medicine should be distributed free of cost to the labour during

construction period as and when required.

10.3 MEDICAL FACILITIES A population of about 1050 nos. is likely to congregate during the peak construction phase.

It is recommended that the following medical facility should be provided by the developer

to ensure safe and healthy operations during the entire construction phase:

Two fully equipped ambulance to provide pre-hospital care to accident victims. The

ambulance should always be stationed near major construction sites or the sites where

risky operations are taking place. The ambulance should be equipped with lifesaving

equipment, drugs along with trained manpower and communication system. Typically,

the ambulance should have equipment such as Fornoflex Chair/COT, Ventilator,

Vacuum splint kit (Adult), Scoops Stretcher, Oxygen Cylinder with accessories,

Resuscitation bag (Adult), Suction pump, Spine board, siren/beacon, Emergency light

with public address system, Wireless equipment, additional battery, First Aid bag, BP

instrument, stethoscope, etc. Free service of ambulance will be provided for the patient

of the nearby villages in the project area.

Two first-aid posts need to be established; location can be decided based on major

construction sites and can be shifted as per needs during the construction phase. The

first aid posts will have essential medicines including dressing material, stretcher, wheel

chair, ORS packets, etc. The first aid post can be housed in temporarily erected

structure and should be managed by one Health Assistant and assisted by one dresser/

first aid attendant. A visiting doctor can attend First Aid post regularly at a fixed time.

First aid post also provides medical facilities to the local peoples in the area.

As the existing medical facilities in the area are not adequate, budget provisions have

been made for strengthening existing Hospital, and PHCs in the area.

10.4 HEALTH EXTENSION ACTIVITIES The health extension activities will have to be carried out in the villages situated within the

study area. It is important to inculcate hygienic sanitary habits especially with respect to

water pollution by domestic wastes.

A medico needs to be engaged to make regular visits to these villages and organize health

promotional activities with the active participation of the local village leaders, NGOs and

available local health functionaries. The health functionaries would undertake the

following tasks as a part of health promotional activities:



Organize awareness programs and medical camps to make people aware about the

common diseases in the region. This should include poster campaign, awareness

camps, medical camps for health check-ups and vaccination/ treatment, etc.

Collect water samples to ascertain the potability of water from different sources so as

to monitor regular disinfection of drinking water sources.

Maintain close surveillance on incidence of communicable diseases in villages.

Maintain close liaison with the community leaders and health functionaries of different

departments, so that they can be mobilized in case of an emergency.

Close interaction to be maintained with health department functionaries of the state

government.

10.5 COST ESTIMATES Budgetary estimates for public health delivery system have been worked out as Rs. 130.00

lakh, as per the break up given at Table 10.1.

Table 10.1: Budgetary estimates for developing health care facilities

Sl. No. Particulars Amount (Rs. lakh)

1 Ambulance : 2 no. with all the basic Medicare facilities and

small DG set, etc. to cater for villages in the project area 30.00

2 Budget for running the ambulances including driver, fuel and

maintenance for 3 years @ 10 lakhs per annum 30.00

3 First aid posts (2) including sheds, furniture and basic

equipment 10.00

4

Budget for running the first aid posts @ Rs. 5 lakhs per

annum per post including cost of medico, consumables, etc.

for 3 years

30.00

5 Budget for strengthening existing medical facilities 15.00

6 Budget for Health Awareness/ Vaccination Camps @ Rs. 5.00

lakhs per annum for 3 years 15.00

Total (Rs. lakh) 130.00



11.1 INTRODUCTION

As discussed in the earlier chapters, the proposed project would remain under construction

for about 3 years and it is estimated that migrant population during peak construction

phase will be of the order of 1050 persons. It is the general tendency of the migrant

laborers to use forest wood for the fuel and other domestic uses, especially when it is

easily available. This would create serious biotic pressure on the nearby forest. To mitigate

such impacts, various management measures need to be put in place and strictly

implemented.

Energy Conservation Measure (ECM) are to be planned and implemented during

construction phase either directly by developer or through contractor to reduce the pressure

on natural resources in the project area and minimize impacts on this count. These measures

can affect a variety of resources mainly forest, from negative impact of fuel wood collection

by stakeholders as well as by labors during construction period. To mitigate such impacts,

feasible measures will be adopted to help minimize pressure on forest. These are briefly

discussed in the ensuing text.

11.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES Renewable natural resources like Forests should be protected/ cared to enhance quality of

life and can also to be used and replenished for the future use. In study area, supply of

cooking gas and kerosene is available in all the villages, but fuel wood is the dominant source

of energy due to easy availability; therefore there is need to reduce the pressure on the

natural forests for wood. With an estimated migrant population of 1050 persons in the area,

the existing facilities will become insufficient for supply of kitchen fuel for the migrant

population during the construction of the project. Fuel for cooking is an essential

requirement and in the absence of adequate fuel availability they will resort to tree cutting

for use of fuel wood. The project authorities would need to make adequate arrangements for

supply of kitchen fuel.

Provisions for Kitchen Fuel

The demand for kitchen fuel will increase due to the population coming from outside for

the construction and other related work of the project. Project authority should provide

kitchen fuel and make arrangement for community kitchen, canteen and efficient cooking

facilities, as briefly discussed below.

Community kitchen: The project developer would make sufficient arrangement for the

establishment of at least two community kitchens. These will be established near the project

colonies. The kitchen should provide food to the labour at subsidized rates. The facility

should maintain proper hygiene while preparing and supplying food, with adequate

arrangement for waste collection and disposal. In addition, two canteens are also proposed

for labour near major construction sites to provide tea/snacks at subsidized rates.

Chapter 11 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES



Kitchen fuel: During the construction period of the project, many families may prefer cooking

on their own instead of using community kitchen. In the absence of fuel for cooking, they

would resort to tree cutting and using wood as fuel. To avoid such a situation, the project

authority should make LPG and/or kerosene available to these migrant workers. The supply of

LPG and kerosene can be ensured on regular basis at subsidized rates.

It is estimated that about 50% of married labour families and all the technical and

supervisory staff would prefer doing their own cooking. Additional connections would be

needed for community kitchens, Project Affected Families and other interested local

families. Based on this, it is estimated that a total of 100 LPG connections would be needed

for locals, labour and community kitchen. Therefore, developer will coordinate with the

LPG storage depot/ Kerosene depot to ensure regular supply of LPG cylinders/ Kerosene in

the project area during construction period.

Efficient cooking facilities: Project authority should also take measures for reducing the fuel

consumption. The authority should provide solar cookers and pressure cookers to the

families of migrant workers as well to local villagers. Accordingly, budget has been allocated

for the supply of solar cookers. This facility will also increase the work efficiency of migrant

workers and they will also get proper daily diet.

Solar Lantern: Provision of solar lantern has also been made in the project budget and these

will be distributed free of cost to labor camps and villagers for use.

Awareness Programmes on Energy Conservation: Special awareness programmes against

tree cutting should be held, which should concentrate on the awareness of labor families

and villagers on environment conservation and sustainable development for the future

generations. Thus, issues like saving trees, electricity and water should be covered in such

programmes.

11.3 COST ESTIMATES A total grant of Rs. 110.00 lakh has been assigned towards the provision of kitchen fuel,

and other facilities including establishment of community kitchen or canteens for the

migrant workers (Table 11.1).

Table 11.1: Financial Provision for Energy Conservation Measures

Sl. No. Particulars Amount

(Rs. In lakh)

1 Upgradation of LPG Depot 5.00

2 Connection cost of 100 connections @ Rs. 5000.00 per connection 5.00

3 Distribution of Pressure Cooker and Solar Lantern 20.00

4 Community Kitchen (2 No.) – capital cost (Rs. 2.00 lakhs per kitchen) and running cost for 3 years @ Rs. 10 lakh per kitchen per annum

64.00

5 Canteen (2 No.) – capital cost (Rs. 5.00 lakh) and running cost/subsidy @ Rs. 2.00 lakh/year for 3 years

11.00

6 Community Awareness Programme 5.00

Total (Rs. lakh) 110.00



12.1 INTRODUCTION

The dependability on ground water in the absence of surface water has exponentially

increased in the agriculture sector which accounts for 92% of annual water draft for

irrigation. This has led to indiscriminate abstraction of groundwater resource in the country

without regards to recharging capacities of aquifers. The grim situation in some parts of the

country has necessitated to adapt to sustainable groundwater strategy for country in

holistic manner. There is urgent need for coordinated efforts by various Governments and

non-governmental agencies, social service organizations and the stakeholders for evolving

implementable plan for effective management of this precious natural resource. The

effective management inter-alia includes a combination of supply side measures on the

scientific computation of ground water availability and future and the demand side aspects

involving measures to control and conserve the available resources for current and future

demands viewing the population increase. The supply side measure is also called structural

measures and is aimed at scientific development and augmentation of ground water

resources through artificial recharge and rainwater harvesting, besides study of hydro-

geology that govern the yields of aquifers and behavior of ground water levels under

abstraction stress. The demand side measures call for judicious utilization of resources for

ensuring their long-term sustainability through involvement of stakeholders. The highly

diversified hydro geologic settings and variations in the availability of ground water

resources from one part of the country to other call for a holistic approach in evolving

suitable management strategies. The effective management of available groundwater

resource requires an integrated approach, combining both supply side and demand side

measures.

12.2 GROUNDWATER SCENARIO IN PROJECT AREA CGWB, in their study has concluded that the highest stage of ground water development of

Singrauli is 32% and Sidhi district is about 66% which reveals adequate scope for future

developments of ground water for irrigation. However, since depletion of ground water

levels is recorded in ground water monitoring wells over a period, therefore a plan for

artificial recharge to be prepared so that important natural resource is again used to

recharge ground water system through feasible techniques. CGWB, also recommended

conjunctive use of surface & ground water in the area for irrigation.

12.3 DEPENDENCY OF PROJECT ON GROUNDWATER The project per se, does not envisage conjunctive use of ground water. However, the very

fact that some chunks in command area at present are being irrigated by harnessing

ground water through private tube wells/pump sets, their use cannot be ruled out by their

existence in the exigency of draught or during rain failure in the catchment area of river as

the farmers will resort to these means to protect their crops if such situation may arise.

There shall be ground water recharge during field application of water during Rabi. The

ground water situation shall improve and shall facilitate easier pumping during April/May

for growing Kharif Crops.

Chapter 12 GROUND WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN



12.4 GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN Implementation of the project will result in providing adequate water in command for

irrigation and reduce pressure on ground water extraction for irrigation.

Ground water management can be implemented by creating awareness and adequate

training of locals/farmers. The sustainable management of groundwater is feasible only if

users understand its occurrence cycle, limited availability and need to conserve for future

when the recharge is low. There is a need to empower farmers in monitoring and

managing groundwater resource in their hydrological unit. The farmers can be trained to

collect data which are important for understanding the local aquifers, installation of rain

gauge and its daily observation, fortnightly measurement of groundwater levels in their

well and measurement of pump well discharge and upkeep of data in register. Thus, the

farmers can bring their water use in line with groundwater availability. An estimate of the

aquifer budget gives the farmer an element on the risk of their cropping systems and

provides information in time before the planting of post-monsoon crops. Village-wise

participatory groups just on the lines of WUAs shall be formed in the command area of the

project and trained for carrying out the activities mentioned.

The plan shall be implemented through the state Water Resource Department in close

association with CGWB and the following broad parameters shall be included and the cost

shall be funded by the State and Center

Aquifer mapping

Strengthening of groundwater monitoring observation wells

Training and capacity building

Participatory groundwater management

Groundwater Assessment, regulation, information dissemination etc.



13.1 CONSTRUCTION RELATED IMPACTS AND CONSEQUENT SAFEGUARDS

Irrigation projects like Gond, involves construction of dam and other associated

infrastructure, water conductor and distribution system, access roads, etc. The project

construction period is planned for 3 years and various construction related impacts are

envisaged during this period, which are discussed under impact assessment chapter.

Though these impacts are considered temporary and are not expected to last beyond the

construction phase, in the absence of adequate mitigation and management measures,

such impacts can become serious and affect not only construction workers but also

surrounding population.

Management of construction-related impacts would be the responsibility of the project

proponent (through its contractors, as and where relevant, and as described in the EMP).

Muck generation, its transportation and disposal is one of the major construction phase

impact and has been dealt in separate chapter for its management. Similarly, a separate

plan is proposed to mitigate construction phase impacts due to sanitation and solid waste

generation from workers colonies and one for energy conservation measures to mitigate

the impacts of indiscriminate tree cutting by workers for fuel wood.

Other construction phase impacts are generation of air pollution, noise pollution and waste

water generation from construction and associated activities such as transportation

handling and storage of materials, etc. are discussed in this chapter along with mitigation

measures.

Air and water are two major environmental factors that are directly affected by any kind of

construction activity The major air pollutants, which could be generally, released during

various construction activities of proposed projects and vehicular movements are

Particulate Matter (PM), SOx and NOX.. During construction period generation and release

of effluents, oil and grease from diesel generator sets, vehicles and other machinery etc.

cause water pollution and affect the quality of surface as well ground water. In addition to

that the construction activities also generate noise due to the use of heavy machinery,

heavy vehicles, blasting, etc. which has serious impacts on humans as well as the wildlife of

the area.

13.2 AIR POLLUTION The various sources causing air pollution during the construction phase are as follows.

Particulate Matter (PM): Various activities such as, crushing, transportation of material

in open trucks, open dumping in muck disposal sites, vehicle movements, operation of

Diesel Generator Sets, etc.

Oxides of Sulphur (SOx): SOx is released into the air from vehicular exhaust, Diesel

Generator Sets, coal burning chulas etc.

Chapter 13

ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION



Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx): Motor vehicles and fuel burning are generally responsible for

the release of oxides of nitrogen into the ambient air.

13.2.1 Impacts of Air Pollution

The various impacts of air pollution associated with PM, SO2 and NOx are as under:

Impacts of PM: High quantities of PM in the ambient air can cause emphysema,

bronchial asthma, and eye-irritation and in some cases can also result in cancer. PM

containing lead particles (emitted from automobiles) is considered responsible for

anemia as it affects haemoglobin formation. Lead is also a proven carcinogen. Dust

coating on leaves of plants reduces photosynthesis and reduces plant growth.

Impacts of SOx: The oxides of Sulphur cause irritation of the mucous membranes of the

respiratory tract. Higher concentrations may cause bronchitis. Plants are particularly

sensitive to high concentrations of SO2 and suffer from chlorosis, metabolic inhibition,

plasmolysis and even death.

Impacts of NOx: Oxides of nitrogen can combine with haemoglobin to reduce the

oxygen carrying capacity of the blood. This can cause irritation of alveoli of the lungs

and high concentrations may even cause acute bronchitis.

13.2.2 Control of Air Pollution

For the control of air pollution during construction phase of the project, it is suggested that

it should be made mandatory for the contractor/s engaged in the construction works to

ensure the following conditions:

The crushers should be provided with scrubbers, so as to minimize the release of PM

into the atmosphere.

The chimneys of the Diesel Generator Sets should be kept at height as per environment

protection rules. The DG sets should be properly maintained.

Regular water sprays at the crushing sites, quarrying/excavation, dumping sites as well

as on roads should be ensured. Necessary clause shall be incorporated in the

contractor’s agreement.

Masks should be provided to the workers and staff.

Ambient Air quality shall be monitored seasonally during the construction phase at

different locations with the help of any reputed agencies.

13.3 NOISE POLLUTION Various sources of noise pollution in the project area during the construction phase include

vehicular movement, operation of heavy machinery, crushing, aggregate processing plants,

diesel generator sets, etc.

13.3.1 Impacts of Noise Pollution

Noise is generally harmful and is considered to be a serious health hazard. It has far-

reaching consequences and has many physical, physiological as well as psychological

effects on human beings and animals. Continuous exposure to noise may result in

temporary or permanent shifting of the hearing threshold depending upon the level and



duration of exposure. The immediate and acute effect of noise causes impairment of

hearing (total deafness). The major impacts of noise pollution are given as under:

It causes headache and increased heart beat.

It causes anxiety, eye-strain, memory loss and muscular strain.

It also causes fatigue, loss of sleep and emotional disturbance.

In case of wild animals the noise pollution has been observed to interfere with their

breeding efficiencies.

13.3.2 Control of Noise Pollution

Since continuous exposure to noise is lethal, it is essential to control the noise pollution.

Various measures for control of noise pollution in the project area are suggested below:

Diesel Generator sets are to be placed in acoustic enclosures to reduce the noise.

Ear protection aids such as ear plugs, earmuffs, etc., must be provided to the workers

who have to work in the noise prone area.

Proper and regular maintenance/lubrication of machines should be done.

Noise producing machines (such as crushers, aggregate processing plants, etc.) should

be provided with sound barriers.

Quieter machines and vehicles with high quality silencers should be used.

Afforestation around the residential colonies and office complexes should be done as

proposed under the Afforestation Programmes.

Ambient noise should be estimated periodically at different locations.

13.4 WATER POLLUTION Various sources of water pollution in the project area during the construction phase

include disposal of effluents with high turbidity from crushers commissioned at various

sites and effluents from construction sites like Dam, Intake, channels, sewage disposal from

labour camp, excavation and other land clearing activities, washing of oil, grease and other

chemical from diesel generator sets, vehicles and other machinery etc.

13.4.1 Impacts of Water Pollution

Water pollution is harmful and is considered to be a serious health hazard. It has far-

reaching consequences and effects on human beings and animals also. The effect can be

felt not only in the area but also the surface and ground water quality in the area. The

affect may be of temporary or permanent nature. The major impacts of water pollution are

given as under:

The construction of civil and allied structures could lead to stockpiling and excavation

activity on site, thereby exposing the base soil to erosion. The runoff from this site and

also from muck disposal sites may contain high quantity of Suspended Solids which

shall add to the inorganic load of stream. The impact of runoff may not be very

significant except during rainy season.

During construction phase, waste water, sewage etc shall be generated from the

labour camp. If disposed untreated, this would substantially deteriorate the quality of

ground water as well as water quality of Gopad river with respect to BOD, TDS, TSS, E.

coli etc.

The oil and grease released from the project related activities may also change the

physico-chemical characteristics of water.



13.4.2 Control of Water Pollution

To avoid deterioration of water quality of the receiving water body following measures are

suggested

During Construction phase provision of septic tank/ soak pit of adequate capacity for

labour camp so that it can function properly for the entire duration of construction

phase

Construction of settling tank to settle the suspended impurities from various sources

before discharging into the main stream

During project operation, suitable treatment facilities need to be created to treat the

sewage generated from the colony

Provision of sedimentation cum grease traps at the outer mouth of drains located along

workshops, fuel filling stations, diesel generator rooms etc. so as to prevent entry of

contaminants to the water bodies.

Oil interceptors shall be provided for refueling areas, vehicle parking, washing areas

etc. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with

MPPCB guidelines.

Schedule of monitoring and finical provision for monitoring of Ambient Air quality, Ambient

Noise level and surface & Ground water quality during construction phase and first three

year of operational phase in the project area is given under Environmental Monitoring

Plan.

13.5 WORKERS SAFETY Apart from pollution aspect from construction sites and construction activities, another

major concern during construction work is related to workers safety. Many of the

construction activities involves significant risk of accidents where workers at site can get

severely affected in the absence of adequate safety measures and emergency response.

First aid posts and ambulances have proposed separately as first responders during an

accident/emergency situation.

Contractors need to have a workers safety plan in place, identifying the risk operations

areas, risks involved, precautions required to be taken and requirement and use of

Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs). Work instructions should be boldly displayed for

workers working in such area. Provision of adequate number of PPEs such as safety

belts/harness, helmets, gum boots, etc and enforcing their use should be contractors

responsibility with supervision from project authority/developer.

Table 13.1 gives list of BIS Standards related to safety aspects during various stages of

construction, installation, erection of different components and appurtenance of river

valley projects, including inspection, observation and maintenance aspects from safety

consideration. Relevant codes should be used to ensure safety of workers at sites.

Table 13.1: List of relevant BIS Standards

IS No. Title

1 IS 10386 (Part 1):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 1 General aspects

2 IS 10386 (Part 2):1982

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 2 Amenities, protective clothing and equipment



IS No. Title

3 IS 10386 (Part 3):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 3 Plant & machinery

4 IS 10386 (Part 4):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 4 Handling, transportation and storage of explosives

5 IS 10386 (Part 5):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 5 Electrical aspects

6 IS 10386 (Part 6):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 6 Construction

7 IS 10386 (Part 7):1993

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 7 Fire safety aspects

8 IS 10386 (Part 8):1995

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 8 Excavation

9 IS 10386 (Part 9):1998

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 9 Canals and cross drainage works

10 IS 10386 (Part 10):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 10 Storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals and flammable liquids

13.6 ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY AUDIT As the operations are large, it is important to ensure that all the mitigation measures

remain in place for the entire duration of the project. To ensure the same it is proposed

that a rapid audit will be carried out every three months and a detailed third party audit

every year to take corrective and preventive measures for control of pollution and ensuring

workers safety. At the beginning of the project, with the help of environmental and safety

experts, SOPs, Work Instructions and formats/templates will be prepared to keep records

of environmental and safety performance.

The audit scope will include review of all the documents/formats filled up to substantiate

environmental and safety performance of the project; any complaints/concerns received

from local population and developer/contractor’s response; training imparted to workers

and staff and results of such programs; records of implementation of various mitigation

and management measures as per approved EIA/EMP reports; results of environmental

monitoring and accident records; physical inspection of the sites and the area; interaction

with workers and staff, etc. Regular audits will ensure that there is continual improvement

in environmental and safety performance of the project.

13.7 COST ESTIMATES Various mitigation and management measures have been discussed above to reduce the

impacts of air, noise and water pollution and implement safety measures to ensure that

impacts on these counts are reduced to minimum possible during the entire construction

phase. To implement such measures, it is important to prepare a budget of such measures

and include in the project cost so that lack of fund should not be a constrain in their

implementation.

Some of the measures suggested have already been covered under other heads of

environmental management; therefore, an estimate of only additional cost is given below

in Table 13.2.



Table 13.2: Estimated Cost for Implementation of Mitigation and Safety measures

S. No.

Particulars Amount (Rs. in lakhs)

1 Air Pollution control measures for 3 years @ 5 lakh/year 15.00 2 Water Pollution Control Measures (lump sum) 25.00

3 Procuring and replenishing the stock of PPEs during the construction phase (lump sum)

30.00

5 Training and Awareness programs for local residents, contractors labour, drivers, cleaners, etc. @ Rs. 5 lakh per annum for 3 years

15.00

6 Internal audit (every 3 months) and third party detailed audit (every year) @ Rs. 15.00 lakh per annum for 3 years

45.00

Total 130.00



14.1 DAM BREAK PHENOMENON

Dam break may be summarized as the partial or catastrophic failure of a dam leading to

the uncontrolled release of water. Such an event can have a major impact on the land and

communities downstream of the breached structure. A dam break may result in a flood

wave up to tens of meters deep travelling along a valley at quite high speeds. The impact of

such a wave on developed areas can be sufficient to completely destroy infrastructure.

With such destructive force comes an inevitable loss of life, if advance warning and

evacuation was not possible.

14.2 NEED FOR DAM BREAK MODELING The extreme nature of dam break floods means that flow conditions will far exceed the

magnitude of most natural flood events. Under these conditions, flow will behave

differently to conditions assumed for Normal River flow modeling and areas will be

inundated, that are not normally considered. This makes dam break modeling a separate

study for the risk management and emergency action plan.

The objective of dam break modeling or flood routing is to simulate the movement of a

dam break flood wave along a valley or indeed any area downstream that would flood as a

result of dam failure. The key information required at any point of interest within this flood

zone is generally:

Travel time of flood water

Peak water level – extent of inundation

Peak discharge

Duration of flooding

The nature, accuracy and format of information produced from a dam break analysis will

be influenced by the end application of the data.

Emergency Planning

To reasonably prepare an emergency plan, it will be necessary for the dam break analysis

to provide:

Inundation maps at a scale sufficient to determine the extent of and duration of

flooding

Timing of the arrival and peak of the flood wave

Development Control

Development control will focus mainly on the extent of possible inundation resulting from

different failure scenarios. Consideration may also be given to the characteristics of the

population at risk.

Chapter

14

DAM BREAK MODELING & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN



14.3 PRESENT DAM BREAK MODELING STUDY The present study for Gond Project comprises of the following hydrodynamic simulations

due to occurrence of:

DESIGN FLOOD with Dam break with initial reservoir level at FRL of the dam

DESIGN FLOOD without dam in place (virgin condition)

The study comprises of:

1. Prediction of outflow hydrograph due to dam breach

2. Routing of dam breach flood hydrograph through the downstream valley to get the

maximum water level and discharge along with time of travel at different locations

of the river downstream of the dam

3. Channel routing the design flood hydrograph through the downstream valley in the

virgin condition of River i.e. without Dam to get the maximum discharge and water

level at different locations of the river downstream of the dam

14.4 INTRODUCTION TO DAM BREAK MODELING Generally, dam break modeling can be carried out by either i) scaled physical hydraulic

models, or ii) mathematical simulation using computer. A modern tool to deal with this

problem is the mathematical model, which is most cost effective and reasonably solves the

governing flow equations of continuity and momentum by computer simulation.

Mathematical modeling of dam breach floods can be carried out by either one dimensional

analysis or two dimensional analysis. In one dimensional analysis, the information about

the magnitude of flood, i.e., discharge and water levels, variation of these with time and

velocity of flow through breach can be had in the direction of flow. In the case of two

dimensional analysis, the additional information about the inundated area, variation of

surface elevation and velocities in two dimension can also be assessed.

One dimensional analysis is generally accepted, when valley is long and the flood wave

characteristics over a large distance from the dam are of main interest. In the instant case,

as these valleys are long and the flood wave characteristics over a large distance from the

dam are of main interest, one dimensional modeling was adopted.

14.5 HYDRODYNAMIC MODELING

The essence of dam break modeling is hydrodynamic modeling, which involves finding

solution of two partial differential equations originally derived by Barre De Saint Venant in

1871. The equations are:

i. Conservation of mass (continuity) equation

(∂Q/∂X) + ∂(A + A0) / ∂t - q = 0

ii. Conservation of momentum equation

(∂Q/∂t) + { ∂(Q2/A)/∂X } + g A ((∂h/∂X ) + Sf + Sc ) = 0

where, Q = discharge;

A = active flow area;

A0 = inactive storage area;

h = water surface elevation;

q= lateral outflow;

x = distance along waterway;



t = time;

Sf = friction slope;

Sc = expansion contraction slope and

g = gravitational acceleration.

14.6 SELECTION OF MODEL Selection of an appropriate model to undertake dam break flood routing is essential to

ensure the right balance between modeling accuracy and cost (both in terms of software

cost and time spent in developing & running the model). In the instant case, MIKE 11

model developed by Danish Hydraulic Institute has been selected for the present study

because of its wide acceptability in India and abroad.

14.7 MIKE 11 MODEL The core of the MIKE 11 system consists of the HD (hydrodynamic) module, which is

capable of simulating unsteady flows in a network of open channels. The results of a HD

simulation consist of time series of water levels and discharges. MIKE 11 hydrodynamic

module is an implicit, finite difference model for unsteady flow computation. The model

can describe sub-critical as well as supercritical flow conditions through a numerical

description, which is altered according to the local flow conditions in time and space.

Advanced computational modules are included for description of flow over hydraulic

structures, including possibilities to describe structure operation. The formulations can be

applied for looped networks and quasi two-dimensional flow simulation on flood plains.

The computational scheme is applicable for vertically homogeneous flow conditions

extending from steep river flows to tidal influenced tributaries.

The following three approaches simulate branches as well as looped systems.

i) Kinematic wave approach: The flow is calculated from the assumption of balance

between the friction and gravity forces. The simplification implies that the

Kinematic wave approach cannot simulate backwater effects.

ii) Diffusive wave approach: In addition to the friction and gravity forces, the

hydrostatic gradient is included in this description. This allows the user to take

downstream boundaries into account, and thus, simulate backwater effects.

iii) Dynamic wave approach: Using the full momentum equation, including

acceleration forces, the user is able to simulate fast transients, tidal flows, etc., in

the system.

Depending on the type of problem, the appropriate description can be chosen. The

dynamic and diffusive wave descriptions differ from kinematic wave description by being

capable of calculating backwater effects. The solution algorithm for the different flow

descriptions is identical in the inner programme structure, implying that the user does not

have to distinguish between the different computational levels, when running the

program. In the instant case, dynamic wave approach was adopted for a better simulation.

Hydrodynamic module utilizes a space staggered grid consisting of alternating h and Q

points, i.e., points where water levels (h) and discharges (Q) are computed sequentially.

Topographic data are entered at the h points, and discharge relations are evaluated at Q



points. During simulations, the complete non-linear equations of open channel flow are

solved numerically at the grid points at specified time intervals for the given boundary

conditions.

14.7.1 Solution Technique

In order to obtain a stable solution to the finite difference scheme, two conditions viz. (i)

Velocity condition and (ii) Courant condition have to be satisfied.

(i) Velocity condition: (V.∆t/∆x) ≤ 1-2

(ii) Courant condition: Cr = [(V+√(g.d)).∆t]/∆x ≤ 10-15

Cr is the Courant number, v is the cross-sectional mean velocity, g is the acceleration due to

gravity, d is the mean depth, ∆t is the time step, ∆x is the space step (the distance between

adjacent h-points)

The most important considerations determining the selection of space and time steps for a

particular model application are the expected wave lengths and duration of the wave

period, and the ability to adequately resolve the channel topography. The space step

length must be chosen ensuring a sufficient number of points along the channel axis to

resolve the expected waves. The wavelength is determined by the wave period and the

speed of propagation. A second concern is the adequate resolution of rapid changes in

topography along the channel axis, and this may require extra grid points. The time step

must be selected so that all expected significant wave periods are adequately resolved in

time. As the duration of tidal waves is generally shorter than flood waves, the time step of

a hydrodynamic model, which simulates tidal flows requires a shorter time step than that

used in flood wave computations.

The solution to the combined system of equations at each time step is performed in a

computational grid consisting of alternative Q-point and h-point, i.e. points where the

discharge “Q” and water level “h” respectively, are computed at each time step. A typical

layout of channel section with computational net is shown in Figure 14.1.

Figure 14.1: Layout of channel section with computational net

The computational grid is generated by the model on the basis of the user requirements.

Q-points are always placed midway between neighbouring h-points, while the distance

between h-point may differ. The discharge will, as a rule, be defined as positive in the

positive x-direction (increasing chainage).



14.7.2 Topographical requirement and discretization

MIKE 11 HD is a physical modeling system, and hence, data related to the detailed physical

characteristics of the study area must be obtained, if realistic results are to be expected.

Topographic data are necessary to provide an adequate geometrical and topographical

description of the river system, flood plains, and all important structures.

First, the layout of the channel network is determined, and all significant channels

identified, including the locations of the main channel confluences and bifurcations. Flood

cells subject to inundation must be delimited, and the network of discharge exchange

between the flood cells and the main river channels need to be identified.

Cross-sections are required at regular intervals along the river. These must extend up to

the river bank to encompass any natural or man-made river embankments. In the model

schematization, the available cross-sections are placed at h-points. The cross-sections

should be representative of the entire channel reach between the adjacent Q-points.

Hence, channels which exhibit highly irregular cross-sectional variations require denser

grid, and hence, have greater data requirements.

Possible sources of data for the topographical input include contour maps, hydrographic

charts, aerial photographs, satellite imagery, etc. However, in the majority of cases,

sufficiently detailed information can only be obtained from controlled field surveys. It is

essential that all topographical data levels relate to a common fixed reference level,

preferably mean sea level.

Besides topographic data, hydrometric data are necessary to enable the model to be

calibrated against actual events, and thus, provide a basis for verification of the chosen

schematization. Hydrometric data are also required at the model boundaries for any

subsequent operation of the model. The main types of hydrometric data required are

water levels and discharges.

14.8 MIKE 11 MODEL SET-UP

The Dam Break Module in MIKE 11 simulates the outflow hydrograph resulting from the

failure of a dam. The model set-up consists of a single or several channels, reservoirs, dam

break structures and other auxiliary dam structures such as spillways, bottom outlets etc.

As the flood propagation due to the dam break will be of highly unsteady nature, the river

course needs to be described accurately through the use of as many cross-sections as

possible, particularly where the cross-section is changing rapidly. Further, the cross-

sections should extend as far as possible to cover the highest modelled water level, which

normally will be in excess of the highest recorded flood level. If the modelled water level

exceeds the highest level in the cross-section for a particular location, MIKE 11 will

extrapolate the processed Data as a vertical wall, and this will give conservative results.

14.8.1 River channel set-up

The river channel set-up for dam break modeling is the same as for the HD model except

that the dam break structure is located in a separate reservoir branch, which contains 3

calculation points, i.e., two h-points and one Q-point. If a spillway is added to the dam, it

can be described as a separate branch with 3 calculation points. The dam and spillways are



located at a Q-point. The river set-up with a dam and, with dam and spillway are shown in

Figure 14.2 and Figure 14.3 respectively.

Figure 14.2 & 14.3: River set up with dam and spillway

14.8.2 Description of reservoir and appurtenant structures

Reservoir

To obtain an accurate description of the reservoir storage characteristics, the reservoir is

normally modelled as a single h-point in the model. This will usually correspond to the

upstream boundary of the model, where also the inflow hydrograph is also specified.

The description of the reservoir storage is entered in the processed data. The surface

storage area of the dam is described as a function of the water level and it is entered as

additional flooded area. The lowest water level given for the reservoir should be

somewhere below the final breach elevation of the dam.

The cross-sectional area is set to a large finite value and is used only for calculating the

inflow head loss into the breach. The inflow head loss can be calculated as:

∆H = (Vs2 /2g) Ci [1-(As / Ares )]

Where, Vs = Velocity through the breach



Ci = Inflow head loss coefficient

As = Flow area through the breach, and

Ares = Cross-sectional area of the reservoir

In order to obtain a reasonable head loss description it is only necessary that Ares >> As so

that [1-(As /Ares)] = 1. The hydraulic radius is set to any non-zero value.

The total surface area of the reservoir is calculated as:

Atotal = b.2∆x + Additional flooded area

Since the total surface area is already described by the additional flooded area, the first

term should be equal to zero. Therefore, the width b should be set to zero.

Dam

At the Q point, where the dam break structure is located, the momentum equation is

replaced by an equation which describes the flow through the structure. As the

momentum equation is not used at the Q point, the ∆x – step is of no relevance. The

maximum ∆x for the river branch, where the dam is to be placed, should therefore be

greater than the distance between two cross-sections in the reservoir branch. So, no cross-

section is interpolated between the actual cross-sections.

Spillways and other structures

At the node, where two branches meet the surface flooded area is taken as the sum of the

individual flooded areas specified at the h-points. Therefore, if the reservoir storage has

already been specified at the reservoir h-point, the spillway h-point should not contain any

flooded areas. Both the width b, and the “additional flooded area” should be set to zero

and other parameters such as the cross-sectional area and hydraulic radius should be the

same as for the reservoir.

14.8.3 Boundary conditions for dam break modeling

The boundary conditions must be specified at both upstream and downstream limits of the

model. The upstream boundary will generally be an inflow into the reservoir at the first

reservoir h-point. The downstream boundary will generally be a stage-discharge

relationship at the last cross section of the set up.

14.9 SPECIFICATIONS OF DAM BREAK STRUCTURES The following information relating to dam break structures need to be specified:

(i) Geometrical specifications

(ii) Breach characteristics

(iii) Failure moment, and

(iv) Failure mode

14.9.1 Breach development

Earth and Rockfill dams usually do not collapse instantaneously, but they develop

breaches, which increase gradually. The failure time may vary between a few minutes up to

a few hours, depending on amongst other, the dam geometry and the construction



material. The development of the breach determines the breach outflow hydrograph, and

an accurate description of the breach development is, therefore, required in “near field”

dam breach studies. In the “far-field” studies, an accurate flood routing procedure is of

more importance, because the outflow variation is rapidly damped out as the flood

propagates downstream.

14.9.2 Failure modes

The dam break module of MIKE 11 allows selection of one of various breach development

modes. Either linear failure mechanism or an erosion based formulation may be selected.

The linear failure mode assumes a linear increase in the breach dimensions in time

between specified limits. In the erosion based mode, the increase in breach dimensions is

calculated from the prevailing hydraulic conditions in the breach, and from the given

geometrical data. For both modes, limits of the final breach width and level are specified.

These may be determined, for example, by the original valley embankments.

a) Linear failure modes

The necessary data required to fully specify a linear dam failure are shown in Figure 14.4.

In addition, the user specifies the duration of the breach development and whether the

failure is to commence at a given time, or is initiated by overtopping of the dam. This

facility has applications in simulating the cascading failure of several dams located on the

same river.

Figure 14.4: Breach parameters for linear mode

b) Erosion based failure

The enlargement of the breach in earth fill dams from erosion of the dam core material

may also be determined from sediment transport considerations. Erosion based breach

formulations are based on sediment continuity equation for the breach. Numerous

sediment transport formulae are available, of which two have been implemented in the

breach formulation, being those of Engelund-Hansen (1967), and Meyer-Peter and Muller

(1947). Modeling of the variation of the width of the breach is more difficult to relate to

the classical theories of sediment transport. Due to the development of a wall boundary

layer along the often very steep side walls of the breach, the theories for bed load and

suspended load do not apply. As an approximation, the sediment transport at the sloping

walls is assumed to be proportional to that in the central part of the breach. The

coefficient of proportionality (side erosion index) is of the order of 0.5 – 1.0.



14.10 INITIAL CONDITIONS Though in many cases, dam failure may occur on a dry river bed downstream of the dam,

but such conditions are not possible in MIKE 11, which require a finite depth of water, in

order to ensure “the continuity” of the finite difference algorithm. Therefore, before a

dam break is actually simulated, it is necessary to create a steady state “hot-start” file,

which can be used for all subsequent dam break simulation. This file is created by:

(i) Giving a lateral inflow at the first h-point in the river

(ii) Setting the inflow into the reservoir to zero, and

(iii) Specifying the dam break structure to fail by overtopping, ensuring that the dam

crest level is greater than the specified reservoir level.

Initial conditions (water level and discharge) must be specified in HD parameter file,

including the reservoir level, at which the dam break simulation should commence. The

set-up should be run until a steady state condition is reached (i.e., Q=constant=lateral

inflow up to the downstream boundary).

14.11 DAM BREAK SIMULATIONS The dam break simulation may be carried out using the hotstart file generated as

mentioned above, specifying the upstream boundary as the inflow hydrograph. The time

step depends upon the slope of the river bed and should be selected of the order of 0.5 to

5 minutes according to the slope.

14.12 INPUT DATA REQUIREMENT Dam break flood analysis requires a range of data to depict accurately to the extent

possible the topography and hydraulic conditions of the river course and dam break

phenomenon. The important data required are;

(i) Cross sections of the river from dam site and up to location downstream of the dam

to which the study is required

(ii) Elevation-surface area relationship of the reservoir

(iii) Rating curve of spillway and sluices

(iv) Salient features of the all hydraulic structures at the dam site and also in the study

reach of the river

(v) Design flood hydrograph

(vi) Stage-discharge relationship at the last river cross section of the study area

(vii) Manning’s roughness coefficient for different reaches of the river under study

(viii) Rating curve of all the hydraulic structures in the study reach of the river

For the present study, the following data supplied has been used;

14.12.1 River cross sections

For dam break studies of Gond Project, the River for a length of about 51400 m

downstream of the dam site have been represented in the model by numerous cross

sections taken at a suitable interval. In the case of extreme floods the flood water spreads

beyond the normal course of the river, where the resistance to flow will be high due to

presence of bushes, vegetation etc. Considering the above the Manning's roughness

coefficient for the entire study reach of the river has been taken as 0.035.



14.12.2 Reservoir and dam

The reservoir has been represented in the model by a separate reservoir branch and its

elevation-surface area relation, which has been specified at Chainage “0” km of the

reservoir branch. The dam has been placed at Chainage 500 m of the reservoir branch and

dam breach parameters specified therein.

14.12.3 Spillway

The spillway has been represented in the model by number and size of spillway gates. The

same has been specified at Chainage 500 m of the spillway branch.

Design Flood Hydrograph

The design flood hydrograph which is the DESIGN FLOOD for the present case has been

used as for the upstream boundary of the dam break model set up. The same applied at

chainage “0” km of the reservoir branch in the model set up, is 17937 cumec.

14.12.4 Downstream boundary

In order to avoid its influence in the study reach normally the downstream boundary

should be applied at a distant location from the last river cross section of study reach. The

same has been worked out using Manning’s equation and applied at a location 51400 m

downstream for dam site, as given in Table 14.1.

Table 14.1: Stage-discharge relationship - downstream boundary of

MIKE11 model set up

Stage (m)

Discharge (cumec)

339.00 0.00

339.05 0.19

339.85 26.41

340.65 93.67

343.27 617.78

345.89 1604.42

347.19 2283.07

348.50 3093.63

349.81 4055.53

351.12 5193.15

351.74 5796.63

351.79 5845.68

351.84 5895.12

352.73 6904.05

353.61 8125.89

353.74 8321.97

354.04 8789.73

354.70 9915.14

357.79 17083.91

360.88 26807.72

363.97 38754.12



Stage (m)

Discharge (cumec)

367.07 52778.10

373.25 86659.86

379.43 127811.41

385.61 175860.40

391.80 230529.64

397.98 291588.82

404.16 358874.87

14.13 SELECTION OF DAM BREACH PARAMETERS Estimation of the dam break flood will depend on time of failure, extent of overtopping

before failure, size, shape and time of the breach formation, etc., which are called dam

breach parameters. The breach characteristics that are needed as input to the existing dam

break models are i) Initial and final breach width; ii) Shape of the breach; iii) Time duration

of breach development, and iv) Reservoir level at time of start of breach. The predominant

mechanism of breach formation is, to a large extent, dependent on the type of dam and

the cause due to which the dam failed.

A study of the different dam failures indicates that earthen or rockfill dams never collapse

instantaneously as concrete dams which breach by sudden collapse. Earthen or rockfill

dams develop breaches which increase gradually. The breaching time may vary from a few

minutes to a few hours, depending on amongst other the dam geometry and the

construction material. The development of the breach largely determines the reservoir

outflow hydrograph, and a reasonable description of the breach development is therefore

required in near field dam break models. In far field models a reasonable flood routing

procedure is of more importance, because the outflow variation is rapidly damped out as

the flood wave propagates downstream.

The way earthen or rockfill dam starts to breach can be specified as one of the following

failure modes:

- Linear failure, ie the increase in breach dimensions is assumed to occur linearly over a

given time (the time of breach development)

- Erosion based failure, ie the increase in the breach depth is calculated from a classical

sediment transport formula. The increase in breach width is calculated as the increase

in breach depth multiplied by side index.

In present case, upstream elevation view can be considered as a section consisting of side

gated portion and earthen embankments which have been considered as failure zone.

Linear failure has been adopted in the present case; breach of trapezoidal shape has been

considered with a side slope of 1 V: 1.5 H. End shape of the breach should reflect the

bounds imposed by the valley bathymetry accordingly the value has been taken. Breach

starts from top of dam when water is at FRL ie 423 m and reaches level of 401 (river bed

level) in one hour developing breach in trapezoidal form and with initial breach width of

44m.



Accordingly, the breach parameter given in Table 14.2 has been selected for the dam break

study.

Table 14.2: Breach Parameters

Breach Level (m) Initial

Breach

Width

(m)

Breach

Slope

Breach

Development Time

(Minutes)

Remarks

Initial Final

423 401 44 1 V: 1.5

H

60 The final breach level at El 401 m

has been taken (river bed level)

14.14 CRITICAL CONDITIONS FOR DAM BREAK STUDY The critical condition for a Dam break study is when the reservoir is at FRL and design flood

hydrograph is impinged. Hence for the hypothetical case of Dam break simulation and also

to get the maximum Dam breach flood peak it would be appropriate to assume the starting

of the breach, when the reservoir level is at FRL.

14.15 DAM BREAK SIMULATION (BREACH WIDTH 44 M, BREACH DEPTH 22 M, BREACH DEVELOPMENT TIME ONE HOUR) Taking the above breach parameter and critical condition of para 9.14 the dam break

condition has been simulated. In the simulation the dam has been assumed to breach 59

hour after the impingement of the DESIGN FLOOD, when the water level in the reservoir is

at EL 423 m after the impingement of the DESIGN FLOOD. The dam breach flood

hydrograph just downstream of the dam is given in Figure 14.5.

The peak of the dam breach flood just downstream of the dam is 23007 cumec which

includes about 17937 cumec due to DESIGN FLOOD itself. Hence the contribution of

reservoir storage in the dam breach flood peak is 5070 cumec. The maximum discharge,

water level and their time of occurrence at different locations of the River downstream of

the dams are given in Table 14.3 and 14.4 respectively.

Table 14.3: Maximum discharge due to dam breach flood (breach initial width 44 m and breach

depth 23 m)

The breach has been assumed to start on 28-09-2018 11:00:00 hours

Chainage (m) d/s of dam Maximum discharge (cumec)

Time of occurrence (Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

GOPAD 350.00 23007 28-09-2018 12:01:30

GOPAD 1050.00 22839 28-09-2018 12:02:45

GOPAD 1805.00 22724 28-09-2018 12:03:45

GOPAD 2615.00 22619 28-09-2018 12:04:59

GOPAD 3458.00 22530 28-09-2018 12:05:59

GOPAD 4334.00 22428 28-09-2018 12:07:30

GOPAD 5210.00 22322 28-09-2018 12:09:00

GOPAD 6086.00 22227 28-09-2018 12:10:44

GOPAD 6962.00 22153 28-09-2018 12:13:29

GOPAD 7900.00 22081 28-09-2018 12:15:14

GOPAD 8900.00 21967 28-09-2018 12:16:59

GOPAD 9900.00 21825 28-09-2018 12:18:45






GOPAD 10900.00 21678 28-09-2018 12:20:59

GOPAD 11900.00 21567 28-09-2018 12:23:44

GOPAD 12900.00 21495 28-09-2018 12:26:45

GOPAD 13833.33 21455 28-09-2018 12:28:45

GOPAD 14700.00 21420 28-09-2018 12:30:45

GOPAD 15566.67 21387 28-09-2018 12:32:30

GOPAD 16350.00 21348 28-09-2018 12:33:45

GOPAD 17050.00 21302 28-09-2018 12:35:30

GOPAD 17900.00 21240 28-09-2018 12:37:44

GOPAD 18900.00 21176 28-09-2018 12:40:29

GOPAD 19720.00 21140 28-09-2018 12:42:45

GOPAD 20360.00 21121 28-09-2018 12:44:14

GOPAD 21133.33 21105 28-09-2018 12:45:45

GOPAD 22040.00 21076 28-09-2018 12:47:30

GOPAD 22946.67 21034 28-09-2018 12:49:30

GOPAD 23900.00 20990 28-09-2018 12:51:59

GOPAD 24900.00 20953 28-09-2018 12:54:15

GOPAD 25900.00 20912 28-09-2018 12:56:00

GOPAD 26900.00 20850 28-09-2018 12:57:45

GOPAD 27800.00 20790 28-09-2018 12:59:45

GOPAD 28600.00 20736 28-09-2018 13:01:45

GOPAD 29400.00 20677 28-09-2018 13:03:14

GOPAD 30200.00 20603 28-09-2018 13:04:44

GOPAD 31000.00 20524 28-09-2018 13:06:30

GOPAD 31900.00 20438 28-09-2018 13:08:29

GOPAD 32900.00 20343 28-09-2018 13:10:44

GOPAD 33865.00 20255 28-09-2018 13:13:14

GOPAD 34795.00 20171 28-09-2018 13:16:14

GOPAD 35616.67 20111 28-09-2018 13:18:59

GOPAD 36330.00 20066 28-09-2018 13:21:59

GOPAD 37043.33 20029 28-09-2018 13:25:00

GOPAD 37900.00 19997 28-09-2018 13:29:00

GOPAD 38900.00 19966 28-09-2018 13:33:30

GOPAD 39900.00 19949 28-09-2018 13:38:15

GOPAD 40900.00 19945 28-09-2018 13:39:44

GOPAD 41900.00 19943 28-09-2018 13:40:44

GOPAD 42900.00 19941 28-09-2018 13:41:45

GOPAD 43900.00 19922 28-09-2018 13:45:14

GOPAD 44900.00 19908 28-09-2018 13:48:14

GOPAD 45900.00 19899 28-09-2018 13:50:59

GOPAD 46900.00 19893 28-09-2018 13:53:15

GOPAD 47900.00 19889 28-09-2018 13:55:15

GOPAD 48900.00 19879 28-09-2018 13:58:00

GOPAD 49900.00 19870 28-09-2018 14:01:14

GOPAD 50900.00 19866 28-09-2018 14:03:59



Table 14.4: Maximum water level due to dam breach flood breach initial width 44 m and breach depth 23 m)


Chainage (m) d/s of dam Bed Level (m)

Maximum discharge (cumec)


GOPAD 0.00 401.00 417.09 28-09-2018 12:04:30

GOPAD 700.00 * 416.53 28-09-2018 12:04:59

GOPAD 1400.00 400.00 415.67 28-09-2018 12:06:30

GOPAD 2210.00 * 414.69 28-09-2018 12:07:30

GOPAD 3020.00 398.00 413.38 28-09-2018 12:09:00

GOPAD 3896.00 * 411.99 28-09-2018 12:11:00

GOPAD 4772.00 * 410.58 28-09-2018 12:12:45

GOPAD 5648.00 * 409.14 28-09-2018 12:14:14

GOPAD 6524.00 * 407.67 28-09-2018 12:15:59

GOPAD 7400.00 391.00 406.13 28-09-2018 12:18:45

GOPAD 8400.00 * 404.69 28-09-2018 12:24:00

GOPAD 9400.00 388.00 403.80 28-09-2018 12:27:14

GOPAD 10400.00 * 403.20 28-09-2018 12:28:45

GOPAD 11400.00 385.00 402.78 28-09-2018 12:29:14

GOPAD 12400.00 * 401.83 28-09-2018 12:30:30

GOPAD 13400.00 383.00 400.16 28-09-2018 12:31:59

GOPAD 14266.67 * 398.75 28-09-2018 12:33:45

GOPAD 15133.33 * 397.36 28-09-2018 12:35:59

GOPAD 16000.00 381.00 395.99 28-09-2018 12:39:15

GOPAD 16700.00 * 395.10 28-09-2018 12:41:45

GOPAD 17400.00 380.00 394.39 28-09-2018 12:43:45

GOPAD 18400.00 * 393.43 28-09-2018 12:45:30

GOPAD 19400.00 377.00 392.77 28-09-2018 12:46:14

GOPAD 20040.00 * 391.92 28-09-2018 12:47:14

GOPAD 20680.00 375.00 390.50 28-09-2018 12:48:14

GOPAD 21586.67 * 388.64 28-09-2018 12:51:30

GOPAD 22493.33 * 387.25 28-09-2018 12:55:00

GOPAD 23400.00 371.00 386.44 28-09-2018 12:56:45

GOPAD 24400.00 * 385.08 28-09-2018 12:59:14

GOPAD 25400.00 368.00 383.34 28-09-2018 13:03:30

GOPAD 26400.00 * 382.26 28-09-2018 13:10:15

GOPAD 27400.00 364.00 382.08 28-09-2018 13:12:00

GOPAD 28200.00 * 381.52 28-09-2018 13:15:45

GOPAD 29000.00 363.00 380.47 28-09-2018 13:23:29

GOPAD 29800.00 * 379.94 28-09-2018 13:29:29

GOPAD 30600.00 * 379.63 28-09-2018 13:31:59

GOPAD 31400.00 362.00 379.46 28-09-2018 13:32:45

GOPAD 32400.00 * 378.95 28-09-2018 13:35:30

GOPAD 33400.00 362.00 378.25 28-09-2018 13:38:44

GOPAD 34330.00 * 377.90 28-09-2018 13:39:44

GOPAD 35260.00 357.00 377.55 28-09-2018 13:41:00

GOPAD 35973.33 * 377.39 28-09-2018 13:41:15

GOPAD 36686.67 * 377.25 28-09-2018 13:41:15

GOPAD 37400.00 353.89 377.14 28-09-2018 13:41:29

GOPAD 38400.00 * 376.99 28-09-2018 13:41:29

GOPAD 39400.00 350.00 376.81 28-09-2018 13:41:45

GOPAD 40400.00 * 375.30 28-09-2018 13:42:14





Maximum discharge (cumec)


GOPAD 41400.00 350.00 372.87 28-09-2018 13:42:45

GOPAD 42400.00 * 370.04 28-09-2018 13:45:45

GOPAD 43400.00 350.00 369.24 28-09-2018 13:52:15

GOPAD 44400.00 * 368.40 28-09-2018 13:54:00

GOPAD 45400.00 350.00 367.67 28-09-2018 13:55:00

GOPAD 46400.00 * 366.21 28-09-2018 13:56:15

GOPAD 47400.00 350.00 363.99 28-09-2018 13:57:00

GOPAD 48400.00 * 360.48 28-09-2018 14:03:30

GOPAD 49400.00 342.00 360.40 28-09-2018 14:04:15

GOPAD 50400.00 * 359.84 28-09-2018 14:04:30

GOPAD 51400.00 339.00 358.68 28-09-2018 14:04:44

* cross sections interpolated by MIKE11

From the Table 14.4 it can be seen that the rise in water level along the reach of the river is

about 13.99 m to 26.81 m.

14.16 MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL IN THE VIRGIN CONDITION OF THE RIVER DUE TO OCCURRENCE OF DESIGN FLOOD To know the maximum discharge and water level due to occurrence of DESIGN FLOOD in

the virgin condition of the River the necessary simulation has been run. In this case, the

DESIGN FLOOD has been impinged at chainage “0” of the River (just d/s of dam site)

without considering the dam. The maximum discharge and water level obtained at the

different locations along the river reach is given in Table 14.5 and 14.6 respectively.

Table 14.5: Maximum discharge due to occurrence of DESIGN FLOOD in virgin river condition

The Design Flood has been impinged at chainage “0” of River on 28-09-2018 at 11:00:00 hr

Chainage (m) d/s of dam Maximum

discharge (cumec)

Time of occurrence

(Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

GOPAD 350.00 17932 28-09-2018 11:00:45 GOPAD 1050.00 17925 28-09-2018 11:01:45 GOPAD 1805.00 17920 28-09-2018 11:02:59 GOPAD 2615.00 17915 28-09-2018 11:03:59 GOPAD 3458.00 17910 28-09-2018 11:05:30 GOPAD 4334.00 17906 28-09-2018 11:06:44 GOPAD 5210.00 17902 28-09-2018 11:08:29 GOPAD 6086.00 17898 28-09-2018 11:10:15 GOPAD 6962.00 17894 28-09-2018 11:13:00 GOPAD 7900.00 17891 28-09-2018 11:15:14 GOPAD 8900.00 17886 28-09-2018 11:17:14 GOPAD 9900.00 17879 28-09-2018 11:19:30 GOPAD 10900.00 17872 28-09-2018 11:21:59 GOPAD 11900.00 17867 28-09-2018 11:25:15 GOPAD 12900.00 17864 28-09-2018 11:28:29 GOPAD 13833.33 17862 28-09-2018 11:30:14 GOPAD 14700.00 17861 28-09-2018 11:32:14 GOPAD 15566.67 17859 28-09-2018 11:33:59 GOPAD 16350.00 17857 28-09-2018 11:35:30 GOPAD 17050.00 17855 28-09-2018 11:37:15 GOPAD 17900.00 17852 28-09-2018 11:39:44 GOPAD 18900.00 17848 28-09-2018 11:42:45



The Design Flood has been impinged at chainage “0” of River on 28-09-2018 at 11:00:00 hr

Chainage (m) d/s of dam Maximum

discharge (cumec)

Time of occurrence

(Date:hours:Minutes:Seconds)

GOPAD 19720.00 17846 28-09-2018 11:45:00 GOPAD 20360.00 17845 28-09-2018 11:46:30 GOPAD 21133.33 17845 28-09-2018 11:47:59 GOPAD 22040.00 17843 28-09-2018 11:49:59 GOPAD 22946.67 17840 28-09-2018 11:51:59 GOPAD 23900.00 17837 28-09-2018 11:54:44 GOPAD 24900.00 17834 28-09-2018 11:57:00 GOPAD 25900.00 17830 28-09-2018 11:59:00 GOPAD 26900.00 17825 28-09-2018 12:01:14 GOPAD 27800.00 17819 28-09-2018 12:03:45 GOPAD 28600.00 17814 28-09-2018 12:05:59 GOPAD 29400.00 17808 28-09-2018 12:08:00 GOPAD 30200.00 17802 28-09-2018 12:10:15 GOPAD 31000.00 17794 28-09-2018 12:12:45 GOPAD 31900.00 17787 28-09-2018 12:15:45 GOPAD 32900.00 17779 28-09-2018 12:18:59 GOPAD 33865.00 17772 28-09-2018 12:21:59 GOPAD 34795.00 17765 28-09-2018 12:25:15 GOPAD 35616.67 17760 28-09-2018 12:28:14 GOPAD 36330.00 17756 28-09-2018 12:30:30 GOPAD 37043.33 17753 28-09-2018 12:32:59 GOPAD 37900.00 17750 28-09-2018 12:35:59 GOPAD 38900.00 17747 28-09-2018 12:40:00 GOPAD 39900.00 17745 28-09-2018 12:44:29 GOPAD 40900.00 17745 28-09-2018 12:45:59 GOPAD 41900.00 17744 28-09-2018 12:46:59 GOPAD 42900.00 17744 28-09-2018 12:47:45 GOPAD 43900.00 17742 28-09-2018 12:50:59 GOPAD 44900.00 17741 28-09-2018 12:53:44 GOPAD 45900.00 17740 28-09-2018 12:56:29 GOPAD 46900.00 17739 28-09-2018 12:58:29 GOPAD 47900.00 17739 28-09-2018 13:00:14 GOPAD 48900.00 17738 28-09-2018 13:02:30 GOPAD 49900.00 17737 28-09-2018 13:05:30 GOPAD 50900.00 17736 28-09-2018 13:08:15

Table 14.6: Maximum water level due to occurrence of DESIGN FLOOD in virgin river condition

The Design Flood has been impinged at chainage “0” of River on 28-09-2018 at 11:00:00 h


Maximum water

level (m)


GOPAD 0.00 401.00 415.71 28-09-2018 11:03:30

GOPAD 700.00 * 415.16 28-09-2018 11:02:30

GOPAD 1400.00 400.00 414.36 28-09-2018 11:05:59

GOPAD 2210.00 * 413.41 28-09-2018 11:06:30

GOPAD 3020.00 398.00 412.12 28-09-2018 11:08:15

GOPAD 3896.00 * 410.71 28-09-2018 11:10:15

GOPAD 4772.00 * 409.31 28-09-2018 11:12:14

GOPAD 5648.00 * 407.89 28-09-2018 11:14:00

GOPAD 6524.00 * 406.46 28-09-2018 11:15:59

GOPAD 7400.00 391.00 404.98 28-09-2018 11:18:59

GOPAD 8400.00 * 403.54 28-09-2018 11:23:44

GOPAD 9400.00 388.00 402.63 28-09-2018 11:28:00

GOPAD 10400.00 * 402.00 28-09-2018 11:29:14



The Design Flood has been impinged at chainage “0” of River on 28-09-2018 at 11:00:00 h


Maximum water

level (m)


GOPAD 11400.00 385.00 401.57 28-09-2018 11:30:14

GOPAD 12400.00 * 400.65 28-09-2018 11:31:45

GOPAD 13400.00 383.00 399.03 28-09-2018 11:32:59

GOPAD 14266.67 * 397.66 28-09-2018 11:34:59

GOPAD 15133.33 * 396.32 28-09-2018 11:36:59

GOPAD 16000.00 381.00 395.02 28-09-2018 11:40:29

GOPAD 16700.00 * 394.14 28-09-2018 11:42:45

GOPAD 17400.00 380.00 393.39 28-09-2018 11:45:14

GOPAD 18400.00 * 392.39 28-09-2018 11:46:59

GOPAD 19400.00 377.00 391.73 28-09-2018 11:47:59

GOPAD 20040.00 * 390.92 28-09-2018 11:48:59

GOPAD 20680.00 375.00 389.56 28-09-2018 11:50:15

GOPAD 21586.67 * 387.70 28-09-2018 11:54:15

GOPAD 22493.33 * 386.27 28-09-2018 11:58:00

GOPAD 23400.00 371.00 385.43 28-09-2018 12:00:14

GOPAD 24400.00 * 384.12 28-09-2018 12:03:45

GOPAD 25400.00 368.00 382.40 28-09-2018 12:09:15

GOPAD 26400.00 * 381.32 28-09-2018 12:16:59

GOPAD 27400.00 364.00 381.13 28-09-2018 12:19:15

GOPAD 28200.00 * 380.58 28-09-2018 12:21:44

GOPAD 29000.00 363.00 379.50 28-09-2018 12:28:00

GOPAD 29800.00 * 378.95 28-09-2018 12:32:45

GOPAD 30600.00 * 378.63 28-09-2018 12:34:59

GOPAD 31400.00 362.00 378.44 28-09-2018 12:36:44

GOPAD 32400.00 * 377.92 28-09-2018 12:38:44

GOPAD 33400.00 362.00 377.20 28-09-2018 12:42:00

GOPAD 34330.00 * 376.82 28-09-2018 12:43:45

GOPAD 35260.00 357.00 376.47 28-09-2018 12:45:14

GOPAD 35973.33 * 376.31 28-09-2018 12:45:30

GOPAD 36686.67 * 376.17 28-09-2018 12:45:45

GOPAD 37400.00 353.89 376.06 28-09-2018 12:46:14

GOPAD 38400.00 * 375.90 28-09-2018 12:46:30

GOPAD 39400.00 350.00 375.71 28-09-2018 12:46:30

GOPAD 40400.00 * 374.27 28-09-2018 12:47:45

GOPAD 41400.00 350.00 371.92 28-09-2018 12:47:59

GOPAD 42400.00 * 369.21 28-09-2018 12:50:15

GOPAD 43400.00 350.00 368.51 28-09-2018 12:56:29

GOPAD 44400.00 * 367.66 28-09-2018 12:57:29

GOPAD 45400.00 350.00 366.94 28-09-2018 12:58:45

GOPAD 46400.00 * 365.50 28-09-2018 13:00:30

GOPAD 47400.00 350.00 363.31 28-09-2018 13:00:14

GOPAD 48400.00 * 359.77 28-09-2018 13:06:44

GOPAD 49400.00 342.00 359.65 28-09-2018 13:08:15

GOPAD 50400.00 * 359.12 28-09-2018 13:08:15

GOPAD 51400.00 339.00 358.00 28-09-2018 13:08:29


The rise in water level along the reach of the river downstream of the dam is about 13.31

m to 25.71 m.



14.17 COMPARISON OF MAXIMUM DISCHARGE AND WATER LEVEL For the different hydrodynamic scenario simulated so far, the maximum discharge and

water level occurring at different locations of River downstream of dam have been

compared in Table 14.7 and 14.8 respectively.

Table 14.7: Comparison of maximum discharge obtained in different cases


DESIGN FLOOD and dam breach (Table 14.5)

DESIGN FLOOD in virgin condition

(Table 14.6)

GOPAD 350.00 23007 17932

GOPAD 1050.00 22839 17925

GOPAD 1805.00 22724 17920

GOPAD 2615.00 22619 17915

GOPAD 3458.00 22530 17910

GOPAD 4334.00 22428 17906

GOPAD 5210.00 22322 17902

GOPAD 6086.00 22227 17898

GOPAD 6962.00 22153 17894

GOPAD 7900.00 22081 17891

GOPAD 8900.00 21967 17886

GOPAD 9900.00 21825 17879

GOPAD 10900.00 21678 17872

GOPAD 11900.00 21567 17867

GOPAD 12900.00 21495 17864

GOPAD 13833.33 21455 17862

GOPAD 14700.00 21420 17861

GOPAD 15566.67 21387 17859

GOPAD 16350.00 21348 17857

GOPAD 17050.00 21302 17855

GOPAD 17900.00 21240 17852

GOPAD 18900.00 21176 17848

GOPAD 19720.00 21140 17846

GOPAD 20360.00 21121 17845

GOPAD 21133.33 21105 17845

GOPAD 22040.00 21076 17843

GOPAD 22946.67 21034 17840

GOPAD 23900.00 20990 17837

GOPAD 24900.00 20953 17834

GOPAD 25900.00 20912 17830

GOPAD 26900.00 20850 17825

GOPAD 27800.00 20790 17819

GOPAD 28600.00 20736 17814

GOPAD 29400.00 20677 17808

GOPAD 30200.00 20603 17802

GOPAD 31000.00 20524 17794

GOPAD 31900.00 20438 17787

GOPAD 32900.00 20343 17779





DESIGN FLOOD in virgin condition

(Table 14.6)

GOPAD 33865.00 20255 17772

GOPAD 34795.00 20171 17765

GOPAD 35616.67 20111 17760

GOPAD 36330.00 20066 17756

GOPAD 37043.33 20029 17753

GOPAD 37900.00 19997 17750

GOPAD 38900.00 19966 17747

GOPAD 39900.00 19949 17745

GOPAD 40900.00 19945 17745

GOPAD 41900.00 19943 17744

GOPAD 42900.00 19941 17744

GOPAD 43900.00 19922 17742

GOPAD 44900.00 19908 17741

GOPAD 45900.00 19899 17740

GOPAD 46900.00 19893 17739

GOPAD 47900.00 19889 17739

GOPAD 48900.00 19879 17738

GOPAD 49900.00 19870 17737

GOPAD 50900.00 19866 17736

Table 14.8: Comparison of maximum water level obtained in different cases

Chainage (m) d/s of dam

Bed Level (m)

Maximum water level (m)


DESIGN FLOOD in

virgin condition

(Table 14.6)

GOPAD 0.00 401.00 417.09 415.71

GOPAD 700.00 * 416.53 415.16

GOPAD 1400.00 400.00 415.67 414.36

GOPAD 2210.00 * 414.69 413.41

GOPAD 3020.00 398.00 413.38 412.12

GOPAD 3896.00 * 411.99 410.71

GOPAD 4772.00 * 410.58 409.31

GOPAD 5648.00 * 409.14 407.89

GOPAD 6524.00 * 407.67 406.46

GOPAD 7400.00 391.00 406.13 404.98

GOPAD 8400.00 * 404.69 403.54

GOPAD 9400.00 388.00 403.80 402.63

GOPAD 10400.00 * 403.20 402.00

GOPAD 11400.00 385.00 402.78 401.57

GOPAD 12400.00 * 401.83 400.65

GOPAD 13400.00 383.00 400.16 399.03

GOPAD 14266.67 * 398.75 397.66

GOPAD 15133.33 * 397.36 396.32



Chainage (m) d/s of dam

Bed Level (m)

Maximum water level (m)


DESIGN FLOOD in

virgin condition

(Table 14.6)

GOPAD 16000.00 381.00 395.99 395.02

GOPAD 16700.00 * 395.10 394.14

GOPAD 17400.00 380.00 394.39 393.39

GOPAD 18400.00 * 393.43 392.39

GOPAD 19400.00 377.00 392.77 391.73

GOPAD 20040.00 * 391.92 390.92

GOPAD 20680.00 375.00 390.50 389.56

GOPAD 21586.67 * 388.64 387.70

GOPAD 22493.33 * 387.25 386.27

GOPAD 23400.00 371.00 386.44 385.43

GOPAD 24400.00 * 385.08 384.12

GOPAD 25400.00 368.00 383.34 382.40

GOPAD 26400.00 * 382.26 381.32

GOPAD 27400.00 364.00 382.08 381.13

GOPAD 28200.00 * 381.52 380.58

GOPAD 29000.00 363.00 380.47 379.50

GOPAD 29800.00 * 379.94 378.95

GOPAD 30600.00 * 379.63 378.63

GOPAD 31400.00 362.00 379.46 378.44

GOPAD 32400.00 * 378.95 377.92

GOPAD 33400.00 362.00 378.25 377.20

GOPAD 34330.00 * 377.90 376.82

GOPAD 35260.00 357.00 377.55 376.47

GOPAD 35973.33 * 377.39 376.31

GOPAD 36686.67 * 377.25 376.17

GOPAD 37400.00 353.89 377.14 376.06

GOPAD 38400.00 * 376.99 375.90

GOPAD 39400.00 350.00 376.81 375.71

GOPAD 40400.00 * 375.30 374.27

GOPAD 41400.00 350.00 372.87 371.92

GOPAD 42400.00 * 370.04 369.21

GOPAD 43400.00 350.00 369.24 368.51

GOPAD 44400.00 * 368.40 367.66

GOPAD 45400.00 350.00 367.67 366.94

GOPAD 46400.00 * 366.21 365.50

GOPAD 47400.00 350.00 363.99 363.31

GOPAD 48400.00 * 360.48 359.77

GOPAD 49400.00 342.00 360.40 359.65

GOPAD 50400.00 * 359.84 359.12

GOPAD 51400.00 339.00 358.68 358.00




From the Table 14.8, it can be concluded that the rise in water level along the river reach in

dam breach condition is about 0.68 m to 1.38 m more in comparison to non dam breach

condition (col. 3 &4)

The water levels given in Table 14.7 can be used for the preparation of inundation map.

The tables of few cross sections of the River used have been given in Table 14.8. The

maximum water level at these cross sections due to dam breach flood has also been

superimposed over them.

14.18 PREPARATION OF INUNDATION MAP An inundation map (Figure 14.5) is a map depicting the d/s areas vulnerable to inundation

by the Dam break flood. The MIKE11 model computes maximum flood elevation at each

original or interpolated cross-section. In present case, the cross-sections are available up to

51400 m d/s of Dam. The profile of water levels below the Dam at all cross-sections

(original and interpolated) is given as Table 14.8. From this profile, at locations below the

Dam & their subsequent markings on the topographic maps, it can be seen which areas are

likely to be submerged in case of Dam break.

From the Table 14.8, it can be concluded that the rise in water level along the river reach

in dam breach condition is only about 0.68 m to 1.38 m more in comparison to non dam

breach condition which is almost insignificant. It can be concluded that flood attributable

to dam break scenario is insignificant. Still, impact has been assessed in case on design

flood as well as design flood with dam break scenario both

It is clear from the inundation map that in case of design flood plus Dam break scenario,

following villages are likely to be affected :

Ghorbandha

Bendo

Kashkheda

Bhamraha

Hatta

Dhuriya

Dudhmaniya

Machharkata

Kathutiya

Gaiwata

Deori

Songarh

Bhamarkhoh

Karwahi

Belgaon

Chamaridol

Kharsoti



Figure 14.5: Inundation Map



14.19 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN In order to cope with the probable disaster a comprehensive and integrated Disaster

Management Plan (DMP) should be prepared which is participative and people oriented.

The concise management system should incorporate both pre-and post-disaster responses

with the sole aim of being prepared for prevention and mitigation with lessening loss of life

and property due to natural as well as man-made disasters.

The main objectives of DMP are as follows:

• Establish early warnings and alert system

• Assessment of the damage potential

• Formulation of Emergency Action plan

• Emergency organization and constitution of first response/action teams.

• Defining roles and responsibilities of key personnel responsible for Disaster Response

• Training of the personnel for disaster events

• Setting up of procedures for mitigation

• Mapping of safe access routes and safe locations

• Formulation of Emergency Action Plan

• Dissemination of information to public

14.19.1 Vulnerability Assessment of project

From the result of Dam Break Modeling it is evident that up to about 51400 m d/s of the

Dam, time required in reaching the flood wave elevation to the maximum is about two

hour. It doesn’t leave much possibility of any rescue or evacuation. Since the time available

is very short, the Disaster Management Plan should concentrate on preventive actions.

Also as evident from the inundation map, that in case of design flood plus Dam break

scenario, villages Ghorbandha, Bendo, Kashkheda, Bhamraha, Hatta, Dhuriya, Dudhmaniya,

Machharkata, Kathutiya, Gaiwata, Deori, Songarh, Bhamarkhoh, Karwahi, Belgaon,

Chamaridol and Kharsoti are likely to be affected, Disaster Management Plan is more of a

precautionary measure.

14.19.1.1 Surveillance & Monitoring

The surveillance and monitoring programs are required to be implemented during design

and investigation, construction, early operation period and operation and maintenance

phases of the life cycle of the Dam. An affective flood forecasting system is required by

establishing hourly gauge reading at suitable upstream locations with real time

communication at the top. An effective Dam safety surveillance, monitoring and

observation along with periodic inspection, safety reviews and evaluation must be put in

place. These programs will be implemented in five phases in the life cycle of a Dam viz.,

i) Design and investigation phase,

ii) Construction phase,

iii) First reservoir filling,

iv) Early operation period, and

v) Operation and maintenance phase.

Surveillance and monitoring programmes are required to be implemented during design

and investigation, construction, first reservoir filling, early operation period and operation

& maintenance phases of the life cycle of Dam. It is desirable that all gates, electricity,



public announcement system, power generator backups etc. are thoroughly checked

before arrival of the monsoon. As it is clear from the results that u/s water level has

significant effect on the Dam break flood, the following flood conditions may be considered

for different level of alertness:

1) If u/s water level reaches at top of the Dam, it may be considered as an emergency. At

this point only a few minutes are available for taking any action. All the staff from the

Dam site should be alerted to move to a safe place. The district administration and the

corporation’s head office shall be informed about the possibility of Dam failure.

2) If u/s water level rises above the Dam top and Dam begins to fail, it may be considered

as a disaster condition. At this stage, nothing can be done, apart from informing in an

appropriate manner the relevant authorities. Information in this regard should be given

to the head office and district administration.

i) If upstream water level is at or below FRL and flood is of the order of 20% to 30% of

DESIGN FLOOD, it may be considered as normal flood condition and normal routine

may be maintained.

ii) If upstream water level is rising above FRL, it may be considered as Level-1

emergency. In this condition at least few gates must be kept fully operational. All

concerned officials should be alerted so that they may reach at the Dam site to take

suitable actions. Preventive actions may be carried out simultaneously. A suitable

warning and notification procedure may be laid. The local officials should be

informed about the situation.

iii) If upstream water level reaches above MWL and still rising, it may be considered as

Level-2 emergency. It is seen from the results that only one hour is available to

carry out suitable action at this condition. All communication systems and safety

measures should be operational now. Public announcement system or centralized

siren system may be used. A flood warning may be issued to the public downstream

so that they may reach a higher and safe place.

iv) If upstream water level reaches at the top of the Dam, it may be considered as

Level-3 emergency. At this point only a few minutes are available for taking any

action. All the staff from the Dam site should be alerted to move to a safe place.

The district level office and the corporation’s head office should be informed about

the possibility of Dam failure.

v) If upstream water level is rising above the Dam top and Dam has started to fail. It

may be considered as a disaster condition. Any information in this regard should be

immediately provided to civil administration for necessary rescue operations.

Therefore in case of any disaster resulting from dam break the following steps are planned:

• In the event of any unusual weather phenomena, alarm should be sounded in the project

and all the operations and machines in operation should be automatically tripped.

• During the unusually high rainfall constant vigil should be kept on the slopes near

project structures for any possible sliding or slippage. If anything is detected

appropriate measures should be taken to take preventive action for checking

damage to the hill slope down under.

• Requisite training of the project staff should be done apprising them of first aid

practices and what actions are required to be taken following a natural disaster.



14.19.2 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for Project

A Disaster Management Plan essentially consists of Disaster Response Plan, Contingency

Plans and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). A well-coordinated Disaster Response

Plan, which makes best use of the organisation’s combined expertise and resources, is

essential for efficient and successful disaster response. During an actual emergency, rapid

and effective action is required. For this to happen, disaster response and contingency

plans must be in place before a disaster strikes along with the necessary resources. If

appropriate action is not taken or if the response is delayed, lives may be needlessly lost.

14.19.2.1 Disaster Response Plan

Though many details remain unknown until an actual disaster occurs nevertheless, it is

essential to prepare a preliminary disaster plan, which should include:

• an overview of all available resources;

• identification of emergency shelter sites;

• relief activity planning, including the identification of suppliers, warehouses and

transportation means;

• identification of emergency water sources;

• establishment of chains of command and communication procedures;

• training of response personnel;

• community education and awareness-raising activities about what to do in case of

an emergency; and,

• identification and implementation of key mitigation and early-warning activities.

14.19.2.2 Contingency Plan

The Contingency Plan comprises of the following:

• Emergency assessment

• Continuity of operations during an emergency

• Rescue and medical assistance

• Health services

• Water, sanitation and hygiene promotion

• Food and nutrition

• Relief

• Shelter

• Protection, safety and security

• Logistics and transport

• Information technology (IT) and telecommunications

• Communication and reporting

• Monitoring and evaluation

14.19.2.3 Awareness and Emergency Preparedness

Emergency preparedness requires the identification of the emergency response

participants and to establish their roles, resources and concerns. It requires evaluation of

the risks and hazards that may result in emergency situations in the community, review of

participants emergency plan for adequacy relative to a coordinated response, including the

adequacy of communication plans. The following points need to be reviewed under this:

Identification of the required response tasks not covered by the existing plans



Matching of these tasks to the resources available at the sites

Making the changes necessary to improve existing plans, integrating the same into

an overall emergency response and communication plan and gain agreement

Committing of the integrated plan to writing and obtain approvals from local

governments

Establishing procedures for periodic testing, review and updating of the plan

Communicating the integrated plan to the general community.

14.19.2.4 Emergency Action Plan (EAP)

The Emergency Action Plan shall include all the potential indicators of disasters, since the

primary concern is for timely and reliable identification and evaluation of potential

emergency. Once the Emergency situation is foreseen, the Emergency Action Plan may be

put in operation, which may include:

• Areas likely to be inundated and evacuated with priorities to be notified.

• Safe routes to be used for evacuation. Such routes have to be identified, discussed

and planned sufficiently in advance for proper implementation of the Plan.

• Means of transportation.

• Traffic Control.

• Shelters for evacuees.

• Procedures for care and security of property from evacuated areas from anti-social

elements.

• Instructions regarding assignment of specific functions and responsibilities of

various members of evacuation teams

This plan presents warning and notification procedures to be followed in case of potential

disaster. The purpose is to provide timely warning to nearby residents and alert key

personnel responsible for taking action in case of an emergency. For this Early Warning

Systems (EWS) like sirens should be installed at key locations in the project area. In this

project two sirens are proposed.

14.19.2.5 Emergency Response Cell (ERC)

The Emergency Response Cell (ERC) at project should be constituted by the Project

Implementation Unit (PIU) which would be responsible for implementation of Emergency

Action Plan (EAP). The PM will be assisted by Project Emergency Coordinator (PEC) and

Emergency Management Group (EMG) at PIU. The Administrative and Procedural Aspects

of Emergency Action Plan shall consist of a flowchart depicting the names, addresses and

telephone numbers of the responsible officials.

14.19.2.6 Functions & Responsibilities of PEC & EMG

In the event of potential emergency, the observer at the site is required to report it to the PM,

PEC and EMG at PIU through a wireless system, if available, or by the fastest communication

system available. The PM shall be responsible for contacting the Civil Administration. In order

to oversee all the operations required to tackle the emergency situations, a centralized control

room could be set up by the project authorities near dam site.

Each person would be made aware of his/her responsibilities/ duties and the importance of

work assigned under the Emergency Action Plan. All the villages falling under the flood



prone zone or on the margins would be connected through wireless communication

system with backup of standby telephone lines.

14.19.2.7 Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

In order to coordinate all the actions to be taken in case of disaster Emergency Control

Centre (ECC) or Crisis Management Centre (CMC) should be at the centre of operations to

handle the emergency which will give directions and execution orders. The ECC will be

equipped with resources to receive and transmit information and directions from the PEC.

The PIU should ensure that the ECC starts activating other systems without any delay once

the hazard is declared. A pre-designated room located at a safe location will be converted

as ECC. It should have the following equipment and paraphernalia:

• At least two landline telephones (one incoming and the other one out going fitted

with simultaneous/ selective broadcasting systems) connected through an EPBAX.

• Wireless Communication System/ Radio equipment (VHF/ Walkie Talkies/mobiles).

• Vulnerable Area maps marking risk prone zones, assembly points, alternate

evacuation routes, safe areas, rehabilitation centers, etc.

• Telephone directory of emergency response system and that of important district

and PIUs.

• An inventory of all emergency equipment and personnel for evacuation, personnel

protection, medical aid, etc., under the plan as well as with government agencies in

the district.

• List of ambulances, base medical facilities, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, etc.

• Copies of Disaster Management Plan

14.19.2.8 Communication System

In addition to setting up of alert and warning systems, emergency communication systems

also need to be established for effective communications within the identified affected

zones. For this an up-to-date telephone directory of key personnel concerned with the

emergency should be prepared and made available to all concerned. In order to coordinate

efficiently various communications, a communication coordinator (skilled telephone

operator or PA) may be appointed at the time of emergency for maintaining a log book for

the messages received in/ out and actions taken. Standby power backup and maintenance

of communication equipment should be given utmost importance.

An efficient communication system and a downstream warning system are essential for the

success of an emergency plan especially in the present case because of inadequacy of time.

The difference between a high flood and a Dam break situation shall be made clear to the

downstream people. All of the villages falling under the flooding zone or on margins are

required to be connected through wireless system backed by stand-by telephone lines. In

this project 2 sirens are proposed one at dam site and second one at least 5-10 km

downstream of dam in the command. In addition, a centralized siren system is to be

installed at project headquarters so that in event of a warning, all villages in the project

area and at vulnerable locations can be alerted through early warning system discussed

already.



i) Merits of Satellite Communication System

Keeping the disaster scenario in mind, any terrestrial system such as land lines, etc. is likely to

be the first casualty in earthquakes or floods. The restoration of such systems is time

consuming. Moreover the maintenance of such lines becomes a great problem in emergency

even for the technical personnel who are required to reach the site of fault, which may be

struck by the disaster. So the system cannot be put back into operation soon. The fault

repairs and restoration of communication services are usually not possible for a considerable

period of time after the calamity has struck. Moreover, it is critical that the communication

systems are restored at the earliest so that relief/medical teams and other personnel can be

arranged at the earliest possible time. All the subsidiary help depends solely on the

communication system. As this criteria is paramount, existing systems such as telephones

and telex, etc. are practically of little use in case of such events and situations. Similarly,

microwave links are expected to be down due to collapse of towers, etc. Restoration of

towers and alignment of equipment is again a time consuming activity.

Keeping in view the urgency of services and their dependability during emergency relevant

to the disaster conditions, satellite based systems present an ideal solution. The satellite

based system usually comprises following components.

i) A small dish of approximately one meter diameter

ii) Associated radio equipment

iii) A power source

The deployment of the system is not dependent on the restoration of land routes. The

existing satellite-based communication systems are designed in such a manner that they

are able to withstand fairly high degree of demanding environmental conditions. Secondly,

the restoration of the satellite based system can be undertaken by carrying maintenance

personnel and equipment by helicopters at a very short notice. Even the fresh systems

could be inducted in a matter of an hour or so because most of these are designed for

transportability by air. The deployment takes usually less than an hour. The power

requirements are not large and can be met by sources such as UPS/batteries/ generators.

An efficient and reliable communications system is required for the success of disaster

management plan. The proposed communications systems must essentially integrate the

following into an Emergency Communication System:

• An Alert System

• A warning or control system

• An Emergency communication system

14.19.2.9 Emergency Alert System

An emergency alert is to be provided to the public immediately after sensing the hazard,

based on the first response (FR) received from any source. Chief Emergency Coordinator

should activate emergency Control Centre, and the Emergency Alert may be disseminated.

Initially, attempts be made to control or localise the event in the first instance by looking

into all technical aspects of the hazard and if necessary activate the needed emergency

action groups to localize the event as a first response measure. If it is not possible to



control the emergency, on- site emergency be declared and response action be initiated in

accordance with the plan.

14.19.2.10 Emergency Warning and Control System

Based on the report of Emergency alert, the emergency is to be notified. If the Principal

Emergency Coordinator (PEC) determines that the disaster is inevitable and is likely to

adversely affect the public in the project area, he triggers the Emergency Control Centre

and activates emergency response under on-site plan. He also immediately notifies

accordingly the District Collector about the situation.

Therefore in the process of notification, the concerned regulatory authorities are alerted

and public is to be alerted by appropriate warning systems such as sirens, alarms and

broadcasts.

Each type of emergency has to be given a code for easy identification of the type of

emergency as also for notifying and seeking the support from various agencies. Suggested

warning systems of sirens are as follows:

• Disaster Warning : High pitched continuous wailing siren

• All clear : Long continuous note

These alarms/ sirens should be deployed such that the all affected zones are covered.

Communication devices like Radio, Walkie-talkie and Paging system are extremely useful

for during emergency situations, for which predetermined codes need to be developed.

14.19.2.11 Health & Medical Response System

In the event of emergency health care personnel like doctors, surgeons; hospitals and

ambulances have a vital part to play as they comprise an integral part of medical and

health emergency plan. The medical response plan is required to cater for immediate

pooling of all available medical resources and provide emergency medical treatment to the

victims of the incident. A coordinated utilisation of all available local medical resources in

the affected areas as well as the additional resources should be mobilized under the overall

charge of the on-site plan.

14.19.2.12 Training

Even a very well prepared Disaster Management Plan cannot be effective unless

accompanied by training program that include periodical exercises and mock drills.

Any such training programme should have the following:

• Appraising of concerned personnel with the content and implementation procedure

of the DMP

• Training of personnel for specific response which are assigned particular duties with

special skills

• Arrange periodic workshops to introduce personnel to new equipment, techniques,

and detailing concepts of operation

• Updating of concerned personnel of changes in the plan or procedures, if any

• Checking and testing the preparedness of response personnel

• Testing the validity, effectiveness, timing, and content of the plan and

implementing procedures



• Testing the emergency equipment

• Update and modify the plan/ strategy on the basis of the experience acquired

through exercises and drills

• Maintain cooperative capability within first response team and with other

response/ mutual aid and agencies

• Maintain good emergency response capability

14.19.2.13 Mock Drills & Exercises

As discussed in preceding paragraph above that during training of personnel, Mock Drills

and exercises are vital to emergency preparedness. Mock scenario involves enactment of

the implementation of the response actions performed during the crisis. There are two

types of exercises are recommended for implementation according to the situation:

• Brainstorming in office with tabletop drills or exercises prove very useful for

orientation purpose. During this the emergency response organization is presented

with a situation to be resolved under different hypothetical situations that can

develop

• Actual On-site Exercises are the more comprehensive to test the entire response

organization set up including communication with all response functionaries.

Above mentioned exercises are recommended to be conducted at least once in a year, wherein

members of first response team could be actively involved. Any deficiencies that may be found

during such exercises of the plan and procedures should be corrected immediately.

14.19.2.14 Public Information System

It is important to give timely information to the public at large in order to prevent panic

and rumours during a crisis following an accident. It is the duty of PIU to inform the

affected people, public and media representatives about the situation from time to time

and the response of the emergency authority to the crisis. The emergency public

information could be carried out as follows.

Pre- crisis

The Pre-crisis situation will include the dissemination of information regarding the safety

procedure/s to be followed during an emergency through posters, talks and mass media in

local language. The literature like leaflets containing Do's/ Don’ts should be circulated to

educate the affected population.

Crisis Period

During the crisis the dissemination of information about the nature of the incident, actions

taken and instructions to the public about protective measures to be taken, evacuation,

etc. are the important steps to be followed.

Post- crisis

Immediately once the crisis is over all the attention should now be focused on information

concerning restoration of essential services, movement/restrictions, etc.

The tasks of the public information system now would be:

• Quick dissemination of emergency instructions to the personnel and public



• To receive all calls from people in distress to obtain current information from the

ECC and respond immediately

• To obtain current information from the ECC

• Prepare briefs/ news release for media, and

• To keep an update about the casualties from the hospitals

14.19.2.15 Information Dissemination and Safety Procedures & Plan

The community participation is an important element in implementation of any Emergency

Preparedness plan, as it can foster understanding amongst the people of the area and help

in managing and controlling emergency situations.

The public at large are in not conversant with the Early Warning System (EWS) i.e. warning

signals and protective actions. During any crisis the local people often run hither thither to

seek confirmation of the hazard from neighborhood and the media, which takes time.

Therefore for any warning system, to be effective, it must act as a trigger to initiate a

preplanned protective action by the locals in the area. The awareness efforts conducted by

local planning committees, the public need to be made aware of protective options like

sheltering within their work places and evacuation.

The following information should be made available to the public:

• The likely hazards that can occur in their vicinity

• The type of warning system like sirens employed to alert them, in case of a disaster

• The protective action/s that should be adopted in different situations of emergency

• The knowledge of the escape routes and assembly points, in case of evacuation

from disaster affected areas/ zones

14.19.2.16 Safety Procedures & Plan

In case of any disaster situation Emergency Officer should immediately intimate the ERC. The

safety of men & materials and especially women and child during construction and operation

phases is the area of concern. Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction,

operation and maintenance phases, safety policy with the following regulations need to be

adopted with special priority given to the women and child at the work site.

• To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work.

• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the

design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment.

• To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to employees.

• To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and

clothing, and to ensure their proper use.

• To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work

which are known to be potential hazardous to health or safety.

• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making

necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up

to date knowledge.

• To provide appropriate facilities of First aid and promote treatment for injuries and

illness at work.



• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to

employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is

given to these matters.

The following measures can be taken to avoid the loss of lives and property:

To establish an effective Dam Safety Surveillance and monitoring program including

rapid analysis and interpretation of instrumentation and observation data; periodic

inspection and safety reviews/evaluation by an independent panel of experts.

To formulate and implement an Emergency Action Plan to minimize to the

maximum extent possible, the probable loss of life and damage to property in the

event of failure of Dam.

14.19.2.17 Evacuation Plans

Emergency Action Plan includes evacuation plans and procedures for implementation

based on local needs. These are:

Demarcation/prioritization of areas to be evacuated.

Notification procedures and evacuation instructions.

Safe routes, transport and traffic control.

Shelter areas

Functions and responsibilities of members of evacuation team.

The flood prone zone in the event of break of Dam shall be marked properly at the village

locations with adequate factor of safety. As the flood wave takes littel time in reaching

these villages, its populace shall be informed in time through wireless and sirens etc. so

that people may climb on hills or to some elevated place beyond the flood zone which has

been marked.

The Evacuation Team would comprise of:

i) D.M./ his Nominated Officer (To peacefully relocate the people to places at higher

elevation with state administration)

ii) Engineer-in-Charge of the Project (Team Leader)

iii) S.P./Nominated Police Officer (To maintain law and order)

iv) C.M.O. of the area (To tackle morbidity of affected people)

v) Sarpanch/ Affected Village Representative to execute the resettlement operation with

the aid of state machinery and project proponents

vi) Sub-committees at village level

The Engineer-in-Charge will be responsible for the entire operation including prompt

determination of the flood situation from time to time. Once the red alert is declared the

whole state machinery will come into swing and will start evacuating people in the

inundation areas delineated in the inundation map. For successful execution, annually

Demo exercise will be done. DM is to monitor the entire operation.

14.19.2.18 Notifications

Notification procedures are an integral part of any emergency action plan. Separate

procedures shall be established for slowly and rapidly developed situations and failure.

Notifications will include communications of either an alert situation or an alert situation



followed by a warning situation. An alert situation will indicate that although failure or

flooding is not imminent, a more serious situation can occur unless conditions improve. A

warning situation will indicate that flooding is imminent because of an impending failure of

the Dam. It will normally include an order for evacuation of delineated inundation areas.

For a regular watch on the flood level situation, it is necessary that two or more people

man the flood cell so that an alternative person is available for notification round the clock.

In addition, a few guidelines to be generally followed by the inhabitants of flood prone

areas, which form part of public awareness for disaster mitigation include:

Listen to the radio for advance information and advice.

Disconnect all electrical appliances and move all valuable personal and household

goods and all clothing out of reach of flood water.

Move vehicles, farm animals and movable goods to the highest ground nearby.

Move all dangerous pollutants and insecticides out of reach of water.

Do not enter flood waters on foot, if it can be avoided.

14.19.3 Financial Outlay for Installation of VSAT Communication System

The cost of deployment and maintenance of a telecommunication system in disaster prone

areas is not as important as the availability, reliability and quick restoration of the system.

The cost of both satellite bandwidth and the ground components of the satellite

communication system has been decreasing rapidly like that of V-SAT (Very Small Aperture

Terminal) based systems supporting a couple of voice and data channels. Some highly

superior communication systems in VSAT without time delay are marketed by National

agencies like HECL, HFCL and HCL Comet. There are two different types of systems with the

above mentioned capabilities available in the market viz. SCPCDAMA and TDMA. However,

the first one named SCPCDAMA has been recommended for the project. Two such systems

would be installed at suitable upstream and downstream locations. The estimated cost of

installation of such a communication system has been given in Table 14.9.

14.20 COST ESTIMATES FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT The estimated total cost of execution of disaster management plan including the

equipment would be Rs.90.00 lakhs and the breakup of the same is given at Table 14.9.

Table 14.9: Estimated cost of setting up of satellite communication system and disaster

management plan S. No. Particulars Amount Rs. in

Lakh A. Capital Expenditure 1 Installation of alert systems, 2 sirens, setting up of Central Control

Room, etc. 15.00

2 Setting up of communication system 25.00 3 Setting up of Emergency Response Organisation 10.00 4 Public Information System 10.00 Total - A 60.00

B. Recurring Expenditure 5 Training & Miscellaneous 5.00 6 Maintenance of alert systems and other equipment 25.00 Total - B 30.00

Grand Total A+B 90.00



15.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a

project after implementation of mitigation and management measures. Monitoring results

help judge the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment. They are also

used to ensure compliance with environmental standards, and to facilitate any needed

project design or operational changes.

Monitoring shall be performed during all stages of the project (namely: construction,

commissioning, and operation) to ensure that the impacts are no greater than predicted,

and to verify the impact predictions. The monitoring program will indicate where changes

to procedures or operations are required, in order to reduce impacts on the environment

or local population. The monitoring program for the Gond Major Irrigation Project will be

undertaken to meet the following objectives:

To monitor the environmental conditions (Ambient air and noise quality) in the project

area and nearby villages during construction as well as operational phase of the

project;

To monitor the surface and ground water quality in the project area

To monitor the status of terrestrial biodiversity within the project area.

To check on whether mitigation and benefit enhancement measures have actually been

adopted, and are proving effective in practice;

To provide information on the actual nature and extent of key impacts and the

effectiveness of mitigation and benefit enhancement measures which, through a feedback

mechanism, can improve the planning and execution of future, similar projects.

15.2 WATER QUALITY

Construction Phase

The water quality monitoring should be carried out in seasonal intervals i.e. three times a

year. Three sampling sites for surface water and 5 sites for ground water have been

identified along with parameters to be monitored, as detailed in Table 15.1. The total cost

for analysis the samples work out to be Rs. 2.00 lakhs per year. The monitoring is proposed

to be for a period of 3 years of construction phase.

Operation phase

The surface water quality of the Gopad river with in the project area at three different

location can be monitored thrice a year (winter, pre and post-monsoon seasons). The

proposed parameters to be monitored include; pH, temperature, electrical conductivity,

turbidity, total dissolved solids, calcium, magnesium, total hardness, chlorides, Sulphates,

Nitrates, DO, COD, BOD, Iron, Zinc and Manganese, Total coliforms, fecal coliforms. The

sampling sites are Upstream of weir site, weir Site and at Powerhouse site. The total cost of

analysis will be Rs. 2.00 lakhs per year.

Chapter 15

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN



During project operation phase, a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is proposed to be set up

to treat the effluent from the project colony. It is envisaged to analyze a sample once every

month each before and after treatment from the STP. The parameters to be analyzed

include pH, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Total

Suspended Solids (TSS) and Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Total coliforms and Fecal

coliforms. The cost of analysis would be Rs. 1.00 lakh/ year. Thus, total cost for analysis in

project operation works out to (2.00 + 1.00) Rs. 3.00 lakh/ year.

Table 15.1: Water Quality Monitoring Schedule

Physical & Chemical Parameter Sampling Location in Construction and

Operational Phase Monitoring

A. Surface water

pH, Temperature, Electrical

Conductivity, Turbidity, DO, BOD, TDS,

Total Hardness, Total alkalinity,

Chloride, Nitrate, Phosphate, Total

coliforms, fecal coliforms

Gopad river: Proposed reservoir area

Once in 3

months

(seasonal)

Gopad river: near Dam site

Gopad river: Downstream of Dam site

B. Ground Water Sampling Location in Construction and

Operational Phase

pH, Temperature, Electrical

conductivity, Turbidity, Total dissolved

solids, Calcium, Magnesium, Total

hardness, Chlorides, Sulphates,

Nitrates, , Iron, Zinc and Manganese,

Total coliforms

Jalpani village near Dam site

Winter, pre

and post

monsoon

Nigri village

Sarai village

15.3 AIR QUALITY

Construction Phase

The ambient air quality monitoring during construction phase will be carried out as per the

requirement of State Pollution Control Board. Every year monitoring is proposed to be

done for the following three seasons; Winter, Pre – monsoon and Post – monsoon.

The frequency of monitoring could be twice a week for four consecutive weeks at each

station for each season (Table 15.2). The parameters to be monitored are PM10, PM2.5,

Sulphurdioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOx). Every year, ambient air quality is to be

monitored for (3 stations x 2 days/week x 4 weeks x 3 seasons) 72 days. A total cost of Rs.

3.00 lakh/year has been earmarked for this purpose.

Operation Phase

Same schedule, as followed during construction phase, should be continued for operation

phase as well.

Table 15.2: Air Quality Monitoring Schedule

Air Quality Sampling Location Monitoring

SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5

Near Proposed Dam site Winter

Pre - monsoon

Post - monsoon

Proposed Pump House-1

Proposed Pump House-2



15.4 NOISE

Noise emissions from vehicular movement, operation of various construction equipments

may be monitored during construction phase at major construction sites. The frequency of

monitoring could be once in a month. For monitoring of noise generators, an Integrating

Sound Level Meter will be required for which an amount of Rs. 1.00 lakh per year has been

earmarked.

Operation Phase

Same schedule, as followed during construction phase, should be continued for operation

phase as well.

15.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING

The monitoring of various activities suggested under Biodiversity conservation, Fisheries

management, etc. like ecological surveys for composition of flora and fauna, Survey &

observation Density of vegetation Survival rate of species planted, and Status/ Survival rate

of bio-engineering and engineering structures for controlling soil erosion. For this an

amount of Rs.5.00 Lakhs per year has been earmarked (Table 15.3). Under this programme

the survival rate and recruitment of the seedlings planted in the plots taken up

afforestation programme would be monitored through annual sampling either by belt

transect method or circular plot method. Not only the survival and recruitment percentage

but their height and other growth parameters would also be monitored on annual basis.

15.6 MINIMUM ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW

During the operation phase of the project, most crucial environmental aspect is the

monitoring of flow released from the dam site to ensure that minimum flow is maintained

at all times especially during lean season. Therefore, monitoring mechanism will be

established to monitor river flow immediately downstream of the diversion structure.

15.7 MUCK DUMPING

In addition to the air quality, water quality and noise quality during the construction phase,

management of construction debris and muck arising out of the earth work involved in the

hydro projects is also a major environmental issue. Adopting appropriate and well-

designed engineering structures for retaining the construction debris and muck is very

crucial and this needs to be monitored regularly both for stability of the dump sites and

their vulnerability to stress failures due to various factors such as erodability, strong water

currents and earth pressures. Regular monitoring of the muck dumping will be carried out

by State forest department and Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board ( MP SPCB).

15.8 FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT

A sum of Rs. 80.50 lakh have been allocated to implement various activities and

programmes envisaged under EMP, the details are given in Table 15.3. The detailed matrix

of EMP listing all the activities to monitored and implementing agency has been given in

Table 15.4.



Table 15.3: Cost Estimates for Environmental Monitoring Programme S. No. Activities Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Monitoring Construction Phase (3 years)

Water quality 6.0 Air quality 9.0 Noise 3.0 Total 18.0

Operation Phase (for 3 years)

Water quality 9.00 Air quality 9.00 Noise 3.00 Total 21.00

Total Monitoring (1) 39.00

2 Ecological Studies/ monitoring @Rs. 5.00 lakh per year for 5 years (2 year + 3 years)

25.00

3 Monitoring of minimum environmental flow @Rs. 0.50 lakh per year for first 3 years during operation phase

1.50

4 Monitoring of Muck/Debris Dumping and Disposal Rs. 1.00 lakh per year for 3 years during construction period

3.00

5 Documentation & Reporting- Six monthly reporting @ Rs.2.00 lakhs per year for 6 years (3 + 3 years)

12.00

GRAND TOTAL (1-5) 80.50



Table 15.4: Matrix of Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sl. No. Aspect Source of Impact Monitoring Methods & Parameters Frequency Executing

Agency Monitoring

Agency 1.0 Construction Phase

1.1 Local manpower absorption

Construction works Contractor’s report No. of people working in the project

Monthly Contractor and WRD

District Administration

1.2 Erosion and landslides Excavation, disposal, cut & fill and land clearing activities for access roads, disposal

Survey & observation Extent and degree of landslides and erosion

Monthly Contractor WRD

1.3 Biodiversity Land clearing activities fauna in the project area for access roads, colonies

Composition of flora and fauna Twice in a

year WRD/ State Forest Dept.

WRD/ State Forest Dept.

1.4 Revegetation & Afforestation

Land clearing, disposal works Survey & observation Density of vegetation Survival rate of species planted

Every six months



1.5 Soil erosion control measures

Excavation, landslides, cut & fill for road construction

Status/ Survival rate of bio-engineering and engineering structures for controlling soil erosion

Twice in a year

Contractor/ WRD

State Forest Dept.

1.6 Water Quality Excavation, disposal, sewage disposal, land clearing activities and other chemical parameters

Surveys & sample collection and field measurements Turbidity, pH, T.D.S., D.O., Total coliform and E. coli


SPCB

1.7 Air Quality

Operation of DG sets, transportation of muck, road construction, mobilization of material, running of crushers

Survey & observation Levels of PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx


SPCB

1.8 Public Health Dust, noise, influx to labour Regular medical checkups and camps Monthly Contractor and WRD

Public Health Dept.

1.9 Health Delivery System Status of water and vector borne diseases, improvement observed, if any, status of women and child health

Twice in a year

Contractor and WRD

Public Health Dept.

1.10 Fish Management

Impact of project construction on fish, and aquatic life, if any Status of infrastructure developed for fish management like hatcheries

Once every Season

State Fisheries Directorate

WRD

1.11 Restoration of Muck Disposal sites, construction areas

Status of protection measures, sausage/ gabion walls, etc. at the dumping sites. Whether dumping is done so as to avoid spillage of muck into the river, especially during rains Leveling and

Twice a year Contractor and WRD

State Forest Department and SPCB.



Sl. No. Aspect Source of Impact Monitoring Methods & Parameters Frequency Executing

Agency Monitoring

Agency slope stabilization works at dumping sites. Status of afforestation/ turfing works on the dumping sites

2.0 Operation Phase

2.1 Water Quality and Quantity (for irrigation & domestic use)

Reservoir water regulation Diversion of water for power generation

Surveys, sample collection & field measurement Water discharge d/s of barrage water quality (turbidity, coliform, bacteria and others

Fortnightly during the lean period

Contractor and WRD

SPCB.

2.2 Fish production Reservoir regulation Survey & observation Monthly State Fisheries Directorate

WRD

2.3 Aquatic weeds Surveys & sample collection Kinds of species

Seasonal WRD SPCB.

2.4 Catchment conditions Deforestation Survey & observation of Barren areas for Afforestation

Every year Forest Dept. WRD

2.5 Risk of Leakage and Bursting of Pipelines

2.6 Accidents Sudden discharge of water for power generation

Surveillance Monthly WRD Meteorological Department

2.7 Disaster Heavy rainfall, flash flood situation

Surveillance and disaster management exercises, Regular information to people

-- WRD Meteorological Department

WRD: Water Resource Department; SPCB: State Pollution Control Board


RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd 16.1

Chapter COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PLAN 16

16.1 INTRODUCTION

The total land requirement for proposed project is 1442.148 ha; out of which 833.259 ha



216.249 ha is private land and 347.97 ha is forest land. The details are given in Table

16.1.


S.



(ha) Dam

Sheet

Waste

Weir Submergence

Power

Generation Canal

1 Government Land 40.741 32.35 699.182 60.986 0.00 833.259

2 Private Land

(unirrigated) 0.00 8.77 216.249 0.00 0.00 225.019

3 Forest Land 9.00 10.10 347.97 0.00 16.80 383.87

Total Area (ha) 49.741 51.22 1263.401 60.986 16.80 1442.148

As per the proposal for Stage-I clearance for diversion of forest land submitted to MoEF&CC

vide Proposal No. FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016 dated 23/10/2017, the total forest proposed

to be diverted is 383.87 ha. Out of which, 154.12 ha of forest land under the jurisdiction of

Singrauli Forest Division falls in Singrauli district while the rest 229.748 ha of forest land

under the jurisdiction of Sanjay Tiger Reserve falls in Sidhi district. The details are given in

Table 16.2.


S.


Forest Land

(ha) Legal Status







TOTAL 383.868

Source: http://forestsclearance.nic.in/viewreport.aspx?pid=FP/MP/IRRIG/23033/2016

16.2 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME

The objective of the compensatory afforestation programme will be to develop natural

areas in which ecological functions could be maintained on sustainable basis. Therefore,

planting of economic important indigenous species would be undertaken. The Forest

Conservation Act, 1980 stipulates strict forest protection measures and procedures (Guide

Line 1/08-1 (ii)) for compensatory afforestation on acceptance of diversion of forestland for

non-forestry purposes.

i. If non-forest land is not available, compensatory plantation is to be raised on degraded

forest land to the extent of twice the affected or lost forest area, and

ii. If non-forest land is available, the extent of compensatory plantation will be equivalent




of the affected or lost forest area.

As per the above guidelines plantations are to be taken up in equal extent of Non-forest

land of forest land diversion [383.868 ha], it is also proposed to have avenue plantation

along the proposed roads with iron guard fencing work around the new plantation with

angle iron in the diverted land to maintain the ecological balance of the areas.

The compensatory afforestation is proposed to be undertaken on Non-forest land identified in

consultation with the State Forest Department and District administration. For the purpose of

compensatory afforestation, user agency has identified and acquired 6 patches of 393.948 ha

of revenue land. The revenue land acquired is in two districts. Details of revenue land acquired

is given in Table 16.3.

Table 16.3: Details of Acquired Revenue Land

S. No. District Village Area (ha) Khasra Details 1 Sidhi Chhatadar 144.978 Araji no. 1 to 17 & 20 to 28 2

Singrauli

Tal 31.28 248/204, 94, 36, 178 3 Bihra 72.93 312/2 4 Digwah 24 720, 185

5 Bhaisabuda 98.78 1/1, 1/2, 2, 345, 106/1, 384, 385, 116, 122, 148/1, 512, 136

6 Longadoh 21.89 810, 135, 287 TOTAL 393.948

The estimated cost of Compensatory Afforestation programme with cost of non-forest land

acquired for afforestation programme is Rs. 5243.448 lakh. Details are given in Table 16.4.

Table 16.4: Cost estimates of Compensatory Afforestation Plan

Particulars Area (ha) Rate Rs./ha Amount

(Rs. lakh) Total area for compensatory afforestation as per the notification

393.948 1.00 lakh 393.948

Cost of Land (Non Forest Land) 393.948 12.31 lakh 4849.500 Total 5243.448

16.3 NET PRESENT VALUE (NPV) The Hon’ble Supreme Court of India has made it mandatory vide its order dated 28.03.2008

for the user agency to compensate for the diversion of forest land for non-forest use for

developmental activities on the recommendations of Central Empowered Committee (CEC)

to make payment of Net Present Value (NPV) of such diverted land so as to utilize this for

getting back in the long run which are lost by such diversion.

For this purpose CEC has classified the forest taking in view the ecological role and value of

the forest and the purpose of the report, 16 major forest types have been further grouped

into 6 ecological classes depending upon their ecological functions.

1 Eco-Class I Consisting of Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests, Tropical Semi Evergreen Forests and Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests

2 Eco-Class II Consisting of Littoral and Swamp Forests



3 Eco-Class III Consisting of Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

4 Eco-Class IV Consisting of Tropical Thorn Forests and Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests

5 Eco-Class V Consisting of Sub-tropical Board Leaved Hill Forests, Sub-Tropical Pine Forests and Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests

6 Eco-Class VI Consisting of Montane Wet Temperate Forests, Himalayan Moist Temperate Forests, Himalayan Dry Temperate Forests, Sub Alpine Forest, Moist Alpine Scrub and Dry Alpine Scrub

The net present value per hectare of forest has been fixed based on this data.

Based on this, the NPV was fixed and the following recommendations have been made:

For non-forestry use/diversion of forest land, the NPV may be directed to be deposited in

the Compensatory Afforestation Fund as per the rates given below (in Rs.).

Eco-Value class Very Dense Forest Dense Forest Open Forest Class I 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000 Class II 10,43,000 9,39,000 7,30,000 Class III 8,87,000 8,03,000 6,26,000 Class IV 6,26,000 5,63,000 4,38,000 Class V 9,39,000 8,45,000 6,57,000 Class VI 9,91,000 8,97,000 6,99,000

Total forest land requirement for diversion for non-forest use i.e. for the construction of

Gond Major Irrigation Project activities is 383.868 ha (Refer Table 16.2). As the forest in

the project area fall in the Eco Class IV as being of type Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

therefore NPV @ Rs. 6.26 lakhs/ha would be required to be deposited in the Compensatory

Afforestation Fund. The total cost of NPV has been computed as under.

Table 16.5: Cost estimates of NPV

Particulars

Forest Land to be Diverted (ha) 383.868

Eco Class IV

Total NPV to be deposited @Rs. 6.26 lakhs per ha Rs. 2403.01

16.4 ABSTRACT OF COST The total cost of the compensatory afforestation plan, NPV, compensation of trees and

cost of damage to fence and infrastructure is Rs. 7646.458 lakh. The details are given in

Table 16.6.

Table 16.6: Total Cost

Sl. No. Particulars Amount

(Rs. in lakh) 1 Compensatory Afforestation 5243.448 2 Net Present Value (NPV) 2403.01

Total 7646.458

* Cost of trees will be additional as per actual assessment



Chapter COST ESTIMATES 17

17.1 COST ESTIMATES

An amount of Rs. 13653.34 lakh has been allocated for the implementation of

Environmental Management Plan and Corporate Environment Responsibility Plan for Gond

Major Irrigation Project are summarized in the table given below.

S. No. Management Plans Amount

(Rs. in lakh)

1 Catchment Area Treatment Plan 3330.42

2 Command Area Development Plan 450.00

3 Biodiversity Conservation And Wildlife Management Plan 185.00

4 Fisheries Development Plan 62.50

5 Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan 1147.76

6 Landscaping, Restoration and Green Belt Development Plan 70.00

7 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan 50.00

8 Muck Management Plan 95.00

9 Solid Waste Management Plan 75.70

10 Public Health Delivery System 130.00

11 Energy Conservation Measures 110.00

12 Environmental Safeguards during Constriction Activities 130.00

13 Disaster Management Plan 90.00

14 Environment Monitoring Plan 80.50

15 Compensatory Afforestation Plan 7646.46

Total 13653.34

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE I

1. Per Hectare Cost Norm for Energy Plantation

S.

No. Particulars of Work Unit Qty.

Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Survey & demarcation and preparation of map Ha. 1 450 450.00

2 Bush cutting in the plantation site Ha. 1 750 750.00

3 Interlacing of thorny bushes in B/wire Rmt 180 3 540.00

4 Preparation of inspection path 60 cm wide Rmt 150 15 2,250.00

5 Layout of Pits Ha. 1 500 500.00

6 Digging of pits 45x45x45 cm (40% of total) “00 4.4 1200 5,280.00

7 Digging of pits 30x30x30 cm(60% of total) “00 6.6 900 5,940.00

8 Filling of pits 45x45x45 cm (40% of total) “00 4.4 200 880.00

9 Filling of pits 30x30x30 cm (60% of total) “00 6.6 150 990.00

10 Carriage of naked roots plants over a distance of 2 km up

hill “00 2 100 200.00

11 Carriage of plants in P/bags over a distance of 2 km up hill “00 3.5 150 525.00

12 Planting of entire Plants raised in P/bags “00 7 300 2,100.00

13 Planting of naked root plants “00 4 200 800.00

14 Nursery cost of Plants Nos 1100 9 9,900.00

Total

31,105.00

15 Soil & moisture conservation works (25% of initial

planting cost) 25%

7,776.25

16 Add cost of RCC fence post and B/Wire

LS 13,000.00

Total Plantation Cost

51,881.25

Or Say

51,900.00

Maintenance

I 1st Year - 25% Mortality

1 Re-digging of Pits 45x45x45 cm “00 1.1 600 660.00


3 Filling of pits 45x45x45 cm “00 1.1 100 110.00


5 Planting of P/bags plants “00 1.75 300 525.00

6 Planting of naked root plants “00 1 200 200.00



hill “00

0.5 100 50.00

9 Nursery cost of Plants No. 275 9 2,475.00

10 Repair of fence Rmt 180 2 360.00

11 Repair of Inspection path LS 500.00

12 Repair of soil and moisture conservation works LS 1,000.00

Total I

6,878.25

Or Say

6,880.00

II 2nd Year - 20% Mortality






6 Planting of naked root plants “00 0.8 200 160.00

S.


Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)



hill “00

0.40 100 40.00





Total II

5,874.00

Or Say

5,870.00

III 3rd Year - 15% Mortality






6 Planting of naked root plants “00 0.6 200 120.00



hill “00

0.30 100 30.00





Total III

4,910.50

Or Say

4,910.00

Total Maintenance Cost 17,660.00

GRAND TOTAL Ha. 1 69,560.00

2. Cost Norm for per ha Staggered Trenches

Total no. of trenches per ha 108 nos.

Total length of trenches per ha including 3 nos. continuous trenches

1,200 m

Earth work involved 270 cum

Jungle area to be cleared @ 1 sq throughout the length 1,200 sq m

Cost of jungle clearing etc @ Rs 1.50 per sq m 1,200

Cost of excavation of trenches: 270. cum x Rs. 4.50 12,150

Total Cost 13,950

3. Cost Norm for per Brushwood Check Dam S.


Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Survey and alignment LS

850.00

2 Purchase and transport of wooden pegs (size - 5cm dia

and 65 cm long) Nos 10 40 400.00

3 Construction of bund by fixing wooden pegs at distance Nos 10 40 400.00

S.


Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

of 20cm in 2 rows and supporting soil and moorum

4 Plantation of bushes at distance of 0.5m Nos 2 50 100.00

5 Plantation of trees at distance of 2.5m Nos 1 120 120.00

6 Inter cultivation 3 times Nos 9 15 135.00

Total

2,005.00

or Say

2,000.00

4. Cost Norm for per Dry Stone Masonry Check Dam

S.

No. Particulars of Work Qty.

Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Excavation in hard soil including 50m lead and 1.5m

lift with dressing 18 26 468.00

2 Collection of boulders at source (max. size

0.014cum), without quarrying i.e. picked up boulder 18 44 792.00

3 Labour only for boulder soling hand packed

excluding consodidation 18 52.8 950.40

4 Collection of rubble for masonry (size 0.014 to 0.06

cum) other than black trap, basalt, organite 36 304 1,0944.00

5 Labour only for dry random rubble masonry 36 181 6516.00

6 Transportation of boulder, late rite, ruble pitching

stone lead 4 km 54 100.40 5,421.60

7 Bush Planting work 20 50 1,000.00

8 Wedding and soil work (inter cultivation) 20 25 500.00

Total

26,592.00

or Say

26,600.00

5. Cost Norm for per Gabion Check Dam

S.


Rate

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Survey and alignment LS

170.00

2 Excavation of earth work for foundation on both bank Cum 28.78 26 748.28

3 Bund construction, collection of dry rubble Cum 36.25 44 1,595.00

4 Foundation for pitching on banks Cum 2.94 26 76.44

5 Pitching on both banks Sqm 10.9 262 2,855.80

6 Transportation charges Cum 39 145 5,655.00

7 Galvanized wire mash 15x15cm wire mash having 3 mm

dia Sqm 150 120 18,000.00

8 Transportation of wire mash upto 50 km Item 1

200.00

Survey during construction LS

170.00

Total

29,470.52

or Say

29,500.00

SECTION – III

PUBLIC HEARING ISSUES AND RESPONSE

Water Resources Division No. 2 Singrauli EIA/EMP Report of Gond Major Irrigation Project

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 1

Public Hearings for the Gond Major Irrigation Project were conducted by Madhya Pradesh

State Pollution Control Board (MPSPCB) on 19th and 23rd December 2018. Details are as

follows:

19.12.2018 11:00 am Village: Jalpani, Tehsil: Sarai, District: Singrauli

23.12.2018 11:30 am Primary School, Village: Amradandi, Tehsil: Kusmi, District:

Sidhi

Meeting at Jalpani was chaired by Additional District Magistrate, Singrauli District

Meeting at Amradandi was chaired by Additional District Magistrate, Sidhi District

Many other government officials of the various government departments attended the public

hearing meeting. Proceeding of the Public Hearing has been prepared by MPSPCB and is

enclosed as a separate document. Major issues raised by the local people during the meetings

have been tabulated below district wise for ready reference.

Publications of notice for public hearing were given in Times of India, Dainik Bhaskar, Patrika

and Navbharat, Madhya Pradesh dated 18th November 2018 in district Singrauli and dated 22nd

November 2018 in district Sidhi. Based on this publication, no objections/comments were

received by Regional office of MP state pollution control board.

SUGGESTIONS/ COMMENTS GIVEN BY STAKEHOLDERS (District Singrauli)

S.

No. Name and Address

Suggestions/ Comments/

Observations Reply of Project Proponent

1 Smt. Sukli Yadav, W/o

Sh. Vishwanath Yadav,

Village: Bhainsabuda

How much will be the

compensation?

In absence of handpump or

well we are facing shortage of

drinking water.

100% Solatium will be made

to affected persons/families

as per collector guide lines,

2018.

The project has provision of

5.50 MCM of drinking water.

This will solve the problems.

Concerning department i.e.

P.H.E. & R.E.S. will we

informed to Act accordingly.

2 Smt. Butali W/o Sh.

Tilakdhari Singh, Village:

Jalpani

By the construction of this dam

on Gopad river my 40-50 Mahua

trees are getting submerged.

For Trees, height will be

measured at chest level and will

be compensated as per M.P.

govt. rates.

PUBLIC HEARING ISSUES AND RESPONSE



S.




3 Sh. Lanka Singh S/o Sh.

Jagmohan Singh, Village:

Jalpani



trees are getting submerged.


measured at chest level and will

be compensated as per M.P.

govt. rates.

4 Sh. Devideen Panika S/o

Sh. Sugriv Panika,

Village: Jalpani


on Gopad river my Mahua trees

and land are getting submerged.

We should be paid with proper

compensation rates.




2018.


measured at chest level and

will be compensated as per

M.P. govt. rates.

5 Sh. Jaypal S/o Sh.

Kunwar Singh, Village:

Jalpani



trees and 2-3 acres of land is

getting submerged. We should

be paid with proper

compensation rates.




2018.




M.P. govt. rates.

6 Sh. Indrapal Singh S/o

Sh. Kunwar Singh,

Village: Jalpani



trees and 2-3 acres of land is

getting submerged. We should

be paid with proper

compensation rates.




2018.




M.P. govt. rates.

7 Sh. Heeramani Verma

S/o Sh. Sukhadev

Verma, Village:

Langadhol

M. No.: 7693957177

My Suggestion is proper

rehabilitation for temporary

and permanent land owners.

What will be percentage of

employment generation for

youth and what will be rate of

compensation.

100% Solatium will be made to

affected persons/families as per

collector guide lines, 2018.

8 Sh. Motilal Singh S/o Sh.

Mohan Singh, Village:

Digwah

My Suggestion is proper

rehabilitation for temporary and

permanent land owners along

with employment should be

provided. What will be rate of

compensation.






S.




9 Sh. Shital Prasad Biyar

S/o Sh. Keshw Prasad,

Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 6260335333

We are living on M.P. Govt. land,

our home and well will be lost,

kindly compensate properly. We

support construction of Dam.




10 Sh. Chhatrapal Singh S/o

Sh. Babaloo Singh,

Village: Jalpani

M. No.: 6260335333

We want land in place of

submerged land

We should be paid a Pension

of Rs. 10000.00 per month

per family.

The compensation will be

justifiable and equally paid as per

norms of The Right to Fair

Compensation and Transparency

in Land Acquisition,

Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Act, 2013 (RFCT_LARR).

11 Sh. Ramayan Baiga S/o

Sh. Ramkumar Baiga,

Village: Jalpani

As forest dept. is being

compensated with land

against land, similarly, we

also want land in place of

submerged land and should

be paid a Pension of Rs.

15000.00 per month per

family.

Person above 18 years must

be given employment.








12 Sh. Matukdhari Agariya

S/o Sh. Kewala Agriya,

Village: Jalpani





family.










13 Sh. Buddhalal S/o Sh.

Rama Baiga, Village:

Jalpani





family.



One central school and one

hospital should also be

provided.


justifiable and equally paid as

per norms of The Right to

Fair Compensation and

Transparency in Land

Acquisition, Rehabilitation

and Resettlement Act, 2013

(RFCT_LARR).

Provision for school and

health center has been made

in R&R Plan.

14 Sh. Samaylal Panika S/o

Sh. Malshay, Village:


submerged land and should be





S.




Jalpani paid a Pension of Rs. 15000.00

per month per family.






15 Sh. Ramprasad Singh S/o

Sh. Babaloo Singh,


We want road side land in place

of submerged land and

landowners within forest area

should be compensated with

land within forest area.

Compensation should be paid a

per govt. norms and rates.








16 Sh. Suksen Singh S/o Sh.

Bihari Singh, Village:

Bhainsabuda

M. No.: 8720038819

We want land in forest area,

rehabilitated area should have

same layout as we have now and

each village should be connected

canal system.








17 Sh. Fareed Khan S/o Sh.

Sahammati Tulla Khan,

Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 8120494963

Community residing on M.P.

govt. land should be treated

as rehabilitated and should

be well compensated as well

as provided with basic

amenities.

One person from each

displaced family must be

given job.








18 Sh. Ramlallu Singh S/o

Sh. Mahendra Singh,

Village: Singrawal

M. No.: 9111534971

I request administration to

ensure proper implementation of

R&R plan for displaced families.

The Right to Fair Compensation

and Transparency in Land

Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act, 2013

(RFCT_LARR) will be strictly

followed.

19 Sh. Kamalsay Panika S/o

Sh. Devraj Panika,

Village: Bhadeli

M. No.: 9644474610

I have no objection with this

project as it is in the benefit of

community and country.

However, I request

administration to ensure proper

implementation of R&R plan for

The Right to Fair Compensation




(RFCT_LARR) will be strictly

followed.



S.




displaced families.

20 Sh. Kabir Das Saket S/o

Sh. Rammilan Saket,


M. No. 9285442314

We want land in forest area,

rehabilitated area should have

same layout as we have now and

each village should be connected

canal system.








21 Sh. Dineshwar Prasad

Singh S/o Sh. Shobha

Singh, Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 9977801585

This project will lead to

development of area,

submergence will increase

the ground water level.

The displaced families should

be properly rehabilitated.








22 Sh. Heeralal Jaiswal S/o

Sh. Shree Kumar Jaiswal,

Village: Jalpani

M. No.: 6261894508

The displaced families should

be properly rehabilitated with

house for house facility.

Dam should be constructed

as it will provide water for

irrigation.








23 Sh. Lanka Singh S/o Sh.

Jagmohan Singh, Village:

Jalpani

One inspection bungalow

alongwith residential building

should be constructed for

officers hault during and after

the construction of dam.

Arrangements will be made as

per M.P. Govt. provisions.

24 Sh. Ram Singh S/o Sh.

Chhotelal singh, Village:

Langadhol

Due to the construction of

dam, cremation ground since

the time of our fore fathers is

getting submerged.

One temple at Kharra Pahari

should be constructed.

Provision for cremation ground

and temple has been made in

R&R Plan as per Right to Fair





25 Sh. Kamta Singh S/o Sh.

Babadeen Singh, Village:

Langadhol

M. No.: 62690383390

School and other basic facilities

and resources must be provided

in rehabilitated area.

Provision for school and all the

basic facilities/ amenities has

been made in R&R Plan as per

Right to Fair Compensation and






S.




(RFCT_LARR).

26 Sh. Vishwanath Singh

Markam S/o Sh.

Dharmpal Singh, Village:

Singrawal

M. No.: 9165375755

School and health care

facilities must be provided in

rehabilitated area.

Disaster management cell

with a Rest house for govt.

officials to hault should be

constructed.


health care facilities has

been made in R&R Plan as

per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

Arrangements will be made

as per M.P. Govt. provisions.

27 Sh. Jagmohan Singh/ Sh.

Lakshiman Singh,


Disaster management cell with a

Rest house for govt. officials to

hault should be constructed.

Keeping in mind all the technical

norms for parameters related to

Dam safety and operation,

arrangements for disaster

management cells at suitable

places along with hospitals

construction will be done.

28 Sh. Naval Singh S/o Sh.

Gokul Singh, Village:

Bucharo

School and other basic

facilities and resources must

be provided in rehabilitated

area.

Rest house for govt. officials

to hault should be

constructed.


basic amenities has been

made in R&R Plan as per

Right to Fair Compensation




(RFCT_LARR).



29 Sh. Naval Singh S/o Sh.

Ambar Singh, Village:

Jalpani

As forest dept. is being

compensated with land

against land, similarly, we

also want land in place of

submerged land

Provision for per month

pension for each displaced

family.

Facilities such as central

school, hospital, proper




2018.


basic amenities has been

made in R&R Plan as per

Right to Fair Compensation




(RFCT_LARR).



S.




drainage system, toilet in

whole rehabilitated colony.

30 Sh. Malik Singh S/o Sh.

Lala Singh, Village:

Langadhol

School and other basic

facilities and resources must

be provided in rehabilitated

area.


should be constructed.

Provision for intimation

before release of water from

dam should be made.


other basic amenities has


per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).



Provision has been made in

Disaster Management Plan of

EMP report.

31 Sh. Ikrar Khan S/o Sh.

Tajuddin Khan, Village:

Langadhol

M. No.: 7354760319

School and health care

facilities must be provided in

rehabilitated area.


with a Rest house for govt.

officials to hault should be

constructed.


health care facilities has


per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).



32 Sh. Balchandra Singh S/o

Sh. Baijnath Singh,

Village: Bucharo

M. No.: 8963991213

Provisions for disaster

management should be

made.

Farmers must be given

proper compensation.



EMP report.



per norms of The Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

33 Sh. Ramket Shah S/o Sh.

Laljee Shah, Village:

Bhainsabuda

Provision for intimation

before release of water from

dam should be made.



EMP report.



S.




M. No.: 9926970479 Rest house for govt. officials

to hault should be

constructed.



34 Sh. Sahdev Panika S/o

Sh. Pannalal Prajapati,

Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 9098360541

Disaster management cell with a

Rest house for govt. officials to

hault should be constructed.



Dam safety and operation,


management cells at suitable

places along with hospitals

construction will be done.

35 Sh. Sukhsen Singh S/o

Sh. Manpher Singh,

Village: Bucharo

M. No.: 8719926603

Strong communication system

for disaster management.



EMP report.

36 Sh. Parigan Singh S/o

Sh. Kauleshwar Singh,

Village: Bhadeli


must be made.

School and Hospitals must be

constructed.



EMP report.


R&R Plan as per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

37 Sh. Jiyalal Singh S/o Sh.

Budhlal Singh, Village:

Singhrawal

Strong communication

system for disaster

management.

For monitoring, rest house for

govt. officials to hault should

be constructed.



EMP report.



38 Sh. Jaykaran Singh S/o

Sh. Mendlal Singh,

Village: Amradandi

M. No.: 8720850168

By the construction of this

dam on Gopad river my home

and 50 decimal of land are

getting submerged.

We don’t want Dam.








(RFCT_LARR).

Environmental study carried

out as per the ToR issued by

MoEF&CC states minimal



S.




environmental impacts due

to construction of this

project. Finally, further

decision will be taken after

technical and financial

sanction by administration.

39 Sh. Heeralal Singh S/o

Sh. Raghuveer Singh,

Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 9516119899

There is no benefit from this

Dam. Whole village, cultivated

land, wells, house, will be

submerged therefore we seek

cancellation orders for this dam.

If costruction of this dam is not

cancelled we will create law and

order problems.

Construction of dam is proposed.

Environmental study carried out

as per the ToR issued by


environmental impacts due to

construction of this project.

Finally, further decision will be

taken after technical and

financial sanction by

administration.

40 Sh. Maha Singh Gond

S/o Sh. Ram Nayan

Singh, Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 977657577

Due to construction of Dam

ground water table will be raised

and wells will have sufficient

water in them, so Dam should be

constructed.

Dam construction is proposed.

41 Sh. Ray Singh Gond S/o

Sh. Ramsingh Gond,

Village: Jalpani

M. No.: 9977805550

Dam should be constructed and

water should be provided for

irrigation.


42 Sh. Babol Prasad Saket

S/o Sh. Satan Prasad

Saket, Village: Jamgadi

M. No.: 8889914026

I whole heartedly support

construction of dam. Since I am a

mason therefore, I look forward

for job during construction

phase.


For employment generation

proper management will be

done.

43 Sh. Harimangal Singh

S/o Sh. Jaylal Singh,

Village: Langadhol

Dam should be constructed and

water should be provided for

irrigation.


By this Dam 28000 ha. Of area

will be irrigated.

44 Sh. Ramsajivan Singh s/o

Sh. Chaturgun Singh,

Village: Langadhol

M. No.: 9009290746

Due to construction of this Dam

my village Nallah may have some

damage.






Mitigation measures to ensure

that no stream is damaged has

been proposed in the



S.




environmental study.

45 Sh. Mudasar Husain,

Village: Dongari

Dam construction and creation of

submergence will result in

environmental degradation as

lots of trees will be cut down.

Submergence area have lots of

medicinal plants. Therefore, we

want that atleast four times of

the trees to be felled must be

planted before the

commencement of construction.

To conserve the medicinal

species of the area, a nursery

should be established in the

area.

Previous experience of Bansagar

and Amarkantak projects clearly

shows that projects don’t get

complete within stipulated time

therefore, plantation should be

carried out before construction.

This will result in growth of trees

alongwith construction and will

result in conservation and

protection of environment.









administration.

46 Smt. Duleshwari Agariya

W/o Sh. Kewala Agariya,

Village: Jalpani

There is no benefit for us by

submergence of our land and

houses. However, we wish to get

good compensation and land.








47 Sh. Kamta Baiga S/o Sh.

Ramdhani Baiga, Village:

Jalpani

Proper compensation should be

paid. Pollution should be

controlled and monitored. There

should be no cutting of trees.

The should be no leakage in the

dam. Complete land holding

should be covered for irrigation.

Area around dam and

submergence should be well











S.




protected by high boundary

walls.


dam safety and operation,


management will be done.

48 Sh. Banshlal Agariya S/o

Sh. Amrit Lal Agariya,

Village: Jalpani

Housing facilities for affected

families.

Basic amenities such as

school, hospital, electricity,

entertainment places etc.

must be provided.

Information control room

must be made.




Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

Provision for basic amenities

has been made in R&R Plan

as per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

Keeping in mind all the

technical norms for

parameters related to dam

safety and operation,



49 Sh. Kamodi Agariya S/o

Sh. Amrit, Village:

Jalpani

One member from each

affected family must be given

job.

Information Control room

must be made.




Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

Keeping in mind all the

technical norms for

parameters related to dam

safety and operation,



50 Sh. Ramcharan Singh S/o One member from each The compensation will be



S.




Sh. Heera Singh, Village:

Jalpani

M. No.: 8964040166

affected rehabilitated family

must be given job.

Community center must be

constructed for rehabilitated

families.



Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

Provision for basic amenities

has been made in R&R Plan

as per Right to Fair

Compensation and




(RFCT_LARR).

51 Sh. Panchawati Panika

S/o Sh. Sukhnandan

Panika, Village: Jalpani

M. No.: 7697130295

How much compensation will

be paid in our Jalpani village

(Langadhol panchayat).

How many villages will

survive in the panchayat?

What are the benefits of Dam

to us?




2018.

All villages are partially

submerged and all the

partially affected villages will

be livable.

Creation of dam will result in

water for irrigation and

drinking.

52 Sh. Prabhunath Saket,

Village: Dongri

What is the rehabilitation

policy or provision of

administration?

Dam should be constructed

after successful rehabilitation

of affected families.








(RFCT_LARR).









S.







53 Sh. Kamal Panika,

Village: Bhadeli

Displacement and rehabilitation

is the main problem with this

government scheme. Since it is a

tribal area therefore

compensation should be given 10

times higher than the normal.








54 Sarpanch Sh. Markam,

Village: Buchro

In addition to the proposed

basic amenities and provision

of Rs. 5000/- for property

registration compensation for

trees, well, tubewells should

also be given by the to be

constituted committee under

the chairmanship of district

collector.

Construction of dam will be

not be beneficial for a single

person rather to a large scale

population.

Necessary arrangements

should be made for the

compensation to tribal

households not having patta

land.








(RFCT_LARR).












SUGGESTIONS/ COMMENTS GIVEN BY STAKEHOLDERS (District Sidhi)

S.




1 Smt. Dharamjeet Singh,

Sarpanch, Village:

Amradandi, Tehsil:

Kusmi, Dist: Sidhi

I only want whatever is

beneficial for people.

Whatever is the amount for

compensation, it should be

sufficient for a new beginning

at the new place.

Villagers should not suffer.




2018.




M.P. govt. rates.

2 Sh. Subh Karan Singh,

Village: Amradandi,

Tehsil: Kusmi, Dist: Sidhi

We do not want this dam as we

will loose crops, land and

everything. We won’t get

compensation neither we will get

arrangements which we have

now.










administration.

3 Sh. Baigan Singh, Village:

Bhadeli, Tehsil: Mada,

Dist: Singrauli

We are 20 members in the

family, where will I go with all of

them? We won’t get equal land

which we have now, neither we

will get facilities which we now

have.










administration.

4 Sh. Abhijeet Singh,

Village: Bhadeli, Tehsil:

Mada, Dist: Singrauli

I don’t want this dam. I have very

less agricultural land near the

bank of Gopad river. We will

loose our land hence we don’t

want this dam to be constructed.










administration.

5 Sh. Jaipal Singh, Village:


Whatever people want it should

happen. I request authorities to





S.




Dist: Singrauli provide us with land as well as

house.








administration.

6 Smt. Rajmati, Village:


Dist: Singrauli

Dam should not be constructed.

Where will we go with our

children, cattles etc.? We will be

separated from our relatives,

children, we want to stay with

them only. Crops, agricultural

land, everything will be lost,

hence we don’t want

construction of dam. Rest its

upto government to decide.










administration.

7 Sh. Bhupender Singh,

Kyoti Kiryana Wala,

Village: Kyoti, Tehsil:

Kusmi, Dist: Sidhi

Construction of dam will not be

beneficial instead it will be

destructive. Government will

provide us with land however, it

will be less as compared to what

we have now. Compensation will

be much less as compared to

what is should be. We won’t be

able to survive with whatever

land government will provide us.










administration.

8 Sh. Krishan Kumar

Parikar, Village: Bhadeli,

Tehsil: Mada, Dist:

Singrauli

This scheme is not proposed to

provide irrigation water to

farmers instead it is proposed to

provide water to big factories.

Government is with factories

only. Only those farmers who are

living near factories will be

beneficial with this scheme.

It will destruct whatever our

ancestors have build till now. We

will be separated from our near

ones. We have been living here

only, will live here only and will

Gond major irrigation project is

proposed to provide water for

irrigation only, no factories or

other establishments will be

provided water through this

scheme.

It is pertinent to mention that

the project has provision of 5.50

MCM of drinking water for the

nearby villages.



S.




die here only.

Some MLA proposed this dam,

when it was sanctioned, when

was the consent of local people

taken. Tell me the sanction date

of this dam.

How could construction of this

dam can be sanctioned. It is not a

mean to provide water for

irrigation rather it is conspiracy

to bring destruction.

9 Sh. Kamal Singh Panika,

Village: Bhadeli, Tehsil:

Mada, Dist: Singrauli

Whenever government plan a

scheme it consider all the

factors. It is thoughtfully planned

that how many will be benefited

and how many will be affected.

Government never desires to

harm half of the population and

benefit the other half. If 4 people

are benefited and 1 is affected

than we should whole heartedly

support. If 9 villages are being

affected for benefiting 100

villages that we should whole

heartedly support.

However, it is also the duty of

government to look after the

well being of these 9 villages are

other 100 are being looked after.

People of this village are very

poor, there is unemployment,

farming is the only occupation of

this village. Therefore, it is

requested to provide us

sufficient compensation so that

we can have better living

standard in some city.

Construction of dam is

proposed. Environmental

study carried out as per the

ToR issued by MoEF&CC

states minimal environmental

impacts due to construction

of this project. Finally, further







2018.




M.P. govt. rates.

environmental impact assessment environmental...

Documents